1 /* Output routines for GCC for ARM.
2 Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Pieter `Tiggr' Schoenmakers (rcpieter@win.tue.nl)
5 and Martin Simmons (@harleqn.co.uk).
6 More major hacks by Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@arm.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
11 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
12 by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your
13 option) any later version.
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
16 ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
17 or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
18 License for more details.
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
22 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
23 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
27 #include "coretypes.h"
33 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
35 #include "insn-config.h"
36 #include "conditions.h"
38 #include "insn-attr.h"
49 #include "integrate.h"
52 #include "target-def.h"
54 #include "langhooks.h"
56 /* Forward definitions of types. */
57 typedef struct minipool_node Mnode
;
58 typedef struct minipool_fixup Mfix
;
60 const struct attribute_spec arm_attribute_table
[];
62 /* Forward function declarations. */
63 static arm_stack_offsets
*arm_get_frame_offsets (void);
64 static void arm_add_gc_roots (void);
65 static int arm_gen_constant (enum rtx_code
, enum machine_mode
, rtx
,
66 HOST_WIDE_INT
, rtx
, rtx
, int, int);
67 static unsigned bit_count (unsigned long);
68 static int arm_address_register_rtx_p (rtx
, int);
69 static int arm_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode
, rtx
, RTX_CODE
, int);
70 static int thumb_base_register_rtx_p (rtx
, enum machine_mode
, int);
71 inline static int thumb_index_register_rtx_p (rtx
, int);
72 static int thumb_far_jump_used_p (void);
73 static bool thumb_force_lr_save (void);
74 static unsigned long thumb_compute_save_reg_mask (void);
75 static int const_ok_for_op (HOST_WIDE_INT
, enum rtx_code
);
76 static rtx
emit_multi_reg_push (int);
77 static rtx
emit_sfm (int, int);
79 static bool arm_assemble_integer (rtx
, unsigned int, int);
81 static const char *fp_const_from_val (REAL_VALUE_TYPE
*);
82 static arm_cc
get_arm_condition_code (rtx
);
83 static HOST_WIDE_INT
int_log2 (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
84 static rtx
is_jump_table (rtx
);
85 static const char *output_multi_immediate (rtx
*, const char *, const char *,
87 static void print_multi_reg (FILE *, const char *, int, int);
88 static const char *shift_op (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*);
89 static struct machine_function
*arm_init_machine_status (void);
90 static int number_of_first_bit_set (int);
91 static void replace_symbols_in_block (tree
, rtx
, rtx
);
92 static void thumb_exit (FILE *, int);
93 static void thumb_pushpop (FILE *, int, int, int *, int);
94 static rtx
is_jump_table (rtx
);
95 static HOST_WIDE_INT
get_jump_table_size (rtx
);
96 static Mnode
*move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (Mnode
*, Mnode
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
97 static Mnode
*add_minipool_forward_ref (Mfix
*);
98 static Mnode
*move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (Mnode
*, Mnode
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
99 static Mnode
*add_minipool_backward_ref (Mfix
*);
100 static void assign_minipool_offsets (Mfix
*);
101 static void arm_print_value (FILE *, rtx
);
102 static void dump_minipool (rtx
);
103 static int arm_barrier_cost (rtx
);
104 static Mfix
*create_fix_barrier (Mfix
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
105 static void push_minipool_barrier (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
106 static void push_minipool_fix (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
, rtx
*, enum machine_mode
,
108 static void arm_reorg (void);
109 static bool note_invalid_constants (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
, int);
110 static int current_file_function_operand (rtx
);
111 static unsigned long arm_compute_save_reg0_reg12_mask (void);
112 static unsigned long arm_compute_save_reg_mask (void);
113 static unsigned long arm_isr_value (tree
);
114 static unsigned long arm_compute_func_type (void);
115 static tree
arm_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree
*, tree
, tree
, int, bool *);
116 static tree
arm_handle_isr_attribute (tree
*, tree
, tree
, int, bool *);
117 #if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
118 static tree
arm_handle_notshared_attribute (tree
*, tree
, tree
, int, bool *);
120 static void arm_output_function_epilogue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
121 static void arm_output_function_prologue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
122 static void thumb_output_function_prologue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
123 static int arm_comp_type_attributes (tree
, tree
);
124 static void arm_set_default_type_attributes (tree
);
125 static int arm_adjust_cost (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, int);
126 static int count_insns_for_constant (HOST_WIDE_INT
, int);
127 static int arm_get_strip_length (int);
128 static bool arm_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree
, tree
);
129 static void arm_internal_label (FILE *, const char *, unsigned long);
130 static void arm_output_mi_thunk (FILE *, tree
, HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
132 static int arm_rtx_costs_1 (rtx
, enum rtx_code
, enum rtx_code
);
133 static bool arm_size_rtx_costs (rtx
, int, int, int *);
134 static bool arm_slowmul_rtx_costs (rtx
, int, int, int *);
135 static bool arm_fastmul_rtx_costs (rtx
, int, int, int *);
136 static bool arm_xscale_rtx_costs (rtx
, int, int, int *);
137 static bool arm_9e_rtx_costs (rtx
, int, int, int *);
138 static int arm_address_cost (rtx
);
139 static bool arm_memory_load_p (rtx
);
140 static bool arm_cirrus_insn_p (rtx
);
141 static void cirrus_reorg (rtx
);
142 static void arm_init_builtins (void);
143 static rtx
arm_expand_builtin (tree
, rtx
, rtx
, enum machine_mode
, int);
144 static void arm_init_iwmmxt_builtins (void);
145 static rtx
safe_vector_operand (rtx
, enum machine_mode
);
146 static rtx
arm_expand_binop_builtin (enum insn_code
, tree
, rtx
);
147 static rtx
arm_expand_unop_builtin (enum insn_code
, tree
, rtx
, int);
148 static rtx
arm_expand_builtin (tree
, rtx
, rtx
, enum machine_mode
, int);
149 static void emit_constant_insn (rtx cond
, rtx pattern
);
150 static int arm_arg_partial_bytes (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*, enum machine_mode
,
154 static void arm_encode_section_info (tree
, rtx
, int);
157 static void arm_file_end (void);
160 static void aof_globalize_label (FILE *, const char *);
161 static void aof_dump_imports (FILE *);
162 static void aof_dump_pic_table (FILE *);
163 static void aof_file_start (void);
164 static void aof_file_end (void);
166 static rtx
arm_struct_value_rtx (tree
, int);
167 static void arm_setup_incoming_varargs (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*, enum machine_mode
,
169 static bool arm_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*,
170 enum machine_mode
, tree
, bool);
171 static bool arm_promote_prototypes (tree
);
172 static bool arm_default_short_enums (void);
173 static bool arm_align_anon_bitfield (void);
175 static tree
arm_cxx_guard_type (void);
176 static bool arm_cxx_guard_mask_bit (void);
177 static tree
arm_get_cookie_size (tree
);
178 static bool arm_cookie_has_size (void);
179 static bool arm_cxx_cdtor_returns_this (void);
180 static bool arm_cxx_key_method_may_be_inline (void);
181 static bool arm_cxx_export_class_data (void);
182 static void arm_init_libfuncs (void);
183 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
arm_shift_truncation_mask (enum machine_mode
);
185 /* Initialize the GCC target structure. */
186 #if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
187 #undef TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
188 #define TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES merge_dllimport_decl_attributes
191 #undef TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
192 #define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE arm_attribute_table
194 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
195 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END arm_file_end
198 #undef TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
199 #define TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP "\tDCB\t"
200 #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
201 #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\tDCW\t"
202 #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
203 #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP "\tDCD\t"
204 #undef TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
205 #define TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL aof_globalize_label
206 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
207 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START aof_file_start
208 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
209 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END aof_file_end
211 #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
212 #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP NULL
213 #undef TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
214 #define TARGET_ASM_INTEGER arm_assemble_integer
217 #undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
218 #define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE arm_output_function_prologue
220 #undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
221 #define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE arm_output_function_epilogue
223 #undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
224 #define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES arm_comp_type_attributes
226 #undef TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
227 #define TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES arm_set_default_type_attributes
229 #undef TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
230 #define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST arm_adjust_cost
232 #undef TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
234 #define TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO arm_pe_encode_section_info
236 #define TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO arm_encode_section_info
239 #undef TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
240 #define TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING arm_strip_name_encoding
242 #undef TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
243 #define TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL arm_internal_label
245 #undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
246 #define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL arm_function_ok_for_sibcall
248 #undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
249 #define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK arm_output_mi_thunk
250 #undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
251 #define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK default_can_output_mi_thunk_no_vcall
253 /* This will be overridden in arm_override_options. */
254 #undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
255 #define TARGET_RTX_COSTS arm_slowmul_rtx_costs
256 #undef TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
257 #define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST arm_address_cost
259 #undef TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
260 #define TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK arm_shift_truncation_mask
261 #undef TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
262 #define TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P arm_vector_mode_supported_p
264 #undef TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
265 #define TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG arm_reorg
267 #undef TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
268 #define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS arm_init_builtins
269 #undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
270 #define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN arm_expand_builtin
272 #undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
273 #define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS arm_init_libfuncs
275 #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
276 #define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS hook_bool_tree_true
277 #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN
278 #define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN hook_bool_tree_true
279 #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
280 #define TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES arm_promote_prototypes
281 #undef TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
282 #define TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE arm_pass_by_reference
283 #undef TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
284 #define TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES arm_arg_partial_bytes
286 #undef TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
287 #define TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX arm_struct_value_rtx
289 #undef TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
290 #define TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS arm_setup_incoming_varargs
292 #undef TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
293 #define TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS arm_default_short_enums
295 #undef TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
296 #define TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD arm_align_anon_bitfield
298 #undef TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
299 #define TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE arm_cxx_guard_type
301 #undef TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
302 #define TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT arm_cxx_guard_mask_bit
304 #undef TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
305 #define TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE arm_get_cookie_size
307 #undef TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
308 #define TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE arm_cookie_has_size
310 #undef TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
311 #define TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS arm_cxx_cdtor_returns_this
313 #undef TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
314 #define TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE arm_cxx_key_method_may_be_inline
316 #undef TARGET_CXX_EXPORT_CLASS_DATA
317 #define TARGET_CXX_EXPORT_CLASS_DATA arm_cxx_export_class_data
319 struct gcc_target targetm
= TARGET_INITIALIZER
;
321 /* Obstack for minipool constant handling. */
322 static struct obstack minipool_obstack
;
323 static char * minipool_startobj
;
325 /* The maximum number of insns skipped which
326 will be conditionalised if possible. */
327 static int max_insns_skipped
= 5;
329 extern FILE * asm_out_file
;
331 /* True if we are currently building a constant table. */
332 int making_const_table
;
334 /* Define the information needed to generate branch insns. This is
335 stored from the compare operation. */
336 rtx arm_compare_op0
, arm_compare_op1
;
338 /* The processor for which instructions should be scheduled. */
339 enum processor_type arm_tune
= arm_none
;
341 /* Which floating point model to use. */
342 enum arm_fp_model arm_fp_model
;
344 /* Which floating point hardware is available. */
345 enum fputype arm_fpu_arch
;
347 /* Which floating point hardware to schedule for. */
348 enum fputype arm_fpu_tune
;
350 /* Whether to use floating point hardware. */
351 enum float_abi_type arm_float_abi
;
353 /* Which ABI to use. */
354 enum arm_abi_type arm_abi
;
356 /* Set by the -mfpu=... option. */
357 const char * target_fpu_name
= NULL
;
359 /* Set by the -mfpe=... option. */
360 const char * target_fpe_name
= NULL
;
362 /* Set by the -mfloat-abi=... option. */
363 const char * target_float_abi_name
= NULL
;
365 /* Set by the legacy -mhard-float and -msoft-float options. */
366 const char * target_float_switch
= NULL
;
368 /* Set by the -mabi=... option. */
369 const char * target_abi_name
= NULL
;
371 /* Used to parse -mstructure_size_boundary command line option. */
372 const char * structure_size_string
= NULL
;
373 int arm_structure_size_boundary
= DEFAULT_STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
;
375 /* Used for Thumb call_via trampolines. */
376 rtx thumb_call_via_label
[13];
377 static int thumb_call_reg_needed
;
379 /* Bit values used to identify processor capabilities. */
380 #define FL_CO_PROC (1 << 0) /* Has external co-processor bus */
381 #define FL_ARCH3M (1 << 1) /* Extended multiply */
382 #define FL_MODE26 (1 << 2) /* 26-bit mode support */
383 #define FL_MODE32 (1 << 3) /* 32-bit mode support */
384 #define FL_ARCH4 (1 << 4) /* Architecture rel 4 */
385 #define FL_ARCH5 (1 << 5) /* Architecture rel 5 */
386 #define FL_THUMB (1 << 6) /* Thumb aware */
387 #define FL_LDSCHED (1 << 7) /* Load scheduling necessary */
388 #define FL_STRONG (1 << 8) /* StrongARM */
389 #define FL_ARCH5E (1 << 9) /* DSP extensions to v5 */
390 #define FL_XSCALE (1 << 10) /* XScale */
391 #define FL_CIRRUS (1 << 11) /* Cirrus/DSP. */
392 #define FL_ARCH6 (1 << 12) /* Architecture rel 6. Adds
393 media instructions. */
394 #define FL_VFPV2 (1 << 13) /* Vector Floating Point V2. */
396 #define FL_IWMMXT (1 << 29) /* XScale v2 or "Intel Wireless MMX technology". */
398 #define FL_FOR_ARCH2 0
399 #define FL_FOR_ARCH3 FL_MODE32
400 #define FL_FOR_ARCH3M (FL_FOR_ARCH3 | FL_ARCH3M)
401 #define FL_FOR_ARCH4 (FL_FOR_ARCH3M | FL_ARCH4)
402 #define FL_FOR_ARCH4T (FL_FOR_ARCH4 | FL_THUMB)
403 #define FL_FOR_ARCH5 (FL_FOR_ARCH4 | FL_ARCH5)
404 #define FL_FOR_ARCH5T (FL_FOR_ARCH5 | FL_THUMB)
405 #define FL_FOR_ARCH5E (FL_FOR_ARCH5 | FL_ARCH5E)
406 #define FL_FOR_ARCH5TE (FL_FOR_ARCH5E | FL_THUMB)
407 #define FL_FOR_ARCH5TEJ FL_FOR_ARCH5TE
408 #define FL_FOR_ARCH6 (FL_FOR_ARCH5TE | FL_ARCH6)
409 #define FL_FOR_ARCH6J FL_FOR_ARCH6
410 #define FL_FOR_ARCH6K FL_FOR_ARCH6
411 #define FL_FOR_ARCH6Z FL_FOR_ARCH6
412 #define FL_FOR_ARCH6ZK FL_FOR_ARCH6
414 /* The bits in this mask specify which
415 instructions we are allowed to generate. */
416 static unsigned long insn_flags
= 0;
418 /* The bits in this mask specify which instruction scheduling options should
420 static unsigned long tune_flags
= 0;
422 /* The following are used in the arm.md file as equivalents to bits
423 in the above two flag variables. */
425 /* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 3M extensions. */
428 /* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 4 extensions. */
431 /* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 4t extensions. */
434 /* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 5 extensions. */
437 /* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 5E extensions. */
440 /* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 6 extensions. */
443 /* Nonzero if this chip can benefit from load scheduling. */
444 int arm_ld_sched
= 0;
446 /* Nonzero if this chip is a StrongARM. */
447 int arm_is_strong
= 0;
449 /* Nonzero if this chip is a Cirrus variant. */
450 int arm_arch_cirrus
= 0;
452 /* Nonzero if this chip supports Intel Wireless MMX technology. */
453 int arm_arch_iwmmxt
= 0;
455 /* Nonzero if this chip is an XScale. */
456 int arm_arch_xscale
= 0;
458 /* Nonzero if tuning for XScale */
459 int arm_tune_xscale
= 0;
461 /* Nonzero if this chip is an ARM6 or an ARM7. */
462 int arm_is_6_or_7
= 0;
464 /* Nonzero if generating Thumb instructions. */
467 /* Nonzero if we should define __THUMB_INTERWORK__ in the
469 XXX This is a bit of a hack, it's intended to help work around
470 problems in GLD which doesn't understand that armv5t code is
471 interworking clean. */
472 int arm_cpp_interwork
= 0;
474 /* In case of a PRE_INC, POST_INC, PRE_DEC, POST_DEC memory reference, we
475 must report the mode of the memory reference from PRINT_OPERAND to
476 PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS. */
477 enum machine_mode output_memory_reference_mode
;
479 /* The register number to be used for the PIC offset register. */
480 const char * arm_pic_register_string
= NULL
;
481 int arm_pic_register
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
483 /* Set to 1 when a return insn is output, this means that the epilogue
485 int return_used_this_function
;
487 /* Set to 1 after arm_reorg has started. Reset to start at the start of
488 the next function. */
489 static int after_arm_reorg
= 0;
491 /* The maximum number of insns to be used when loading a constant. */
492 static int arm_constant_limit
= 3;
494 /* For an explanation of these variables, see final_prescan_insn below. */
496 enum arm_cond_code arm_current_cc
;
498 int arm_target_label
;
500 /* The condition codes of the ARM, and the inverse function. */
501 static const char * const arm_condition_codes
[] =
503 "eq", "ne", "cs", "cc", "mi", "pl", "vs", "vc",
504 "hi", "ls", "ge", "lt", "gt", "le", "al", "nv"
507 #define streq(string1, string2) (strcmp (string1, string2) == 0)
509 /* Initialization code. */
513 const char *const name
;
514 enum processor_type core
;
516 const unsigned long flags
;
517 bool (* rtx_costs
) (rtx
, int, int, int *);
520 /* Not all of these give usefully different compilation alternatives,
521 but there is no simple way of generalizing them. */
522 static const struct processors all_cores
[] =
525 #define ARM_CORE(NAME, IDENT, ARCH, FLAGS, COSTS) \
526 {NAME, arm_none, #ARCH, FLAGS | FL_FOR_ARCH##ARCH, arm_##COSTS##_rtx_costs},
527 #include "arm-cores.def"
529 {NULL
, arm_none
, NULL
, 0, NULL
}
532 static const struct processors all_architectures
[] =
534 /* ARM Architectures */
535 /* We don't specify rtx_costs here as it will be figured out
538 {"armv2", arm2
, "2", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_MODE26
| FL_FOR_ARCH2
, NULL
},
539 {"armv2a", arm2
, "2", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_MODE26
| FL_FOR_ARCH2
, NULL
},
540 {"armv3", arm6
, "3", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_MODE26
| FL_FOR_ARCH3
, NULL
},
541 {"armv3m", arm7m
, "3M", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_MODE26
| FL_FOR_ARCH3M
, NULL
},
542 {"armv4", arm7tdmi
, "4", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_MODE26
| FL_FOR_ARCH4
, NULL
},
543 /* Strictly, FL_MODE26 is a permitted option for v4t, but there are no
544 implementations that support it, so we will leave it out for now. */
545 {"armv4t", arm7tdmi
, "4T", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_FOR_ARCH4T
, NULL
},
546 {"armv5", arm10tdmi
, "5", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_FOR_ARCH5
, NULL
},
547 {"armv5t", arm10tdmi
, "5T", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_FOR_ARCH5T
, NULL
},
548 {"armv5e", arm1026ejs
, "5E", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_FOR_ARCH5E
, NULL
},
549 {"armv5te", arm1026ejs
, "5TE", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_FOR_ARCH5TE
, NULL
},
550 {"armv6", arm1136js
, "6", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_FOR_ARCH6
, NULL
},
551 {"armv6j", arm1136js
, "6J", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_FOR_ARCH6J
, NULL
},
552 {"armv6k", mpcore
, "6K", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_FOR_ARCH6K
, NULL
},
553 {"armv6z", arm1176jzs
, "6Z", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_FOR_ARCH6Z
, NULL
},
554 {"armv6zk", arm1176jzs
, "6ZK", FL_CO_PROC
| FL_FOR_ARCH6ZK
, NULL
},
555 {"ep9312", ep9312
, "4T", FL_LDSCHED
| FL_CIRRUS
| FL_FOR_ARCH4
, NULL
},
556 {"iwmmxt", iwmmxt
, "5TE", FL_LDSCHED
| FL_STRONG
| FL_FOR_ARCH5TE
| FL_XSCALE
| FL_IWMMXT
, NULL
},
557 {NULL
, arm_none
, NULL
, 0 , NULL
}
560 /* This is a magic structure. The 'string' field is magically filled in
561 with a pointer to the value specified by the user on the command line
562 assuming that the user has specified such a value. */
564 struct arm_cpu_select arm_select
[] =
566 /* string name processors */
567 { NULL
, "-mcpu=", all_cores
},
568 { NULL
, "-march=", all_architectures
},
569 { NULL
, "-mtune=", all_cores
}
573 /* The name of the proprocessor macro to define for this architecture. */
575 char arm_arch_name
[] = "__ARM_ARCH_0UNK__";
584 /* Available values for for -mfpu=. */
586 static const struct fpu_desc all_fpus
[] =
588 {"fpa", FPUTYPE_FPA
},
589 {"fpe2", FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU2
},
590 {"fpe3", FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU2
},
591 {"maverick", FPUTYPE_MAVERICK
},
596 /* Floating point models used by the different hardware.
597 See fputype in arm.h. */
599 static const enum fputype fp_model_for_fpu
[] =
601 /* No FP hardware. */
602 ARM_FP_MODEL_UNKNOWN
, /* FPUTYPE_NONE */
603 ARM_FP_MODEL_FPA
, /* FPUTYPE_FPA */
604 ARM_FP_MODEL_FPA
, /* FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU2 */
605 ARM_FP_MODEL_FPA
, /* FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU3 */
606 ARM_FP_MODEL_MAVERICK
, /* FPUTYPE_MAVERICK */
607 ARM_FP_MODEL_VFP
/* FPUTYPE_VFP */
614 enum float_abi_type abi_type
;
618 /* Available values for -mfloat-abi=. */
620 static const struct float_abi all_float_abis
[] =
622 {"soft", ARM_FLOAT_ABI_SOFT
},
623 {"softfp", ARM_FLOAT_ABI_SOFTFP
},
624 {"hard", ARM_FLOAT_ABI_HARD
}
631 enum arm_abi_type abi_type
;
635 /* Available values for -mabi=. */
637 static const struct abi_name arm_all_abis
[] =
639 {"apcs-gnu", ARM_ABI_APCS
},
640 {"atpcs", ARM_ABI_ATPCS
},
641 {"aapcs", ARM_ABI_AAPCS
},
642 {"iwmmxt", ARM_ABI_IWMMXT
}
645 /* Return the number of bits set in VALUE. */
647 bit_count (unsigned long value
)
649 unsigned long count
= 0;
654 value
&= value
- 1; /* Clear the least-significant set bit. */
660 /* Set up library functions unique to ARM. */
663 arm_init_libfuncs (void)
665 /* There are no special library functions unless we are using the
670 /* The functions below are described in Section 4 of the "Run-Time
671 ABI for the ARM architecture", Version 1.0. */
673 /* Double-precision floating-point arithmetic. Table 2. */
674 set_optab_libfunc (add_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_dadd");
675 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_ddiv");
676 set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_dmul");
677 set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_dneg");
678 set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_dsub");
680 /* Double-precision comparisons. Table 3. */
681 set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_dcmpeq");
682 set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab
, DFmode
, NULL
);
683 set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_dcmplt");
684 set_optab_libfunc (le_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_dcmple");
685 set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_dcmpge");
686 set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_dcmpgt");
687 set_optab_libfunc (unord_optab
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_dcmpun");
689 /* Single-precision floating-point arithmetic. Table 4. */
690 set_optab_libfunc (add_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fadd");
691 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fdiv");
692 set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fmul");
693 set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fneg");
694 set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fsub");
696 /* Single-precision comparisons. Table 5. */
697 set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fcmpeq");
698 set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab
, SFmode
, NULL
);
699 set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fcmplt");
700 set_optab_libfunc (le_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fcmple");
701 set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fcmpge");
702 set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fcmpgt");
703 set_optab_libfunc (unord_optab
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_fcmpun");
705 /* Floating-point to integer conversions. Table 6. */
706 set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab
, SImode
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_d2iz");
707 set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab
, SImode
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_d2uiz");
708 set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab
, DImode
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_d2lz");
709 set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab
, DImode
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_d2ulz");
710 set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab
, SImode
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_f2iz");
711 set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab
, SImode
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_f2uiz");
712 set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab
, DImode
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_f2lz");
713 set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab
, DImode
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_f2ulz");
715 /* Conversions between floating types. Table 7. */
716 set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab
, SFmode
, DFmode
, "__aeabi_d2f");
717 set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab
, DFmode
, SFmode
, "__aeabi_f2d");
719 /* Integer to floating-point conversions. Table 8. */
720 set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab
, DFmode
, SImode
, "__aeabi_i2d");
721 set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab
, DFmode
, SImode
, "__aeabi_ui2d");
722 set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab
, DFmode
, DImode
, "__aeabi_l2d");
723 set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab
, DFmode
, DImode
, "__aeabi_ul2d");
724 set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab
, SFmode
, SImode
, "__aeabi_i2f");
725 set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab
, SFmode
, SImode
, "__aeabi_ui2f");
726 set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab
, SFmode
, DImode
, "__aeabi_l2f");
727 set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab
, SFmode
, DImode
, "__aeabi_ul2f");
729 /* Long long. Table 9. */
730 set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab
, DImode
, "__aeabi_lmul");
731 set_optab_libfunc (sdivmod_optab
, DImode
, "__aeabi_ldivmod");
732 set_optab_libfunc (udivmod_optab
, DImode
, "__aeabi_uldivmod");
733 set_optab_libfunc (ashl_optab
, DImode
, "__aeabi_llsl");
734 set_optab_libfunc (lshr_optab
, DImode
, "__aeabi_llsr");
735 set_optab_libfunc (ashr_optab
, DImode
, "__aeabi_lasr");
736 set_optab_libfunc (cmp_optab
, DImode
, "__aeabi_lcmp");
737 set_optab_libfunc (ucmp_optab
, DImode
, "__aeabi_ulcmp");
739 /* Integer (32/32->32) division. \S 4.3.1. */
740 set_optab_libfunc (sdivmod_optab
, SImode
, "__aeabi_idivmod");
741 set_optab_libfunc (udivmod_optab
, SImode
, "__aeabi_uidivmod");
743 /* The divmod functions are designed so that they can be used for
744 plain division, even though they return both the quotient and the
745 remainder. The quotient is returned in the usual location (i.e.,
746 r0 for SImode, {r0, r1} for DImode), just as would be expected
747 for an ordinary division routine. Because the AAPCS calling
748 conventions specify that all of { r0, r1, r2, r3 } are
749 callee-saved registers, there is no need to tell the compiler
750 explicitly that those registers are clobbered by these
752 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, DImode
, "__aeabi_ldivmod");
753 set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab
, DImode
, "__aeabi_uldivmod");
754 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, SImode
, "__aeabi_idivmod");
755 set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab
, SImode
, "__aeabi_uidivmod");
758 /* Fix up any incompatible options that the user has specified.
759 This has now turned into a maze. */
761 arm_override_options (void)
765 /* Set up the flags based on the cpu/architecture selected by the user. */
766 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (arm_select
); i
--;)
768 struct arm_cpu_select
* ptr
= arm_select
+ i
;
770 if (ptr
->string
!= NULL
&& ptr
->string
[0] != '\0')
772 const struct processors
* sel
;
774 for (sel
= ptr
->processors
; sel
->name
!= NULL
; sel
++)
775 if (streq (ptr
->string
, sel
->name
))
777 /* Set the architecture define. */
779 sprintf (arm_arch_name
, "__ARM_ARCH_%s__", sel
->arch
);
781 /* Determine the processor core for which we should
782 tune code-generation. */
783 if (/* -mcpu= is a sensible default. */
785 /* If -march= is used, and -mcpu= has not been used,
786 assume that we should tune for a representative
787 CPU from that architecture. */
789 /* -mtune= overrides -mcpu= and -march=. */
791 arm_tune
= (enum processor_type
) (sel
- ptr
->processors
);
795 /* If we have been given an architecture and a processor
796 make sure that they are compatible. We only generate
797 a warning though, and we prefer the CPU over the
799 if (insn_flags
!= 0 && (insn_flags
^ sel
->flags
))
800 warning ("switch -mcpu=%s conflicts with -march= switch",
803 insn_flags
= sel
->flags
;
809 if (sel
->name
== NULL
)
810 error ("bad value (%s) for %s switch", ptr
->string
, ptr
->name
);
814 /* If the user did not specify a processor, choose one for them. */
817 const struct processors
* sel
;
819 enum processor_type cpu
;
821 cpu
= TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT
;
824 #ifdef SUBTARGET_CPU_DEFAULT
825 /* Use the subtarget default CPU if none was specified by
827 cpu
= SUBTARGET_CPU_DEFAULT
;
829 /* Default to ARM6. */
833 sel
= &all_cores
[cpu
];
835 insn_flags
= sel
->flags
;
837 /* Now check to see if the user has specified some command line
838 switch that require certain abilities from the cpu. */
841 if (TARGET_INTERWORK
|| TARGET_THUMB
)
843 sought
|= (FL_THUMB
| FL_MODE32
);
845 /* There are no ARM processors that support both APCS-26 and
846 interworking. Therefore we force FL_MODE26 to be removed
847 from insn_flags here (if it was set), so that the search
848 below will always be able to find a compatible processor. */
849 insn_flags
&= ~FL_MODE26
;
852 if (sought
!= 0 && ((sought
& insn_flags
) != sought
))
854 /* Try to locate a CPU type that supports all of the abilities
855 of the default CPU, plus the extra abilities requested by
857 for (sel
= all_cores
; sel
->name
!= NULL
; sel
++)
858 if ((sel
->flags
& sought
) == (sought
| insn_flags
))
861 if (sel
->name
== NULL
)
863 unsigned current_bit_count
= 0;
864 const struct processors
* best_fit
= NULL
;
866 /* Ideally we would like to issue an error message here
867 saying that it was not possible to find a CPU compatible
868 with the default CPU, but which also supports the command
869 line options specified by the programmer, and so they
870 ought to use the -mcpu=<name> command line option to
871 override the default CPU type.
873 If we cannot find a cpu that has both the
874 characteristics of the default cpu and the given
875 command line options we scan the array again looking
877 for (sel
= all_cores
; sel
->name
!= NULL
; sel
++)
878 if ((sel
->flags
& sought
) == sought
)
882 count
= bit_count (sel
->flags
& insn_flags
);
884 if (count
>= current_bit_count
)
887 current_bit_count
= count
;
891 if (best_fit
== NULL
)
897 insn_flags
= sel
->flags
;
899 sprintf (arm_arch_name
, "__ARM_ARCH_%s__", sel
->arch
);
900 if (arm_tune
== arm_none
)
901 arm_tune
= (enum processor_type
) (sel
- all_cores
);
904 /* The processor for which we should tune should now have been
906 if (arm_tune
== arm_none
)
909 tune_flags
= all_cores
[(int)arm_tune
].flags
;
911 targetm
.rtx_costs
= arm_size_rtx_costs
;
913 targetm
.rtx_costs
= all_cores
[(int)arm_tune
].rtx_costs
;
915 /* Make sure that the processor choice does not conflict with any of the
916 other command line choices. */
917 if (TARGET_INTERWORK
&& !(insn_flags
& FL_THUMB
))
919 warning ("target CPU does not support interworking" );
920 target_flags
&= ~ARM_FLAG_INTERWORK
;
923 if (TARGET_THUMB
&& !(insn_flags
& FL_THUMB
))
925 warning ("target CPU does not support THUMB instructions");
926 target_flags
&= ~ARM_FLAG_THUMB
;
929 if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME
&& TARGET_THUMB
)
931 /* warning ("ignoring -mapcs-frame because -mthumb was used"); */
932 target_flags
&= ~ARM_FLAG_APCS_FRAME
;
935 /* TARGET_BACKTRACE calls leaf_function_p, which causes a crash if done
936 from here where no function is being compiled currently. */
937 if ((target_flags
& (THUMB_FLAG_LEAF_BACKTRACE
| THUMB_FLAG_BACKTRACE
))
939 warning ("enabling backtrace support is only meaningful when compiling for the Thumb");
941 if (TARGET_ARM
&& TARGET_CALLEE_INTERWORKING
)
942 warning ("enabling callee interworking support is only meaningful when compiling for the Thumb");
944 if (TARGET_ARM
&& TARGET_CALLER_INTERWORKING
)
945 warning ("enabling caller interworking support is only meaningful when compiling for the Thumb");
947 if (TARGET_APCS_STACK
&& !TARGET_APCS_FRAME
)
949 warning ("-mapcs-stack-check incompatible with -mno-apcs-frame");
950 target_flags
|= ARM_FLAG_APCS_FRAME
;
953 if (TARGET_POKE_FUNCTION_NAME
)
954 target_flags
|= ARM_FLAG_APCS_FRAME
;
956 if (TARGET_APCS_REENT
&& flag_pic
)
957 error ("-fpic and -mapcs-reent are incompatible");
959 if (TARGET_APCS_REENT
)
960 warning ("APCS reentrant code not supported. Ignored");
962 /* If this target is normally configured to use APCS frames, warn if they
963 are turned off and debugging is turned on. */
965 && write_symbols
!= NO_DEBUG
966 && !TARGET_APCS_FRAME
967 && (TARGET_DEFAULT
& ARM_FLAG_APCS_FRAME
))
968 warning ("-g with -mno-apcs-frame may not give sensible debugging");
970 /* If stack checking is disabled, we can use r10 as the PIC register,
971 which keeps r9 available. */
973 arm_pic_register
= TARGET_APCS_STACK
? 9 : 10;
975 if (TARGET_APCS_FLOAT
)
976 warning ("passing floating point arguments in fp regs not yet supported");
978 /* Initialize boolean versions of the flags, for use in the arm.md file. */
979 arm_arch3m
= (insn_flags
& FL_ARCH3M
) != 0;
980 arm_arch4
= (insn_flags
& FL_ARCH4
) != 0;
981 arm_arch4t
= arm_arch4
& ((insn_flags
& FL_THUMB
) != 0);
982 arm_arch5
= (insn_flags
& FL_ARCH5
) != 0;
983 arm_arch5e
= (insn_flags
& FL_ARCH5E
) != 0;
984 arm_arch6
= (insn_flags
& FL_ARCH6
) != 0;
985 arm_arch_xscale
= (insn_flags
& FL_XSCALE
) != 0;
986 arm_arch_cirrus
= (insn_flags
& FL_CIRRUS
) != 0;
988 arm_ld_sched
= (tune_flags
& FL_LDSCHED
) != 0;
989 arm_is_strong
= (tune_flags
& FL_STRONG
) != 0;
990 thumb_code
= (TARGET_ARM
== 0);
991 arm_is_6_or_7
= (((tune_flags
& (FL_MODE26
| FL_MODE32
))
992 && !(tune_flags
& FL_ARCH4
))) != 0;
993 arm_tune_xscale
= (tune_flags
& FL_XSCALE
) != 0;
994 arm_arch_iwmmxt
= (insn_flags
& FL_IWMMXT
) != 0;
996 /* V5 code we generate is completely interworking capable, so we turn off
997 TARGET_INTERWORK here to avoid many tests later on. */
999 /* XXX However, we must pass the right pre-processor defines to CPP
1000 or GLD can get confused. This is a hack. */
1001 if (TARGET_INTERWORK
)
1002 arm_cpp_interwork
= 1;
1005 target_flags
&= ~ARM_FLAG_INTERWORK
;
1007 if (target_abi_name
)
1009 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (arm_all_abis
); i
++)
1011 if (streq (arm_all_abis
[i
].name
, target_abi_name
))
1013 arm_abi
= arm_all_abis
[i
].abi_type
;
1017 if (i
== ARRAY_SIZE (arm_all_abis
))
1018 error ("invalid ABI option: -mabi=%s", target_abi_name
);
1021 arm_abi
= ARM_DEFAULT_ABI
;
1023 if (TARGET_IWMMXT
&& !ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
)
1024 error ("iwmmxt requires an AAPCS compatible ABI for proper operation");
1026 if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI
&& !TARGET_IWMMXT
)
1027 error ("iwmmxt abi requires an iwmmxt capable cpu");
1029 arm_fp_model
= ARM_FP_MODEL_UNKNOWN
;
1030 if (target_fpu_name
== NULL
&& target_fpe_name
!= NULL
)
1032 if (streq (target_fpe_name
, "2"))
1033 target_fpu_name
= "fpe2";
1034 else if (streq (target_fpe_name
, "3"))
1035 target_fpu_name
= "fpe3";
1037 error ("invalid floating point emulation option: -mfpe=%s",
1040 if (target_fpu_name
!= NULL
)
1042 /* The user specified a FPU. */
1043 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (all_fpus
); i
++)
1045 if (streq (all_fpus
[i
].name
, target_fpu_name
))
1047 arm_fpu_arch
= all_fpus
[i
].fpu
;
1048 arm_fpu_tune
= arm_fpu_arch
;
1049 arm_fp_model
= fp_model_for_fpu
[arm_fpu_arch
];
1053 if (arm_fp_model
== ARM_FP_MODEL_UNKNOWN
)
1054 error ("invalid floating point option: -mfpu=%s", target_fpu_name
);
1058 #ifdef FPUTYPE_DEFAULT
1059 /* Use the default if it is specified for this platform. */
1060 arm_fpu_arch
= FPUTYPE_DEFAULT
;
1061 arm_fpu_tune
= FPUTYPE_DEFAULT
;
1063 /* Pick one based on CPU type. */
1064 /* ??? Some targets assume FPA is the default.
1065 if ((insn_flags & FL_VFP) != 0)
1066 arm_fpu_arch = FPUTYPE_VFP;
1069 if (arm_arch_cirrus
)
1070 arm_fpu_arch
= FPUTYPE_MAVERICK
;
1072 arm_fpu_arch
= FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU2
;
1074 if (tune_flags
& FL_CO_PROC
&& arm_fpu_arch
== FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU2
)
1075 arm_fpu_tune
= FPUTYPE_FPA
;
1077 arm_fpu_tune
= arm_fpu_arch
;
1078 arm_fp_model
= fp_model_for_fpu
[arm_fpu_arch
];
1079 if (arm_fp_model
== ARM_FP_MODEL_UNKNOWN
)
1083 if (target_float_abi_name
!= NULL
)
1085 /* The user specified a FP ABI. */
1086 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (all_float_abis
); i
++)
1088 if (streq (all_float_abis
[i
].name
, target_float_abi_name
))
1090 arm_float_abi
= all_float_abis
[i
].abi_type
;
1094 if (i
== ARRAY_SIZE (all_float_abis
))
1095 error ("invalid floating point abi: -mfloat-abi=%s",
1096 target_float_abi_name
);
1098 else if (target_float_switch
)
1100 /* This is a bit of a hack to avoid needing target flags for these. */
1101 if (target_float_switch
[0] == 'h')
1102 arm_float_abi
= ARM_FLOAT_ABI_HARD
;
1104 arm_float_abi
= ARM_FLOAT_ABI_SOFT
;
1107 arm_float_abi
= TARGET_DEFAULT_FLOAT_ABI
;
1109 if (arm_float_abi
== ARM_FLOAT_ABI_HARD
&& TARGET_VFP
)
1110 sorry ("-mfloat-abi=hard and VFP");
1112 /* If soft-float is specified then don't use FPU. */
1113 if (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
)
1114 arm_fpu_arch
= FPUTYPE_NONE
;
1116 /* For arm2/3 there is no need to do any scheduling if there is only
1117 a floating point emulator, or we are doing software floating-point. */
1118 if ((TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
1119 || arm_fpu_tune
== FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU2
1120 || arm_fpu_tune
== FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU3
)
1121 && (tune_flags
& FL_MODE32
) == 0)
1122 flag_schedule_insns
= flag_schedule_insns_after_reload
= 0;
1124 /* Override the default structure alignment for AAPCS ABI. */
1125 if (arm_abi
== ARM_ABI_AAPCS
)
1126 arm_structure_size_boundary
= 8;
1128 if (structure_size_string
!= NULL
)
1130 int size
= strtol (structure_size_string
, NULL
, 0);
1132 if (size
== 8 || size
== 32
1133 || (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
&& size
== 64))
1134 arm_structure_size_boundary
= size
;
1136 warning ("structure size boundary can only be set to %s",
1137 ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
? "8, 32 or 64": "8 or 32");
1140 if (arm_pic_register_string
!= NULL
)
1142 int pic_register
= decode_reg_name (arm_pic_register_string
);
1145 warning ("-mpic-register= is useless without -fpic");
1147 /* Prevent the user from choosing an obviously stupid PIC register. */
1148 else if (pic_register
< 0 || call_used_regs
[pic_register
]
1149 || pic_register
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1150 || pic_register
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1151 || pic_register
>= PC_REGNUM
)
1152 error ("unable to use '%s' for PIC register", arm_pic_register_string
);
1154 arm_pic_register
= pic_register
;
1157 if (TARGET_THUMB
&& flag_schedule_insns
)
1159 /* Don't warn since it's on by default in -O2. */
1160 flag_schedule_insns
= 0;
1165 /* There's some dispute as to whether this should be 1 or 2. However,
1166 experiments seem to show that in pathological cases a setting of
1167 1 degrades less severely than a setting of 2. This could change if
1168 other parts of the compiler change their behavior. */
1169 arm_constant_limit
= 1;
1171 /* If optimizing for size, bump the number of instructions that we
1172 are prepared to conditionally execute (even on a StrongARM). */
1173 max_insns_skipped
= 6;
1177 /* For processors with load scheduling, it never costs more than
1178 2 cycles to load a constant, and the load scheduler may well
1179 reduce that to 1. */
1181 arm_constant_limit
= 1;
1183 /* On XScale the longer latency of a load makes it more difficult
1184 to achieve a good schedule, so it's faster to synthesize
1185 constants that can be done in two insns. */
1186 if (arm_tune_xscale
)
1187 arm_constant_limit
= 2;
1189 /* StrongARM has early execution of branches, so a sequence
1190 that is worth skipping is shorter. */
1192 max_insns_skipped
= 3;
1195 /* Register global variables with the garbage collector. */
1196 arm_add_gc_roots ();
1200 arm_add_gc_roots (void)
1202 gcc_obstack_init(&minipool_obstack
);
1203 minipool_startobj
= (char *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack
, 0);
1206 /* A table of known ARM exception types.
1207 For use with the interrupt function attribute. */
1211 const char *const arg
;
1212 const unsigned long return_value
;
1216 static const isr_attribute_arg isr_attribute_args
[] =
1218 { "IRQ", ARM_FT_ISR
},
1219 { "irq", ARM_FT_ISR
},
1220 { "FIQ", ARM_FT_FIQ
},
1221 { "fiq", ARM_FT_FIQ
},
1222 { "ABORT", ARM_FT_ISR
},
1223 { "abort", ARM_FT_ISR
},
1224 { "ABORT", ARM_FT_ISR
},
1225 { "abort", ARM_FT_ISR
},
1226 { "UNDEF", ARM_FT_EXCEPTION
},
1227 { "undef", ARM_FT_EXCEPTION
},
1228 { "SWI", ARM_FT_EXCEPTION
},
1229 { "swi", ARM_FT_EXCEPTION
},
1230 { NULL
, ARM_FT_NORMAL
}
1233 /* Returns the (interrupt) function type of the current
1234 function, or ARM_FT_UNKNOWN if the type cannot be determined. */
1236 static unsigned long
1237 arm_isr_value (tree argument
)
1239 const isr_attribute_arg
* ptr
;
1242 /* No argument - default to IRQ. */
1243 if (argument
== NULL_TREE
)
1246 /* Get the value of the argument. */
1247 if (TREE_VALUE (argument
) == NULL_TREE
1248 || TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (argument
)) != STRING_CST
)
1249 return ARM_FT_UNKNOWN
;
1251 arg
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (argument
));
1253 /* Check it against the list of known arguments. */
1254 for (ptr
= isr_attribute_args
; ptr
->arg
!= NULL
; ptr
++)
1255 if (streq (arg
, ptr
->arg
))
1256 return ptr
->return_value
;
1258 /* An unrecognized interrupt type. */
1259 return ARM_FT_UNKNOWN
;
1262 /* Computes the type of the current function. */
1264 static unsigned long
1265 arm_compute_func_type (void)
1267 unsigned long type
= ARM_FT_UNKNOWN
;
1271 if (TREE_CODE (current_function_decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
1274 /* Decide if the current function is volatile. Such functions
1275 never return, and many memory cycles can be saved by not storing
1276 register values that will never be needed again. This optimization
1277 was added to speed up context switching in a kernel application. */
1279 && TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl
)
1280 && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (current_function_decl
))
1281 type
|= ARM_FT_VOLATILE
;
1283 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
!= NULL
)
1284 type
|= ARM_FT_NESTED
;
1286 attr
= DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl
);
1288 a
= lookup_attribute ("naked", attr
);
1290 type
|= ARM_FT_NAKED
;
1292 a
= lookup_attribute ("isr", attr
);
1294 a
= lookup_attribute ("interrupt", attr
);
1297 type
|= TARGET_INTERWORK
? ARM_FT_INTERWORKED
: ARM_FT_NORMAL
;
1299 type
|= arm_isr_value (TREE_VALUE (a
));
1304 /* Returns the type of the current function. */
1307 arm_current_func_type (void)
1309 if (ARM_FUNC_TYPE (cfun
->machine
->func_type
) == ARM_FT_UNKNOWN
)
1310 cfun
->machine
->func_type
= arm_compute_func_type ();
1312 return cfun
->machine
->func_type
;
1315 /* Return 1 if it is possible to return using a single instruction.
1316 If SIBLING is non-null, this is a test for a return before a sibling
1317 call. SIBLING is the call insn, so we can examine its register usage. */
1320 use_return_insn (int iscond
, rtx sibling
)
1323 unsigned int func_type
;
1324 unsigned long saved_int_regs
;
1325 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust
;
1326 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
1328 /* Never use a return instruction before reload has run. */
1329 if (!reload_completed
)
1332 func_type
= arm_current_func_type ();
1334 /* Naked functions and volatile functions need special
1336 if (func_type
& (ARM_FT_VOLATILE
| ARM_FT_NAKED
))
1339 /* So do interrupt functions that use the frame pointer. */
1340 if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type
) && frame_pointer_needed
)
1343 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
1344 stack_adjust
= offsets
->outgoing_args
- offsets
->saved_regs
;
1346 /* As do variadic functions. */
1347 if (current_function_pretend_args_size
1348 || cfun
->machine
->uses_anonymous_args
1349 /* Or if the function calls __builtin_eh_return () */
1350 || current_function_calls_eh_return
1351 /* Or if the function calls alloca */
1352 || current_function_calls_alloca
1353 /* Or if there is a stack adjustment. However, if the stack pointer
1354 is saved on the stack, we can use a pre-incrementing stack load. */
1355 || !(stack_adjust
== 0 || (frame_pointer_needed
&& stack_adjust
== 4)))
1358 saved_int_regs
= arm_compute_save_reg_mask ();
1360 /* Unfortunately, the insn
1362 ldmib sp, {..., sp, ...}
1364 triggers a bug on most SA-110 based devices, such that the stack
1365 pointer won't be correctly restored if the instruction takes a
1366 page fault. We work around this problem by popping r3 along with
1367 the other registers, since that is never slower than executing
1368 another instruction.
1370 We test for !arm_arch5 here, because code for any architecture
1371 less than this could potentially be run on one of the buggy
1373 if (stack_adjust
== 4 && !arm_arch5
)
1375 /* Validate that r3 is a call-clobbered register (always true in
1376 the default abi) ... */
1377 if (!call_used_regs
[3])
1380 /* ... that it isn't being used for a return value (always true
1381 until we implement return-in-regs), or for a tail-call
1385 if (GET_CODE (sibling
) != CALL_INSN
)
1388 if (find_regno_fusage (sibling
, USE
, 3))
1392 /* ... and that there are no call-saved registers in r0-r2
1393 (always true in the default ABI). */
1394 if (saved_int_regs
& 0x7)
1398 /* Can't be done if interworking with Thumb, and any registers have been
1400 if (TARGET_INTERWORK
&& saved_int_regs
!= 0)
1403 /* On StrongARM, conditional returns are expensive if they aren't
1404 taken and multiple registers have been stacked. */
1405 if (iscond
&& arm_is_strong
)
1407 /* Conditional return when just the LR is stored is a simple
1408 conditional-load instruction, that's not expensive. */
1409 if (saved_int_regs
!= 0 && saved_int_regs
!= (1 << LR_REGNUM
))
1412 if (flag_pic
&& regs_ever_live
[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
])
1416 /* If there are saved registers but the LR isn't saved, then we need
1417 two instructions for the return. */
1418 if (saved_int_regs
&& !(saved_int_regs
& (1 << LR_REGNUM
)))
1421 /* Can't be done if any of the FPA regs are pushed,
1422 since this also requires an insn. */
1423 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& TARGET_FPA
)
1424 for (regno
= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
; regno
<= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
; regno
++)
1425 if (regs_ever_live
[regno
] && !call_used_regs
[regno
])
1428 /* Likewise VFP regs. */
1429 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& TARGET_VFP
)
1430 for (regno
= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
; regno
<= LAST_VFP_REGNUM
; regno
++)
1431 if (regs_ever_live
[regno
] && !call_used_regs
[regno
])
1434 if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
)
1435 for (regno
= FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
; regno
<= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
; regno
++)
1436 if (regs_ever_live
[regno
] && ! call_used_regs
[regno
])
1442 /* Return TRUE if int I is a valid immediate ARM constant. */
1445 const_ok_for_arm (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
1447 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)0xFF;
1449 /* For machines with >32 bit HOST_WIDE_INT, the bits above bit 31 must
1450 be all zero, or all one. */
1451 if ((i
& ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff) != 0
1452 && ((i
& ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff)
1453 != ((~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0)
1454 & ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff)))
1457 /* Fast return for 0 and powers of 2 */
1458 if ((i
& (i
- 1)) == 0)
1463 if ((i
& mask
& (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff) == 0)
1466 (mask
<< 2) | ((mask
& (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff)
1467 >> (32 - 2)) | ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff;
1469 while (mask
!= ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xFF);
1474 /* Return true if I is a valid constant for the operation CODE. */
1476 const_ok_for_op (HOST_WIDE_INT i
, enum rtx_code code
)
1478 if (const_ok_for_arm (i
))
1484 return const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (-i
));
1486 case MINUS
: /* Should only occur with (MINUS I reg) => rsb */
1492 return const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~i
));
1499 /* Emit a sequence of insns to handle a large constant.
1500 CODE is the code of the operation required, it can be any of SET, PLUS,
1501 IOR, AND, XOR, MINUS;
1502 MODE is the mode in which the operation is being performed;
1503 VAL is the integer to operate on;
1504 SOURCE is the other operand (a register, or a null-pointer for SET);
1505 SUBTARGETS means it is safe to create scratch registers if that will
1506 either produce a simpler sequence, or we will want to cse the values.
1507 Return value is the number of insns emitted. */
1510 arm_split_constant (enum rtx_code code
, enum machine_mode mode
, rtx insn
,
1511 HOST_WIDE_INT val
, rtx target
, rtx source
, int subtargets
)
1515 if (insn
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == COND_EXEC
)
1516 cond
= COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (insn
));
1520 if (subtargets
|| code
== SET
1521 || (GET_CODE (target
) == REG
&& GET_CODE (source
) == REG
1522 && REGNO (target
) != REGNO (source
)))
1524 /* After arm_reorg has been called, we can't fix up expensive
1525 constants by pushing them into memory so we must synthesize
1526 them in-line, regardless of the cost. This is only likely to
1527 be more costly on chips that have load delay slots and we are
1528 compiling without running the scheduler (so no splitting
1529 occurred before the final instruction emission).
1531 Ref: gcc -O1 -mcpu=strongarm gcc.c-torture/compile/980506-2.c
1533 if (!after_arm_reorg
1535 && (arm_gen_constant (code
, mode
, NULL_RTX
, val
, target
, source
,
1537 > arm_constant_limit
+ (code
!= SET
)))
1541 /* Currently SET is the only monadic value for CODE, all
1542 the rest are diadic. */
1543 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, GEN_INT (val
)));
1548 rtx temp
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
1550 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, temp
, GEN_INT (val
)));
1551 /* For MINUS, the value is subtracted from, since we never
1552 have subtraction of a constant. */
1554 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1555 gen_rtx_MINUS (mode
, temp
, source
)));
1557 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1558 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, mode
, source
, temp
)));
1564 return arm_gen_constant (code
, mode
, cond
, val
, target
, source
, subtargets
,
1569 count_insns_for_constant (HOST_WIDE_INT remainder
, int i
)
1571 HOST_WIDE_INT temp1
;
1579 if (remainder
& (3 << (i
- 2)))
1584 temp1
= remainder
& ((0x0ff << end
)
1585 | ((i
< end
) ? (0xff >> (32 - end
)) : 0));
1586 remainder
&= ~temp1
;
1591 } while (remainder
);
1595 /* Emit an instruction with the indicated PATTERN. If COND is
1596 non-NULL, conditionalize the execution of the instruction on COND
1600 emit_constant_insn (rtx cond
, rtx pattern
)
1603 pattern
= gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode
, copy_rtx (cond
), pattern
);
1604 emit_insn (pattern
);
1607 /* As above, but extra parameter GENERATE which, if clear, suppresses
1611 arm_gen_constant (enum rtx_code code
, enum machine_mode mode
, rtx cond
,
1612 HOST_WIDE_INT val
, rtx target
, rtx source
, int subtargets
,
1617 int can_negate_initial
= 0;
1620 int num_bits_set
= 0;
1621 int set_sign_bit_copies
= 0;
1622 int clear_sign_bit_copies
= 0;
1623 int clear_zero_bit_copies
= 0;
1624 int set_zero_bit_copies
= 0;
1626 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp1
, temp2
;
1627 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT remainder
= val
& 0xffffffff;
1629 /* Find out which operations are safe for a given CODE. Also do a quick
1630 check for degenerate cases; these can occur when DImode operations
1642 can_negate_initial
= 1;
1646 if (remainder
== 0xffffffff)
1649 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1650 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1651 GEN_INT (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (val
))));
1656 if (reload_completed
&& rtx_equal_p (target
, source
))
1659 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1660 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, source
));
1669 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1670 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, const0_rtx
));
1673 if (remainder
== 0xffffffff)
1675 if (reload_completed
&& rtx_equal_p (target
, source
))
1678 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1679 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, source
));
1688 if (reload_completed
&& rtx_equal_p (target
, source
))
1691 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1692 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, source
));
1695 if (remainder
== 0xffffffff)
1698 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1699 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1700 gen_rtx_NOT (mode
, source
)));
1704 /* We don't know how to handle this yet below. */
1708 /* We treat MINUS as (val - source), since (source - val) is always
1709 passed as (source + (-val)). */
1713 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1714 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1715 gen_rtx_NEG (mode
, source
)));
1718 if (const_ok_for_arm (val
))
1721 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1722 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1723 gen_rtx_MINUS (mode
, GEN_INT (val
),
1735 /* If we can do it in one insn get out quickly. */
1736 if (const_ok_for_arm (val
)
1737 || (can_negate_initial
&& const_ok_for_arm (-val
))
1738 || (can_invert
&& const_ok_for_arm (~val
)))
1741 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1742 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1744 ? gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, mode
, source
,
1750 /* Calculate a few attributes that may be useful for specific
1752 for (i
= 31; i
>= 0; i
--)
1754 if ((remainder
& (1 << i
)) == 0)
1755 clear_sign_bit_copies
++;
1760 for (i
= 31; i
>= 0; i
--)
1762 if ((remainder
& (1 << i
)) != 0)
1763 set_sign_bit_copies
++;
1768 for (i
= 0; i
<= 31; i
++)
1770 if ((remainder
& (1 << i
)) == 0)
1771 clear_zero_bit_copies
++;
1776 for (i
= 0; i
<= 31; i
++)
1778 if ((remainder
& (1 << i
)) != 0)
1779 set_zero_bit_copies
++;
1787 /* See if we can do this by sign_extending a constant that is known
1788 to be negative. This is a good, way of doing it, since the shift
1789 may well merge into a subsequent insn. */
1790 if (set_sign_bit_copies
> 1)
1792 if (const_ok_for_arm
1793 (temp1
= ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (remainder
1794 << (set_sign_bit_copies
- 1))))
1798 rtx new_src
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
1799 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1800 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, new_src
,
1802 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1803 gen_ashrsi3 (target
, new_src
,
1804 GEN_INT (set_sign_bit_copies
- 1)));
1808 /* For an inverted constant, we will need to set the low bits,
1809 these will be shifted out of harm's way. */
1810 temp1
|= (1 << (set_sign_bit_copies
- 1)) - 1;
1811 if (const_ok_for_arm (~temp1
))
1815 rtx new_src
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
1816 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1817 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, new_src
,
1819 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1820 gen_ashrsi3 (target
, new_src
,
1821 GEN_INT (set_sign_bit_copies
- 1)));
1827 /* See if we can generate this by setting the bottom (or the top)
1828 16 bits, and then shifting these into the other half of the
1829 word. We only look for the simplest cases, to do more would cost
1830 too much. Be careful, however, not to generate this when the
1831 alternative would take fewer insns. */
1832 if (val
& 0xffff0000)
1834 temp1
= remainder
& 0xffff0000;
1835 temp2
= remainder
& 0x0000ffff;
1837 /* Overlaps outside this range are best done using other methods. */
1838 for (i
= 9; i
< 24; i
++)
1840 if ((((temp2
| (temp2
<< i
)) & 0xffffffff) == remainder
)
1841 && !const_ok_for_arm (temp2
))
1843 rtx new_src
= (subtargets
1844 ? (generate
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : NULL_RTX
)
1846 insns
= arm_gen_constant (code
, mode
, cond
, temp2
, new_src
,
1847 source
, subtargets
, generate
);
1855 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode
, source
,
1862 /* Don't duplicate cases already considered. */
1863 for (i
= 17; i
< 24; i
++)
1865 if (((temp1
| (temp1
>> i
)) == remainder
)
1866 && !const_ok_for_arm (temp1
))
1868 rtx new_src
= (subtargets
1869 ? (generate
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : NULL_RTX
)
1871 insns
= arm_gen_constant (code
, mode
, cond
, temp1
, new_src
,
1872 source
, subtargets
, generate
);
1877 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1880 gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode
, source
,
1891 /* If we have IOR or XOR, and the constant can be loaded in a
1892 single instruction, and we can find a temporary to put it in,
1893 then this can be done in two instructions instead of 3-4. */
1895 /* TARGET can't be NULL if SUBTARGETS is 0 */
1896 || (reload_completed
&& !reg_mentioned_p (target
, source
)))
1898 if (const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~val
)))
1902 rtx sub
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
1904 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1905 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, sub
,
1907 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1908 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1909 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, mode
,
1919 if (set_sign_bit_copies
> 8
1920 && (val
& (-1 << (32 - set_sign_bit_copies
))) == val
)
1924 rtx sub
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
1925 rtx shift
= GEN_INT (set_sign_bit_copies
);
1929 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, sub
,
1931 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode
,
1936 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1938 gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode
, sub
,
1944 if (set_zero_bit_copies
> 8
1945 && (remainder
& ((1 << set_zero_bit_copies
) - 1)) == remainder
)
1949 rtx sub
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
1950 rtx shift
= GEN_INT (set_zero_bit_copies
);
1954 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, sub
,
1956 gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode
,
1961 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1963 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode
, sub
,
1969 if (const_ok_for_arm (temp1
= ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~val
)))
1973 rtx sub
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
1974 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1975 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, sub
,
1976 gen_rtx_NOT (mode
, source
)));
1979 sub
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
1980 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1981 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, sub
,
1982 gen_rtx_AND (mode
, source
,
1984 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
1985 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
,
1986 gen_rtx_NOT (mode
, sub
)));
1993 /* See if two shifts will do 2 or more insn's worth of work. */
1994 if (clear_sign_bit_copies
>= 16 && clear_sign_bit_copies
< 24)
1996 HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask
= ((0xffffffff
1997 << (32 - clear_sign_bit_copies
))
2000 if ((remainder
| shift_mask
) != 0xffffffff)
2004 rtx new_src
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
2005 insns
= arm_gen_constant (AND
, mode
, cond
,
2006 remainder
| shift_mask
,
2007 new_src
, source
, subtargets
, 1);
2012 rtx targ
= subtargets
? NULL_RTX
: target
;
2013 insns
= arm_gen_constant (AND
, mode
, cond
,
2014 remainder
| shift_mask
,
2015 targ
, source
, subtargets
, 0);
2021 rtx new_src
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
2022 rtx shift
= GEN_INT (clear_sign_bit_copies
);
2024 emit_insn (gen_ashlsi3 (new_src
, source
, shift
));
2025 emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (target
, new_src
, shift
));
2031 if (clear_zero_bit_copies
>= 16 && clear_zero_bit_copies
< 24)
2033 HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask
= (1 << clear_zero_bit_copies
) - 1;
2035 if ((remainder
| shift_mask
) != 0xffffffff)
2039 rtx new_src
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
2041 insns
= arm_gen_constant (AND
, mode
, cond
,
2042 remainder
| shift_mask
,
2043 new_src
, source
, subtargets
, 1);
2048 rtx targ
= subtargets
? NULL_RTX
: target
;
2050 insns
= arm_gen_constant (AND
, mode
, cond
,
2051 remainder
| shift_mask
,
2052 targ
, source
, subtargets
, 0);
2058 rtx new_src
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
;
2059 rtx shift
= GEN_INT (clear_zero_bit_copies
);
2061 emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (new_src
, source
, shift
));
2062 emit_insn (gen_ashlsi3 (target
, new_src
, shift
));
2074 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; i
++)
2075 if (remainder
& (1 << i
))
2078 if (code
== AND
|| (can_invert
&& num_bits_set
> 16))
2079 remainder
= (~remainder
) & 0xffffffff;
2080 else if (code
== PLUS
&& num_bits_set
> 16)
2081 remainder
= (-remainder
) & 0xffffffff;
2088 /* Now try and find a way of doing the job in either two or three
2090 We start by looking for the largest block of zeros that are aligned on
2091 a 2-bit boundary, we then fill up the temps, wrapping around to the
2092 top of the word when we drop off the bottom.
2093 In the worst case this code should produce no more than four insns. */
2096 int best_consecutive_zeros
= 0;
2098 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; i
+= 2)
2100 int consecutive_zeros
= 0;
2102 if (!(remainder
& (3 << i
)))
2104 while ((i
< 32) && !(remainder
& (3 << i
)))
2106 consecutive_zeros
+= 2;
2109 if (consecutive_zeros
> best_consecutive_zeros
)
2111 best_consecutive_zeros
= consecutive_zeros
;
2112 best_start
= i
- consecutive_zeros
;
2118 /* So long as it won't require any more insns to do so, it's
2119 desirable to emit a small constant (in bits 0...9) in the last
2120 insn. This way there is more chance that it can be combined with
2121 a later addressing insn to form a pre-indexed load or store
2122 operation. Consider:
2124 *((volatile int *)0xe0000100) = 1;
2125 *((volatile int *)0xe0000110) = 2;
2127 We want this to wind up as:
2131 str rB, [rA, #0x100]
2133 str rB, [rA, #0x110]
2135 rather than having to synthesize both large constants from scratch.
2137 Therefore, we calculate how many insns would be required to emit
2138 the constant starting from `best_start', and also starting from
2139 zero (i.e. with bit 31 first to be output). If `best_start' doesn't
2140 yield a shorter sequence, we may as well use zero. */
2142 && ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1) << best_start
) < remainder
)
2143 && (count_insns_for_constant (remainder
, 0) <=
2144 count_insns_for_constant (remainder
, best_start
)))
2147 /* Now start emitting the insns. */
2155 if (remainder
& (3 << (i
- 2)))
2160 temp1
= remainder
& ((0x0ff << end
)
2161 | ((i
< end
) ? (0xff >> (32 - end
)) : 0));
2162 remainder
&= ~temp1
;
2166 rtx new_src
, temp1_rtx
;
2168 if (code
== SET
|| code
== MINUS
)
2170 new_src
= (subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : target
);
2171 if (can_invert
&& code
!= MINUS
)
2176 if (remainder
&& subtargets
)
2177 new_src
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
2182 else if (can_negate
)
2186 temp1
= trunc_int_for_mode (temp1
, mode
);
2187 temp1_rtx
= GEN_INT (temp1
);
2191 else if (code
== MINUS
)
2192 temp1_rtx
= gen_rtx_MINUS (mode
, temp1_rtx
, source
);
2194 temp1_rtx
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, mode
, source
, temp1_rtx
);
2196 emit_constant_insn (cond
,
2197 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, new_src
,
2207 else if (code
== MINUS
)
2221 /* Canonicalize a comparison so that we are more likely to recognize it.
2222 This can be done for a few constant compares, where we can make the
2223 immediate value easier to load. */
2226 arm_canonicalize_comparison (enum rtx_code code
, rtx
* op1
)
2228 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i
= INTVAL (*op1
);
2238 if (i
!= ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1) << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 1)) - 1)
2239 && (const_ok_for_arm (i
+ 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i
+ 1))))
2241 *op1
= GEN_INT (i
+ 1);
2242 return code
== GT
? GE
: LT
;
2248 if (i
!= (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1) << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 1))
2249 && (const_ok_for_arm (i
- 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i
- 1))))
2251 *op1
= GEN_INT (i
- 1);
2252 return code
== GE
? GT
: LE
;
2258 if (i
!= ~((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0)
2259 && (const_ok_for_arm (i
+ 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i
+ 1))))
2261 *op1
= GEN_INT (i
+ 1);
2262 return code
== GTU
? GEU
: LTU
;
2269 && (const_ok_for_arm (i
- 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i
- 1))))
2271 *op1
= GEN_INT (i
- 1);
2272 return code
== GEU
? GTU
: LEU
;
2284 /* Define how to find the value returned by a function. */
2287 arm_function_value(tree type
, tree func ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2289 enum machine_mode mode
;
2290 int unsignedp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2291 rtx r ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2294 mode
= TYPE_MODE (type
);
2295 /* Promote integer types. */
2296 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type
))
2297 PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE (mode
, unsignedp
, type
);
2298 return LIBCALL_VALUE(mode
);
2301 /* Determine the amount of memory needed to store the possible return
2302 registers of an untyped call. */
2304 arm_apply_result_size (void)
2310 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT_ABI
)
2314 if (TARGET_MAVERICK
)
2317 if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI
)
2324 /* Decide whether a type should be returned in memory (true)
2325 or in a register (false). This is called by the macro
2326 RETURN_IN_MEMORY. */
2328 arm_return_in_memory (tree type
)
2332 if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) &&
2333 !(TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
))
2334 /* All simple types are returned in registers.
2335 For AAPCS, complex types are treated the same as aggregates. */
2338 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
2340 if (arm_abi
!= ARM_ABI_APCS
)
2342 /* ATPCS and later return aggregate types in memory only if they are
2343 larger than a word (or are variable size). */
2344 return (size
< 0 || size
> UNITS_PER_WORD
);
2347 /* For the arm-wince targets we choose to be compatible with Microsoft's
2348 ARM and Thumb compilers, which always return aggregates in memory. */
2350 /* All structures/unions bigger than one word are returned in memory.
2351 Also catch the case where int_size_in_bytes returns -1. In this case
2352 the aggregate is either huge or of variable size, and in either case
2353 we will want to return it via memory and not in a register. */
2354 if (size
< 0 || size
> UNITS_PER_WORD
)
2357 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
2361 /* For a struct the APCS says that we only return in a register
2362 if the type is 'integer like' and every addressable element
2363 has an offset of zero. For practical purposes this means
2364 that the structure can have at most one non bit-field element
2365 and that this element must be the first one in the structure. */
2367 /* Find the first field, ignoring non FIELD_DECL things which will
2368 have been created by C++. */
2369 for (field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
2370 field
&& TREE_CODE (field
) != FIELD_DECL
;
2371 field
= TREE_CHAIN (field
))
2375 return 0; /* An empty structure. Allowed by an extension to ANSI C. */
2377 /* Check that the first field is valid for returning in a register. */
2379 /* ... Floats are not allowed */
2380 if (FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field
)))
2383 /* ... Aggregates that are not themselves valid for returning in
2384 a register are not allowed. */
2385 if (RETURN_IN_MEMORY (TREE_TYPE (field
)))
2388 /* Now check the remaining fields, if any. Only bitfields are allowed,
2389 since they are not addressable. */
2390 for (field
= TREE_CHAIN (field
);
2392 field
= TREE_CHAIN (field
))
2394 if (TREE_CODE (field
) != FIELD_DECL
)
2397 if (!DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (field
))
2404 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
2408 /* Unions can be returned in registers if every element is
2409 integral, or can be returned in an integer register. */
2410 for (field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
2412 field
= TREE_CHAIN (field
))
2414 if (TREE_CODE (field
) != FIELD_DECL
)
2417 if (FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field
)))
2420 if (RETURN_IN_MEMORY (TREE_TYPE (field
)))
2426 #endif /* not ARM_WINCE */
2428 /* Return all other types in memory. */
2432 /* Indicate whether or not words of a double are in big-endian order. */
2435 arm_float_words_big_endian (void)
2437 if (TARGET_MAVERICK
)
2440 /* For FPA, float words are always big-endian. For VFP, floats words
2441 follow the memory system mode. */
2449 return (TARGET_BIG_END
? 1 : 0);
2454 /* Initialize a variable CUM of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS
2455 for a call to a function whose data type is FNTYPE.
2456 For a library call, FNTYPE is NULL. */
2458 arm_init_cumulative_args (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*pcum
, tree fntype
,
2459 rtx libname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2460 tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2462 /* On the ARM, the offset starts at 0. */
2463 pcum
->nregs
= ((fntype
&& aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (fntype
), fntype
)) ? 1 : 0);
2464 pcum
->iwmmxt_nregs
= 0;
2465 pcum
->can_split
= true;
2467 pcum
->call_cookie
= CALL_NORMAL
;
2469 if (TARGET_LONG_CALLS
)
2470 pcum
->call_cookie
= CALL_LONG
;
2472 /* Check for long call/short call attributes. The attributes
2473 override any command line option. */
2476 if (lookup_attribute ("short_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (fntype
)))
2477 pcum
->call_cookie
= CALL_SHORT
;
2478 else if (lookup_attribute ("long_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (fntype
)))
2479 pcum
->call_cookie
= CALL_LONG
;
2482 /* Varargs vectors are treated the same as long long.
2483 named_count avoids having to change the way arm handles 'named' */
2484 pcum
->named_count
= 0;
2487 if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
&& fntype
)
2491 for (fn_arg
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype
);
2493 fn_arg
= TREE_CHAIN (fn_arg
))
2494 pcum
->named_count
+= 1;
2496 if (! pcum
->named_count
)
2497 pcum
->named_count
= INT_MAX
;
2502 /* Return true if mode/type need doubleword alignment. */
2504 arm_needs_doubleword_align (enum machine_mode mode
, tree type
)
2506 return (GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode
) > PARM_BOUNDARY
2507 || (type
&& TYPE_ALIGN (type
) > PARM_BOUNDARY
));
2511 /* Determine where to put an argument to a function.
2512 Value is zero to push the argument on the stack,
2513 or a hard register in which to store the argument.
2515 MODE is the argument's machine mode.
2516 TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
2517 This is null for libcalls where that information may
2519 CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
2520 the preceding args and about the function being called.
2521 NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
2522 (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis). */
2525 arm_function_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*pcum
, enum machine_mode mode
,
2526 tree type
, int named
)
2530 /* Varargs vectors are treated the same as long long.
2531 named_count avoids having to change the way arm handles 'named' */
2532 if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI
2533 && arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode
)
2534 && pcum
->named_count
> pcum
->nargs
+ 1)
2536 if (pcum
->iwmmxt_nregs
<= 9)
2537 return gen_rtx_REG (mode
, pcum
->iwmmxt_nregs
+ FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
);
2540 pcum
->can_split
= false;
2545 /* Put doubleword aligned quantities in even register pairs. */
2547 && ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
2548 && arm_needs_doubleword_align (mode
, type
))
2551 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
2552 /* Compute operand 2 of the call insn. */
2553 return GEN_INT (pcum
->call_cookie
);
2555 /* Only allow splitting an arg between regs and memory if all preceding
2556 args were allocated to regs. For args passed by reference we only count
2557 the reference pointer. */
2558 if (pcum
->can_split
)
2561 nregs
= ARM_NUM_REGS2 (mode
, type
);
2563 if (!named
|| pcum
->nregs
+ nregs
> NUM_ARG_REGS
)
2566 return gen_rtx_REG (mode
, pcum
->nregs
);
2570 arm_arg_partial_bytes (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*pcum
, enum machine_mode mode
,
2571 tree type
, bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2573 int nregs
= pcum
->nregs
;
2575 if (arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode
))
2578 if (NUM_ARG_REGS
> nregs
2579 && (NUM_ARG_REGS
< nregs
+ ARM_NUM_REGS2 (mode
, type
))
2581 return (NUM_ARG_REGS
- nregs
) * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
2586 /* Variable sized types are passed by reference. This is a GCC
2587 extension to the ARM ABI. */
2590 arm_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2591 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2592 tree type
, bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2594 return type
&& TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) != INTEGER_CST
;
2597 /* Encode the current state of the #pragma [no_]long_calls. */
2600 OFF
, /* No #pramgma [no_]long_calls is in effect. */
2601 LONG
, /* #pragma long_calls is in effect. */
2602 SHORT
/* #pragma no_long_calls is in effect. */
2605 static arm_pragma_enum arm_pragma_long_calls
= OFF
;
2608 arm_pr_long_calls (struct cpp_reader
* pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2610 arm_pragma_long_calls
= LONG
;
2614 arm_pr_no_long_calls (struct cpp_reader
* pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2616 arm_pragma_long_calls
= SHORT
;
2620 arm_pr_long_calls_off (struct cpp_reader
* pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2622 arm_pragma_long_calls
= OFF
;
2625 /* Table of machine attributes. */
2626 const struct attribute_spec arm_attribute_table
[] =
2628 /* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler } */
2629 /* Function calls made to this symbol must be done indirectly, because
2630 it may lie outside of the 26 bit addressing range of a normal function
2632 { "long_call", 0, 0, false, true, true, NULL
},
2633 /* Whereas these functions are always known to reside within the 26 bit
2634 addressing range. */
2635 { "short_call", 0, 0, false, true, true, NULL
},
2636 /* Interrupt Service Routines have special prologue and epilogue requirements. */
2637 { "isr", 0, 1, false, false, false, arm_handle_isr_attribute
},
2638 { "interrupt", 0, 1, false, false, false, arm_handle_isr_attribute
},
2639 { "naked", 0, 0, true, false, false, arm_handle_fndecl_attribute
},
2641 /* ARM/PE has three new attributes:
2643 dllexport - for exporting a function/variable that will live in a dll
2644 dllimport - for importing a function/variable from a dll
2646 Microsoft allows multiple declspecs in one __declspec, separating
2647 them with spaces. We do NOT support this. Instead, use __declspec
2650 { "dllimport", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL
},
2651 { "dllexport", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL
},
2652 { "interfacearm", 0, 0, true, false, false, arm_handle_fndecl_attribute
},
2653 #elif TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
2654 { "dllimport", 0, 0, false, false, false, handle_dll_attribute
},
2655 { "dllexport", 0, 0, false, false, false, handle_dll_attribute
},
2656 { "notshared", 0, 0, false, true, false, arm_handle_notshared_attribute
},
2658 { NULL
, 0, 0, false, false, false, NULL
}
2661 /* Handle an attribute requiring a FUNCTION_DECL;
2662 arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler. */
2664 arm_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree
*node
, tree name
, tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2665 int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, bool *no_add_attrs
)
2667 if (TREE_CODE (*node
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
2669 warning ("%qs attribute only applies to functions",
2670 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
2671 *no_add_attrs
= true;
2677 /* Handle an "interrupt" or "isr" attribute;
2678 arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler. */
2680 arm_handle_isr_attribute (tree
*node
, tree name
, tree args
, int flags
,
2685 if (TREE_CODE (*node
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
2687 warning ("%qs attribute only applies to functions",
2688 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
2689 *no_add_attrs
= true;
2691 /* FIXME: the argument if any is checked for type attributes;
2692 should it be checked for decl ones? */
2696 if (TREE_CODE (*node
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
2697 || TREE_CODE (*node
) == METHOD_TYPE
)
2699 if (arm_isr_value (args
) == ARM_FT_UNKNOWN
)
2701 warning ("%qs attribute ignored", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
2702 *no_add_attrs
= true;
2705 else if (TREE_CODE (*node
) == POINTER_TYPE
2706 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (*node
)) == FUNCTION_TYPE
2707 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (*node
)) == METHOD_TYPE
)
2708 && arm_isr_value (args
) != ARM_FT_UNKNOWN
)
2710 *node
= build_variant_type_copy (*node
);
2711 TREE_TYPE (*node
) = build_type_attribute_variant
2713 tree_cons (name
, args
, TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (TREE_TYPE (*node
))));
2714 *no_add_attrs
= true;
2718 /* Possibly pass this attribute on from the type to a decl. */
2719 if (flags
& ((int) ATTR_FLAG_DECL_NEXT
2720 | (int) ATTR_FLAG_FUNCTION_NEXT
2721 | (int) ATTR_FLAG_ARRAY_NEXT
))
2723 *no_add_attrs
= true;
2724 return tree_cons (name
, args
, NULL_TREE
);
2728 warning ("%qs attribute ignored", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
2736 #if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
2737 /* Handle the "notshared" attribute. This attribute is another way of
2738 requesting hidden visibility. ARM's compiler supports
2739 "__declspec(notshared)"; we support the same thing via an
2743 arm_handle_notshared_attribute (tree
*node
,
2744 tree name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2745 tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2746 int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2749 tree decl
= TYPE_NAME (*node
);
2753 DECL_VISIBILITY (decl
) = VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
;
2754 DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl
) = 1;
2755 *no_add_attrs
= false;
2761 /* Return 0 if the attributes for two types are incompatible, 1 if they
2762 are compatible, and 2 if they are nearly compatible (which causes a
2763 warning to be generated). */
2765 arm_comp_type_attributes (tree type1
, tree type2
)
2769 /* Check for mismatch of non-default calling convention. */
2770 if (TREE_CODE (type1
) != FUNCTION_TYPE
)
2773 /* Check for mismatched call attributes. */
2774 l1
= lookup_attribute ("long_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1
)) != NULL
;
2775 l2
= lookup_attribute ("long_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2
)) != NULL
;
2776 s1
= lookup_attribute ("short_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1
)) != NULL
;
2777 s2
= lookup_attribute ("short_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2
)) != NULL
;
2779 /* Only bother to check if an attribute is defined. */
2780 if (l1
| l2
| s1
| s2
)
2782 /* If one type has an attribute, the other must have the same attribute. */
2783 if ((l1
!= l2
) || (s1
!= s2
))
2786 /* Disallow mixed attributes. */
2787 if ((l1
& s2
) || (l2
& s1
))
2791 /* Check for mismatched ISR attribute. */
2792 l1
= lookup_attribute ("isr", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1
)) != NULL
;
2794 l1
= lookup_attribute ("interrupt", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1
)) != NULL
;
2795 l2
= lookup_attribute ("isr", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2
)) != NULL
;
2797 l1
= lookup_attribute ("interrupt", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2
)) != NULL
;
2804 /* Encode long_call or short_call attribute by prefixing
2805 symbol name in DECL with a special character FLAG. */
2807 arm_encode_call_attribute (tree decl
, int flag
)
2809 const char * str
= XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0), 0);
2810 int len
= strlen (str
);
2813 /* Do not allow weak functions to be treated as short call. */
2814 if (DECL_WEAK (decl
) && flag
== SHORT_CALL_FLAG_CHAR
)
2817 newstr
= alloca (len
+ 2);
2819 strcpy (newstr
+ 1, str
);
2821 newstr
= (char *) ggc_alloc_string (newstr
, len
+ 1);
2822 XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0), 0) = newstr
;
2825 /* Assigns default attributes to newly defined type. This is used to
2826 set short_call/long_call attributes for function types of
2827 functions defined inside corresponding #pragma scopes. */
2829 arm_set_default_type_attributes (tree type
)
2831 /* Add __attribute__ ((long_call)) to all functions, when
2832 inside #pragma long_calls or __attribute__ ((short_call)),
2833 when inside #pragma no_long_calls. */
2834 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == METHOD_TYPE
)
2836 tree type_attr_list
, attr_name
;
2837 type_attr_list
= TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type
);
2839 if (arm_pragma_long_calls
== LONG
)
2840 attr_name
= get_identifier ("long_call");
2841 else if (arm_pragma_long_calls
== SHORT
)
2842 attr_name
= get_identifier ("short_call");
2846 type_attr_list
= tree_cons (attr_name
, NULL_TREE
, type_attr_list
);
2847 TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type
) = type_attr_list
;
2851 /* Return 1 if the operand is a SYMBOL_REF for a function known to be
2852 defined within the current compilation unit. If this cannot be
2853 determined, then 0 is returned. */
2855 current_file_function_operand (rtx sym_ref
)
2857 /* This is a bit of a fib. A function will have a short call flag
2858 applied to its name if it has the short call attribute, or it has
2859 already been defined within the current compilation unit. */
2860 if (ENCODED_SHORT_CALL_ATTR_P (XSTR (sym_ref
, 0)))
2863 /* The current function is always defined within the current compilation
2864 unit. If it s a weak definition however, then this may not be the real
2865 definition of the function, and so we have to say no. */
2866 if (sym_ref
== XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl
), 0)
2867 && !DECL_WEAK (current_function_decl
))
2870 /* We cannot make the determination - default to returning 0. */
2874 /* Return nonzero if a 32 bit "long_call" should be generated for
2875 this call. We generate a long_call if the function:
2877 a. has an __attribute__((long call))
2878 or b. is within the scope of a #pragma long_calls
2879 or c. the -mlong-calls command line switch has been specified
2881 1. -ffunction-sections is in effect
2882 or 2. the current function has __attribute__ ((section))
2883 or 3. the target function has __attribute__ ((section))
2885 However we do not generate a long call if the function:
2887 d. has an __attribute__ ((short_call))
2888 or e. is inside the scope of a #pragma no_long_calls
2889 or f. is defined within the current compilation unit.
2891 This function will be called by C fragments contained in the machine
2892 description file. SYM_REF and CALL_COOKIE correspond to the matched
2893 rtl operands. CALL_SYMBOL is used to distinguish between
2894 two different callers of the function. It is set to 1 in the
2895 "call_symbol" and "call_symbol_value" patterns and to 0 in the "call"
2896 and "call_value" patterns. This is because of the difference in the
2897 SYM_REFs passed by these patterns. */
2899 arm_is_longcall_p (rtx sym_ref
, int call_cookie
, int call_symbol
)
2903 if (GET_CODE (sym_ref
) != MEM
)
2906 sym_ref
= XEXP (sym_ref
, 0);
2909 if (GET_CODE (sym_ref
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
2912 if (call_cookie
& CALL_SHORT
)
2915 if (TARGET_LONG_CALLS
)
2917 if (flag_function_sections
2918 || DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
2919 /* c.3 is handled by the definition of the
2920 ARM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE macro. */
2924 if (current_file_function_operand (sym_ref
))
2927 return (call_cookie
& CALL_LONG
)
2928 || ENCODED_LONG_CALL_ATTR_P (XSTR (sym_ref
, 0))
2929 || TARGET_LONG_CALLS
;
2932 /* Return nonzero if it is ok to make a tail-call to DECL. */
2934 arm_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree decl
, tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2936 int call_type
= TARGET_LONG_CALLS
? CALL_LONG
: CALL_NORMAL
;
2938 if (cfun
->machine
->sibcall_blocked
)
2941 /* Never tailcall something for which we have no decl, or if we
2942 are in Thumb mode. */
2943 if (decl
== NULL
|| TARGET_THUMB
)
2946 /* Get the calling method. */
2947 if (lookup_attribute ("short_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (TREE_TYPE (decl
))))
2948 call_type
= CALL_SHORT
;
2949 else if (lookup_attribute ("long_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (TREE_TYPE (decl
))))
2950 call_type
= CALL_LONG
;
2952 /* Cannot tail-call to long calls, since these are out of range of
2953 a branch instruction. However, if not compiling PIC, we know
2954 we can reach the symbol if it is in this compilation unit. */
2955 if (call_type
== CALL_LONG
&& (flag_pic
|| !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
)))
2958 /* If we are interworking and the function is not declared static
2959 then we can't tail-call it unless we know that it exists in this
2960 compilation unit (since it might be a Thumb routine). */
2961 if (TARGET_INTERWORK
&& TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
2964 /* Never tailcall from an ISR routine - it needs a special exit sequence. */
2965 if (IS_INTERRUPT (arm_current_func_type ()))
2968 /* Everything else is ok. */
2973 /* Addressing mode support functions. */
2975 /* Return nonzero if X is a legitimate immediate operand when compiling
2978 legitimate_pic_operand_p (rtx x
)
2982 && (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
2983 || (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST
2984 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
2985 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
)))
2992 legitimize_pic_address (rtx orig
, enum machine_mode mode
, rtx reg
)
2994 if (GET_CODE (orig
) == SYMBOL_REF
2995 || GET_CODE (orig
) == LABEL_REF
)
2997 #ifndef AOF_ASSEMBLER
2998 rtx pic_ref
, address
;
3008 reg
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
3013 #ifdef AOF_ASSEMBLER
3014 /* The AOF assembler can generate relocations for these directly, and
3015 understands that the PIC register has to be added into the offset. */
3016 insn
= emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_based (reg
, orig
));
3019 address
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
3024 emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_arm (address
, orig
));
3026 emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_thumb (address
, orig
));
3028 if ((GET_CODE (orig
) == LABEL_REF
3029 || (GET_CODE (orig
) == SYMBOL_REF
&&
3030 SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (orig
)))
3032 pic_ref
= gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, pic_offset_table_rtx
, address
);
3035 pic_ref
= gen_const_mem (Pmode
,
3036 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, pic_offset_table_rtx
,
3040 insn
= emit_move_insn (reg
, pic_ref
);
3042 current_function_uses_pic_offset_table
= 1;
3043 /* Put a REG_EQUAL note on this insn, so that it can be optimized
3045 REG_NOTES (insn
) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUAL
, orig
,
3049 else if (GET_CODE (orig
) == CONST
)
3053 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig
, 0)) == PLUS
3054 && XEXP (XEXP (orig
, 0), 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx
)
3062 reg
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
3065 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig
, 0)) == PLUS
)
3067 base
= legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig
, 0), 0), Pmode
, reg
);
3068 offset
= legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig
, 0), 1), Pmode
,
3069 base
== reg
? 0 : reg
);
3074 if (GET_CODE (offset
) == CONST_INT
)
3076 /* The base register doesn't really matter, we only want to
3077 test the index for the appropriate mode. */
3078 if (!arm_legitimate_index_p (mode
, offset
, SET
, 0))
3080 if (!no_new_pseudos
)
3081 offset
= force_reg (Pmode
, offset
);
3086 if (GET_CODE (offset
) == CONST_INT
)
3087 return plus_constant (base
, INTVAL (offset
));
3090 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > 4
3091 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
3092 || TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
))
3094 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (reg
, base
, offset
));
3098 return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, base
, offset
);
3105 /* Find a spare low register. */
3108 thumb_find_work_register (int live_regs_mask
)
3112 /* Use a spare arg register. */
3113 if (!regs_ever_live
[LAST_ARG_REGNUM
])
3114 return LAST_ARG_REGNUM
;
3116 /* Look for a pushed register. This is used before the frame pointer is
3117 setup, so r7 is a candidate. */
3118 for (reg
= LAST_LO_REGNUM
; reg
>=0; reg
--)
3119 if (live_regs_mask
& (1 << reg
))
3122 /* Something went wrong. */
3127 /* Generate code to load the PIC register. In thumb mode SCRATCH is a
3131 arm_load_pic_register (unsigned int scratch
)
3133 #ifndef AOF_ASSEMBLER
3134 rtx l1
, pic_tmp
, pic_tmp2
, pic_rtx
;
3135 rtx global_offset_table
;
3137 if (current_function_uses_pic_offset_table
== 0 || TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
)
3143 l1
= gen_label_rtx ();
3145 global_offset_table
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
3146 /* On the ARM the PC register contains 'dot + 8' at the time of the
3147 addition, on the Thumb it is 'dot + 4'. */
3148 pic_tmp
= plus_constant (gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode
, l1
), TARGET_ARM
? 8 : 4);
3150 pic_tmp2
= gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode
,
3151 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, global_offset_table
, pc_rtx
));
3153 pic_tmp2
= gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode
, global_offset_table
);
3155 pic_rtx
= gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode
, gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode
, pic_tmp2
, pic_tmp
));
3159 emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_arm (pic_offset_table_rtx
, pic_rtx
));
3160 emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_eight (pic_offset_table_rtx
, l1
));
3164 if (REGNO (pic_offset_table_rtx
) > LAST_LO_REGNUM
)
3166 /* We will have pushed the pic register, so should always be
3167 able to find a work register. */
3168 pic_tmp
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, scratch
);
3169 emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_thumb (pic_tmp
, pic_rtx
));
3170 emit_insn (gen_movsi (pic_offset_table_rtx
, pic_tmp
));
3173 emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_thumb (pic_offset_table_rtx
, pic_rtx
));
3174 emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (pic_offset_table_rtx
, l1
));
3177 /* Need to emit this whether or not we obey regdecls,
3178 since setjmp/longjmp can cause life info to screw up. */
3179 emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode
, pic_offset_table_rtx
));
3180 #endif /* AOF_ASSEMBLER */
3184 /* Return nonzero if X is valid as an ARM state addressing register. */
3186 arm_address_register_rtx_p (rtx x
, int strict_p
)
3190 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
3196 return ARM_REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno
);
3198 return (regno
<= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
3199 || regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
3200 || regno
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3201 || regno
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
);
3204 /* Return nonzero if X is a valid ARM state address operand. */
3206 arm_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx x
, RTX_CODE outer
,
3210 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
3212 if (arm_address_register_rtx_p (x
, strict_p
))
3215 use_ldrd
= (TARGET_LDRD
3217 || (mode
== DFmode
&& (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
|| TARGET_VFP
))));
3219 if (code
== POST_INC
|| code
== PRE_DEC
3220 || ((code
== PRE_INC
|| code
== POST_DEC
)
3221 && (use_ldrd
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= 4)))
3222 return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x
, 0), strict_p
);
3224 else if ((code
== POST_MODIFY
|| code
== PRE_MODIFY
)
3225 && arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x
, 0), strict_p
)
3226 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == PLUS
3227 && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0), XEXP (x
, 0)))
3229 rtx addend
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 1);
3231 /* Don't allow ldrd post increment by register because it's hard
3232 to fixup invalid register choices. */
3234 && GET_CODE (x
) == POST_MODIFY
3235 && GET_CODE (addend
) == REG
)
3238 return ((use_ldrd
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= 4)
3239 && arm_legitimate_index_p (mode
, addend
, outer
, strict_p
));
3242 /* After reload constants split into minipools will have addresses
3243 from a LABEL_REF. */
3244 else if (reload_completed
3245 && (code
== LABEL_REF
3247 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
3248 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
3249 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)))
3252 else if (mode
== TImode
)
3255 else if (code
== PLUS
)
3257 rtx xop0
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3258 rtx xop1
= XEXP (x
, 1);
3260 return ((arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop0
, strict_p
)
3261 && arm_legitimate_index_p (mode
, xop1
, outer
, strict_p
))
3262 || (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop1
, strict_p
)
3263 && arm_legitimate_index_p (mode
, xop0
, outer
, strict_p
)));
3267 /* Reload currently can't handle MINUS, so disable this for now */
3268 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == MINUS
)
3270 rtx xop0
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3271 rtx xop1
= XEXP (x
, 1);
3273 return (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop0
, strict_p
)
3274 && arm_legitimate_index_p (mode
, xop1
, outer
, strict_p
));
3278 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_FLOAT
3279 && code
== SYMBOL_REF
3280 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x
)
3282 && symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x
))))
3288 /* Return nonzero if INDEX is valid for an address index operand in
3291 arm_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx index
, RTX_CODE outer
,
3294 HOST_WIDE_INT range
;
3295 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (index
);
3297 /* Standard coprocessor addressing modes. */
3298 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
3299 && (TARGET_FPA
|| TARGET_MAVERICK
)
3300 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
3301 || (TARGET_MAVERICK
&& mode
== DImode
)))
3302 return (code
== CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (index
) < 1024
3303 && INTVAL (index
) > -1024
3304 && (INTVAL (index
) & 3) == 0);
3306 if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
&& VALID_IWMMXT_REG_MODE (mode
))
3307 return (code
== CONST_INT
3308 && INTVAL (index
) < 1024
3309 && INTVAL (index
) > -1024
3310 && (INTVAL (index
) & 3) == 0);
3312 if (arm_address_register_rtx_p (index
, strict_p
)
3313 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= 4))
3316 if (mode
== DImode
|| mode
== DFmode
)
3318 if (code
== CONST_INT
)
3320 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (index
);
3323 return val
> -256 && val
< 256;
3325 return val
> -4096 && val
< 4092;
3328 return TARGET_LDRD
&& arm_address_register_rtx_p (index
, strict_p
);
3331 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= 4
3334 || (mode
== QImode
&& outer
== SIGN_EXTEND
))))
3338 rtx xiop0
= XEXP (index
, 0);
3339 rtx xiop1
= XEXP (index
, 1);
3341 return ((arm_address_register_rtx_p (xiop0
, strict_p
)
3342 && power_of_two_operand (xiop1
, SImode
))
3343 || (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xiop1
, strict_p
)
3344 && power_of_two_operand (xiop0
, SImode
)));
3346 else if (code
== LSHIFTRT
|| code
== ASHIFTRT
3347 || code
== ASHIFT
|| code
== ROTATERT
)
3349 rtx op
= XEXP (index
, 1);
3351 return (arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (index
, 0), strict_p
)
3352 && GET_CODE (op
) == CONST_INT
3354 && INTVAL (op
) <= 31);
3358 /* For ARM v4 we may be doing a sign-extend operation during the
3362 if (mode
== HImode
|| (outer
== SIGN_EXTEND
&& mode
== QImode
))
3368 range
= (mode
== HImode
) ? 4095 : 4096;
3370 return (code
== CONST_INT
3371 && INTVAL (index
) < range
3372 && INTVAL (index
) > -range
);
3375 /* Return nonzero if X is valid as a Thumb state base register. */
3377 thumb_base_register_rtx_p (rtx x
, enum machine_mode mode
, int strict_p
)
3381 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
3387 return THUMB_REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno
, mode
);
3389 return (regno
<= LAST_LO_REGNUM
3390 || regno
> LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
3391 || regno
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3392 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) >= 4
3393 && (regno
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
3394 || regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
3395 || x
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
3396 || x
== arg_pointer_rtx
)));
3399 /* Return nonzero if x is a legitimate index register. This is the case
3400 for any base register that can access a QImode object. */
3402 thumb_index_register_rtx_p (rtx x
, int strict_p
)
3404 return thumb_base_register_rtx_p (x
, QImode
, strict_p
);
3407 /* Return nonzero if x is a legitimate Thumb-state address.
3409 The AP may be eliminated to either the SP or the FP, so we use the
3410 least common denominator, e.g. SImode, and offsets from 0 to 64.
3412 ??? Verify whether the above is the right approach.
3414 ??? Also, the FP may be eliminated to the SP, so perhaps that
3415 needs special handling also.
3417 ??? Look at how the mips16 port solves this problem. It probably uses
3418 better ways to solve some of these problems.
3420 Although it is not incorrect, we don't accept QImode and HImode
3421 addresses based on the frame pointer or arg pointer until the
3422 reload pass starts. This is so that eliminating such addresses
3423 into stack based ones won't produce impossible code. */
3425 thumb_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx x
, int strict_p
)
3427 /* ??? Not clear if this is right. Experiment. */
3428 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < 4
3429 && !(reload_in_progress
|| reload_completed
)
3430 && (reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx
, x
)
3431 || reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx
, x
)
3432 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx
, x
)
3433 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx
, x
)
3434 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx
, x
)
3435 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx
, x
)))
3438 /* Accept any base register. SP only in SImode or larger. */
3439 else if (thumb_base_register_rtx_p (x
, mode
, strict_p
))
3442 /* This is PC relative data before arm_reorg runs. */
3443 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) >= 4 && CONSTANT_P (x
)
3444 && GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
3445 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x
) && ! flag_pic
)
3448 /* This is PC relative data after arm_reorg runs. */
3449 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) >= 4 && reload_completed
3450 && (GET_CODE (x
) == LABEL_REF
3451 || (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST
3452 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
3453 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
3454 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)))
3457 /* Post-inc indexing only supported for SImode and larger. */
3458 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == POST_INC
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) >= 4
3459 && thumb_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x
, 0), strict_p
))
3462 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
)
3464 /* REG+REG address can be any two index registers. */
3465 /* We disallow FRAME+REG addressing since we know that FRAME
3466 will be replaced with STACK, and SP relative addressing only
3467 permits SP+OFFSET. */
3468 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= 4
3469 && XEXP (x
, 0) != frame_pointer_rtx
3470 && XEXP (x
, 1) != frame_pointer_rtx
3471 && thumb_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x
, 0), strict_p
)
3472 && thumb_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x
, 1), strict_p
))
3475 /* REG+const has 5-7 bit offset for non-SP registers. */
3476 else if ((thumb_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x
, 0), strict_p
)
3477 || XEXP (x
, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx
)
3478 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
3479 && thumb_legitimate_offset_p (mode
, INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1))))
3482 /* REG+const has 10 bit offset for SP, but only SImode and
3483 larger is supported. */
3484 /* ??? Should probably check for DI/DFmode overflow here
3485 just like GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_OFFSET does. */
3486 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
3487 && REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
3488 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) >= 4
3489 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
3490 && INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) >= 0
3491 && INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= 1024
3492 && (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) & 3) == 0)
3495 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
3496 && REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3497 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) >= 4
3498 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
3499 && (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) & 3) == 0)
3503 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_FLOAT
3504 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 4
3505 && GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
3506 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x
)
3508 && symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x
))))
3514 /* Return nonzero if VAL can be used as an offset in a Thumb-state address
3515 instruction of mode MODE. */
3517 thumb_legitimate_offset_p (enum machine_mode mode
, HOST_WIDE_INT val
)
3519 switch (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
))
3522 return val
>= 0 && val
< 32;
3525 return val
>= 0 && val
< 64 && (val
& 1) == 0;
3529 && (val
+ GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)) <= 128
3534 /* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address
3535 to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address. */
3537 arm_legitimize_address (rtx x
, rtx orig_x
, enum machine_mode mode
)
3539 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
)
3541 rtx xop0
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3542 rtx xop1
= XEXP (x
, 1);
3544 if (CONSTANT_P (xop0
) && !symbol_mentioned_p (xop0
))
3545 xop0
= force_reg (SImode
, xop0
);
3547 if (CONSTANT_P (xop1
) && !symbol_mentioned_p (xop1
))
3548 xop1
= force_reg (SImode
, xop1
);
3550 if (ARM_BASE_REGISTER_RTX_P (xop0
)
3551 && GET_CODE (xop1
) == CONST_INT
)
3553 HOST_WIDE_INT n
, low_n
;
3557 /* VFP addressing modes actually allow greater offsets, but for
3558 now we just stick with the lowest common denominator. */
3560 || ((TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
|| TARGET_VFP
) && mode
== DFmode
))
3572 low_n
= ((mode
) == TImode
? 0
3573 : n
>= 0 ? (n
& 0xfff) : -((-n
) & 0xfff));
3577 base_reg
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
3578 val
= force_operand (gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
, xop0
,
3579 GEN_INT (n
)), NULL_RTX
);
3580 emit_move_insn (base_reg
, val
);
3581 x
= (low_n
== 0 ? base_reg
3582 : gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
, base_reg
, GEN_INT (low_n
)));
3584 else if (xop0
!= XEXP (x
, 0) || xop1
!= XEXP (x
, 1))
3585 x
= gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
, xop0
, xop1
);
3588 /* XXX We don't allow MINUS any more -- see comment in
3589 arm_legitimate_address_p (). */
3590 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == MINUS
)
3592 rtx xop0
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3593 rtx xop1
= XEXP (x
, 1);
3595 if (CONSTANT_P (xop0
))
3596 xop0
= force_reg (SImode
, xop0
);
3598 if (CONSTANT_P (xop1
) && ! symbol_mentioned_p (xop1
))
3599 xop1
= force_reg (SImode
, xop1
);
3601 if (xop0
!= XEXP (x
, 0) || xop1
!= XEXP (x
, 1))
3602 x
= gen_rtx_MINUS (SImode
, xop0
, xop1
);
3607 /* We need to find and carefully transform any SYMBOL and LABEL
3608 references; so go back to the original address expression. */
3609 rtx new_x
= legitimize_pic_address (orig_x
, mode
, NULL_RTX
);
3611 if (new_x
!= orig_x
)
3619 /* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate Thumb address
3620 to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address. */
3622 thumb_legitimize_address (rtx x
, rtx orig_x
, enum machine_mode mode
)
3624 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
3625 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
3626 && (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) >= 32 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)
3627 || INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) < 0))
3629 rtx xop0
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3630 rtx xop1
= XEXP (x
, 1);
3631 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= INTVAL (xop1
);
3633 /* Try and fold the offset into a biasing of the base register and
3634 then offsetting that. Don't do this when optimizing for space
3635 since it can cause too many CSEs. */
3636 if (optimize_size
&& offset
>= 0
3637 && offset
< 256 + 31 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
))
3639 HOST_WIDE_INT delta
;
3642 delta
= offset
- (256 - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
3643 else if (offset
< 32 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) + 8)
3644 delta
= 31 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
3646 delta
= offset
& (~31 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
3648 xop0
= force_operand (plus_constant (xop0
, offset
- delta
),
3650 x
= plus_constant (xop0
, delta
);
3652 else if (offset
< 0 && offset
> -256)
3653 /* Small negative offsets are best done with a subtract before the
3654 dereference, forcing these into a register normally takes two
3656 x
= force_operand (x
, NULL_RTX
);
3659 /* For the remaining cases, force the constant into a register. */
3660 xop1
= force_reg (SImode
, xop1
);
3661 x
= gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
, xop0
, xop1
);
3664 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
3665 && s_register_operand (XEXP (x
, 1), SImode
)
3666 && !s_register_operand (XEXP (x
, 0), SImode
))
3668 rtx xop0
= force_operand (XEXP (x
, 0), NULL_RTX
);
3670 x
= gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
, xop0
, XEXP (x
, 1));
3675 /* We need to find and carefully transform any SYMBOL and LABEL
3676 references; so go back to the original address expression. */
3677 rtx new_x
= legitimize_pic_address (orig_x
, mode
, NULL_RTX
);
3679 if (new_x
!= orig_x
)
3688 #define REG_OR_SUBREG_REG(X) \
3689 (GET_CODE (X) == REG \
3690 || (GET_CODE (X) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (X)) == REG))
3692 #define REG_OR_SUBREG_RTX(X) \
3693 (GET_CODE (X) == REG ? (X) : SUBREG_REG (X))
3695 #ifndef COSTS_N_INSNS
3696 #define COSTS_N_INSNS(N) ((N) * 4 - 2)
3699 thumb_rtx_costs (rtx x
, enum rtx_code code
, enum rtx_code outer
)
3701 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
3714 return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
3717 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
3720 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i
= INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1));
3727 return COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + cycles
;
3729 return COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 16;
3732 return (COSTS_N_INSNS (1)
3733 + 4 * ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x
)) == MEM
)
3734 + GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x
)) == MEM
));
3739 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (x
) < 256)
3741 if (thumb_shiftable_const (INTVAL (x
)))
3742 return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
3743 return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
3745 else if ((outer
== PLUS
|| outer
== COMPARE
)
3746 && INTVAL (x
) < 256 && INTVAL (x
) > -256)
3748 else if (outer
== AND
3749 && INTVAL (x
) < 256 && INTVAL (x
) >= -256)
3750 return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
3751 else if (outer
== ASHIFT
|| outer
== ASHIFTRT
3752 || outer
== LSHIFTRT
)
3754 return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
3760 return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
3778 /* XXX another guess. */
3779 /* Memory costs quite a lot for the first word, but subsequent words
3780 load at the equivalent of a single insn each. */
3781 return (10 + 4 * ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD
)
3782 + ((GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x
))
3787 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == PC
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 2)) == PC
)
3792 /* XXX still guessing. */
3793 switch (GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)))
3796 return (1 + (mode
== DImode
? 4 : 0)
3797 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MEM
? 10 : 0));
3800 return (4 + (mode
== DImode
? 4 : 0)
3801 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MEM
? 10 : 0));
3804 return (1 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MEM
? 10 : 0));
3816 /* Worker routine for arm_rtx_costs. */
3818 arm_rtx_costs_1 (rtx x
, enum rtx_code code
, enum rtx_code outer
)
3820 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
3821 enum rtx_code subcode
;
3827 /* Memory costs quite a lot for the first word, but subsequent words
3828 load at the equivalent of a single insn each. */
3829 return (10 + 4 * ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD
)
3830 + (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
3831 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x
) ? 4 : 0));
3837 return optimize_size
? COSTS_N_INSNS (2) : 100;
3840 if (mode
== SImode
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == REG
)
3847 case ASHIFT
: case LSHIFTRT
: case ASHIFTRT
:
3849 return (8 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
? 0 : 8)
3850 + ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
3851 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SUBREG
3852 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0))) == REG
))
3854 return (1 + ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
3855 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SUBREG
3856 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0))) == REG
))
3858 + ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == REG
3859 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == SUBREG
3860 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1))) == REG
)
3861 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
))
3866 return (4 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1)) ? 0 : 8)
3867 + ((REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0))
3868 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == CONST_INT
3869 && const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 0)))))
3872 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
3873 return (2 + ((REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1))
3874 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE
3875 && arm_const_double_rtx (XEXP (x
, 1))))
3877 + ((REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0))
3878 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
3879 && arm_const_double_rtx (XEXP (x
, 0))))
3882 if (((GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == CONST_INT
3883 && const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 0)))
3884 && REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1))))
3885 || (((subcode
= GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1))) == ASHIFT
3886 || subcode
== ASHIFTRT
|| subcode
== LSHIFTRT
3887 || subcode
== ROTATE
|| subcode
== ROTATERT
3889 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 1)) == CONST_INT
3890 && ((INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 1)) &
3891 (INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 1)) - 1)) == 0)))
3892 && REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0))
3893 && (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 1))
3894 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
3895 && REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0))))
3900 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
3901 return (2 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)) ? 0 : 8)
3902 + ((REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1))
3903 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE
3904 && arm_const_double_rtx (XEXP (x
, 1))))
3908 case AND
: case XOR
: case IOR
:
3911 /* Normally the frame registers will be spilt into reg+const during
3912 reload, so it is a bad idea to combine them with other instructions,
3913 since then they might not be moved outside of loops. As a compromise
3914 we allow integration with ops that have a constant as their second
3916 if ((REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0))
3917 && ARM_FRAME_RTX (REG_OR_SUBREG_RTX (XEXP (x
, 0)))
3918 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
3919 || (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0))
3920 && ARM_FRAME_RTX (REG_OR_SUBREG_RTX (XEXP (x
, 0)))))
3924 return (4 + extra_cost
+ (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)) ? 0 : 8)
3925 + ((REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1))
3926 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
3927 && const_ok_for_op (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)), code
)))
3930 if (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)))
3931 return (1 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
? 0 : extra_cost
)
3932 + ((REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1))
3933 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
3934 && const_ok_for_op (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)), code
)))
3937 else if (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1)))
3938 return (1 + extra_cost
3939 + ((((subcode
= GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0))) == ASHIFT
3940 || subcode
== LSHIFTRT
|| subcode
== ASHIFTRT
3941 || subcode
== ROTATE
|| subcode
== ROTATERT
3943 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
3944 && ((INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) &
3945 (INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) - 1)) == 0)))
3946 && (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)))
3947 && ((REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)))
3948 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
))
3954 /* This should have been handled by the CPU specific routines. */
3958 if (arm_arch3m
&& mode
== SImode
3959 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == LSHIFTRT
3960 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == MULT
3961 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 0))
3962 == GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 1)))
3963 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
3964 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
))
3969 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
3970 return 4 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)) ? 0 : 6);
3974 return 4 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)) ? 0 : 4);
3976 return 1 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)) ? 0 : 4);
3979 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == PC
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 2)) == PC
)
3987 return 4 + (mode
== DImode
? 4 : 0);
3990 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == QImode
)
3991 return (4 + (mode
== DImode
? 4 : 0)
3992 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MEM
? 10 : 0));
3995 switch (GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)))
3998 return (1 + (mode
== DImode
? 4 : 0)
3999 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MEM
? 10 : 0));
4002 return (4 + (mode
== DImode
? 4 : 0)
4003 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MEM
? 10 : 0));
4006 return (1 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MEM
? 10 : 0));
4021 if (const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (x
)))
4022 return outer
== SET
? 2 : -1;
4023 else if (outer
== AND
4024 && const_ok_for_arm (~INTVAL (x
)))
4026 else if ((outer
== COMPARE
4027 || outer
== PLUS
|| outer
== MINUS
)
4028 && const_ok_for_arm (-INTVAL (x
)))
4039 if (arm_const_double_rtx (x
))
4040 return outer
== SET
? 2 : -1;
4041 else if ((outer
== COMPARE
|| outer
== PLUS
)
4042 && neg_const_double_rtx_ok_for_fpa (x
))
4051 /* RTX costs when optimizing for size. */
4053 arm_size_rtx_costs (rtx x
, int code
, int outer_code
, int *total
)
4055 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
4059 /* XXX TBD. For now, use the standard costs. */
4060 *total
= thumb_rtx_costs (x
, code
, outer_code
);
4067 /* A memory access costs 1 insn if the mode is small, or the address is
4068 a single register, otherwise it costs one insn per word. */
4069 if (REG_P (XEXP (x
, 0)))
4070 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4072 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode
));
4079 /* Needs a libcall, so it costs about this. */
4080 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
4084 if (mode
== SImode
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == REG
)
4086 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x
, 0), code
);
4094 if (mode
== DImode
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
4096 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (3) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x
, 0), code
);
4099 else if (mode
== SImode
)
4101 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x
, 0), code
);
4102 /* Slightly disparage register shifts, but not by much. */
4103 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
4104 *total
+= 1 + rtx_cost (XEXP (x
, 1), code
);
4108 /* Needs a libcall. */
4109 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
4113 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
4115 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4121 enum rtx_code subcode0
= GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0));
4122 enum rtx_code subcode1
= GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1));
4124 if (subcode0
== ROTATE
|| subcode0
== ROTATERT
|| subcode0
== ASHIFT
4125 || subcode0
== LSHIFTRT
|| subcode0
== ASHIFTRT
4126 || subcode1
== ROTATE
|| subcode1
== ROTATERT
4127 || subcode1
== ASHIFT
|| subcode1
== LSHIFTRT
4128 || subcode1
== ASHIFTRT
)
4130 /* It's just the cost of the two operands. */
4135 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4139 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode
));
4143 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
4145 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4150 case AND
: case XOR
: case IOR
:
4153 enum rtx_code subcode
= GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0));
4155 if (subcode
== ROTATE
|| subcode
== ROTATERT
|| subcode
== ASHIFT
4156 || subcode
== LSHIFTRT
|| subcode
== ASHIFTRT
4157 || (code
== AND
&& subcode
== NOT
))
4159 /* It's just the cost of the two operands. */
4165 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode
));
4169 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode
));
4173 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
4174 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4177 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode
));
4186 if (cc_register (XEXP (x
, 0), VOIDmode
))
4189 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4193 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
4194 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4196 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1 + ARM_NUM_REGS (mode
));
4201 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0))) < 4)
4203 if (!(arm_arch4
&& MEM_P (XEXP (x
, 0))))
4204 *total
+= COSTS_N_INSNS (arm_arch6
? 1 : 2);
4207 *total
+= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4212 if (!(arm_arch4
&& MEM_P (XEXP (x
, 0))))
4214 switch (GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)))
4217 *total
+= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4221 *total
+= COSTS_N_INSNS (arm_arch6
? 1 : 2);
4227 *total
+= COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
4232 *total
+= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4237 if (const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (x
)))
4238 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (outer_code
== SET
? 1 : 0);
4239 else if (const_ok_for_arm (~INTVAL (x
)))
4240 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (outer_code
== AND
? 0 : 1);
4241 else if (const_ok_for_arm (-INTVAL (x
)))
4243 if (outer_code
== COMPARE
|| outer_code
== PLUS
4244 || outer_code
== MINUS
)
4247 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4250 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
4256 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
4260 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
4264 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
)
4265 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode
));
4267 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (4); /* How knows? */
4272 /* RTX costs for cores with a slow MUL implementation. */
4275 arm_slowmul_rtx_costs (rtx x
, int code
, int outer_code
, int *total
)
4277 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
4281 *total
= thumb_rtx_costs (x
, code
, outer_code
);
4288 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
4295 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
4297 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i
= (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1))
4298 & (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff);
4299 int cost
, const_ok
= const_ok_for_arm (i
);
4300 int j
, booth_unit_size
;
4302 /* Tune as appropriate. */
4303 cost
= const_ok
? 4 : 8;
4304 booth_unit_size
= 2;
4305 for (j
= 0; i
&& j
< 32; j
+= booth_unit_size
)
4307 i
>>= booth_unit_size
;
4315 *total
= 30 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)) ? 0 : 4)
4316 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1)) ? 0 : 4);
4320 *total
= arm_rtx_costs_1 (x
, code
, outer_code
);
4326 /* RTX cost for cores with a fast multiply unit (M variants). */
4329 arm_fastmul_rtx_costs (rtx x
, int code
, int outer_code
, int *total
)
4331 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
4335 *total
= thumb_rtx_costs (x
, code
, outer_code
);
4342 /* There is no point basing this on the tuning, since it is always the
4343 fast variant if it exists at all. */
4345 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)))
4346 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
4347 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
))
4354 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
4361 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
4363 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i
= (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1))
4364 & (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff);
4365 int cost
, const_ok
= const_ok_for_arm (i
);
4366 int j
, booth_unit_size
;
4368 /* Tune as appropriate. */
4369 cost
= const_ok
? 4 : 8;
4370 booth_unit_size
= 8;
4371 for (j
= 0; i
&& j
< 32; j
+= booth_unit_size
)
4373 i
>>= booth_unit_size
;
4381 *total
= 8 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)) ? 0 : 4)
4382 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1)) ? 0 : 4);
4386 *total
= arm_rtx_costs_1 (x
, code
, outer_code
);
4392 /* RTX cost for XScale CPUs. */
4395 arm_xscale_rtx_costs (rtx x
, int code
, int outer_code
, int *total
)
4397 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
4401 *total
= thumb_rtx_costs (x
, code
, outer_code
);
4408 /* There is no point basing this on the tuning, since it is always the
4409 fast variant if it exists at all. */
4411 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)))
4412 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
4413 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
))
4420 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
4427 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
4429 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i
= (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1))
4430 & (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff);
4431 int cost
, const_ok
= const_ok_for_arm (i
);
4432 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT masked_const
;
4434 /* The cost will be related to two insns.
4435 First a load of the constant (MOV or LDR), then a multiply. */
4438 cost
+= 1; /* LDR is probably more expensive because
4439 of longer result latency. */
4440 masked_const
= i
& 0xffff8000;
4441 if (masked_const
!= 0 && masked_const
!= 0xffff8000)
4443 masked_const
= i
& 0xf8000000;
4444 if (masked_const
== 0 || masked_const
== 0xf8000000)
4453 *total
= 8 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)) ? 0 : 4)
4454 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1)) ? 0 : 4);
4458 /* A COMPARE of a MULT is slow on XScale; the muls instruction
4459 will stall until the multiplication is complete. */
4460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MULT
)
4461 *total
= 4 + rtx_cost (XEXP (x
, 0), code
);
4463 *total
= arm_rtx_costs_1 (x
, code
, outer_code
);
4467 *total
= arm_rtx_costs_1 (x
, code
, outer_code
);
4473 /* RTX costs for 9e (and later) cores. */
4476 arm_9e_rtx_costs (rtx x
, int code
, int outer_code
, int *total
)
4478 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
4487 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
4491 *total
= thumb_rtx_costs (x
, code
, outer_code
);
4499 /* There is no point basing this on the tuning, since it is always the
4500 fast variant if it exists at all. */
4502 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)))
4503 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
4504 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
))
4511 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
4528 *total
= cost
+ (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)) ? 0 : nonreg_cost
)
4529 + (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1)) ? 0 : nonreg_cost
);
4533 *total
= arm_rtx_costs_1 (x
, code
, outer_code
);
4537 /* All address computations that can be done are free, but rtx cost returns
4538 the same for practically all of them. So we weight the different types
4539 of address here in the order (most pref first):
4540 PRE/POST_INC/DEC, SHIFT or NON-INT sum, INT sum, REG, MEM or LABEL. */
4542 arm_arm_address_cost (rtx x
)
4544 enum rtx_code c
= GET_CODE (x
);
4546 if (c
== PRE_INC
|| c
== PRE_DEC
|| c
== POST_INC
|| c
== POST_DEC
)
4548 if (c
== MEM
|| c
== LABEL_REF
|| c
== SYMBOL_REF
)
4551 if (c
== PLUS
|| c
== MINUS
)
4553 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == CONST_INT
)
4556 if (ARITHMETIC_P (XEXP (x
, 0)) || ARITHMETIC_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
4566 arm_thumb_address_cost (rtx x
)
4568 enum rtx_code c
= GET_CODE (x
);
4573 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
4574 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
4581 arm_address_cost (rtx x
)
4583 return TARGET_ARM
? arm_arm_address_cost (x
) : arm_thumb_address_cost (x
);
4587 arm_adjust_cost (rtx insn
, rtx link
, rtx dep
, int cost
)
4591 /* Some true dependencies can have a higher cost depending
4592 on precisely how certain input operands are used. */
4594 && REG_NOTE_KIND (link
) == 0
4595 && recog_memoized (insn
) >= 0
4596 && recog_memoized (dep
) >= 0)
4598 int shift_opnum
= get_attr_shift (insn
);
4599 enum attr_type attr_type
= get_attr_type (dep
);
4601 /* If nonzero, SHIFT_OPNUM contains the operand number of a shifted
4602 operand for INSN. If we have a shifted input operand and the
4603 instruction we depend on is another ALU instruction, then we may
4604 have to account for an additional stall. */
4605 if (shift_opnum
!= 0
4606 && (attr_type
== TYPE_ALU_SHIFT
|| attr_type
== TYPE_ALU_SHIFT_REG
))
4608 rtx shifted_operand
;
4611 /* Get the shifted operand. */
4612 extract_insn (insn
);
4613 shifted_operand
= recog_data
.operand
[shift_opnum
];
4615 /* Iterate over all the operands in DEP. If we write an operand
4616 that overlaps with SHIFTED_OPERAND, then we have increase the
4617 cost of this dependency. */
4619 preprocess_constraints ();
4620 for (opno
= 0; opno
< recog_data
.n_operands
; opno
++)
4622 /* We can ignore strict inputs. */
4623 if (recog_data
.operand_type
[opno
] == OP_IN
)
4626 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (recog_data
.operand
[opno
],
4633 /* XXX This is not strictly true for the FPA. */
4634 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link
) == REG_DEP_ANTI
4635 || REG_NOTE_KIND (link
) == REG_DEP_OUTPUT
)
4638 /* Call insns don't incur a stall, even if they follow a load. */
4639 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link
) == 0
4640 && GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
4643 if ((i_pat
= single_set (insn
)) != NULL
4644 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (i_pat
)) == MEM
4645 && (d_pat
= single_set (dep
)) != NULL
4646 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (d_pat
)) == MEM
)
4648 rtx src_mem
= XEXP (SET_SRC (i_pat
), 0);
4649 /* This is a load after a store, there is no conflict if the load reads
4650 from a cached area. Assume that loads from the stack, and from the
4651 constant pool are cached, and that others will miss. This is a
4654 if ((GET_CODE (src_mem
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (src_mem
))
4655 || reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx
, src_mem
)
4656 || reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx
, src_mem
)
4657 || reg_mentioned_p (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, src_mem
))
4664 static int fp_consts_inited
= 0;
4666 /* Only zero is valid for VFP. Other values are also valid for FPA. */
4667 static const char * const strings_fp
[8] =
4670 "4", "5", "0.5", "10"
4673 static REAL_VALUE_TYPE values_fp
[8];
4676 init_fp_table (void)
4682 fp_consts_inited
= 1;
4684 fp_consts_inited
= 8;
4686 for (i
= 0; i
< fp_consts_inited
; i
++)
4688 r
= REAL_VALUE_ATOF (strings_fp
[i
], DFmode
);
4693 /* Return TRUE if rtx X is a valid immediate FP constant. */
4695 arm_const_double_rtx (rtx x
)
4700 if (!fp_consts_inited
)
4703 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r
, x
);
4704 if (REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r
))
4707 for (i
= 0; i
< fp_consts_inited
; i
++)
4708 if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r
, values_fp
[i
]))
4714 /* Return TRUE if rtx X is a valid immediate FPA constant. */
4716 neg_const_double_rtx_ok_for_fpa (rtx x
)
4721 if (!fp_consts_inited
)
4724 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r
, x
);
4725 r
= REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (r
);
4726 if (REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r
))
4729 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
4730 if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r
, values_fp
[i
]))
4736 /* Predicates for `match_operand' and `match_operator'. */
4738 /* Return nonzero if OP is a valid Cirrus memory address pattern. */
4740 cirrus_memory_offset (rtx op
)
4742 /* Reject eliminable registers. */
4743 if (! (reload_in_progress
|| reload_completed
)
4744 && ( reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx
, op
)
4745 || reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx
, op
)
4746 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx
, op
)
4747 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx
, op
)
4748 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx
, op
)
4749 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx
, op
)))
4752 if (GET_CODE (op
) == MEM
)
4758 /* Match: (mem (reg)). */
4759 if (GET_CODE (ind
) == REG
)
4765 if (GET_CODE (ind
) == PLUS
4766 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind
, 0)) == REG
4767 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ind
, 0), VOIDmode
)
4768 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
4775 /* Return TRUE if OP is a valid VFP memory address pattern.
4776 WB if true if writeback address modes are allowed. */
4779 arm_coproc_mem_operand (rtx op
, bool wb
)
4783 /* Reject eliminable registers. */
4784 if (! (reload_in_progress
|| reload_completed
)
4785 && ( reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx
, op
)
4786 || reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx
, op
)
4787 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx
, op
)
4788 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx
, op
)
4789 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx
, op
)
4790 || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx
, op
)))
4793 /* Constants are converted into offsets from labels. */
4794 if (GET_CODE (op
) != MEM
)
4799 if (reload_completed
4800 && (GET_CODE (ind
) == LABEL_REF
4801 || (GET_CODE (ind
) == CONST
4802 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind
, 0)) == PLUS
4803 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind
, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
4804 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)))
4807 /* Match: (mem (reg)). */
4808 if (GET_CODE (ind
) == REG
)
4809 return arm_address_register_rtx_p (ind
, 0);
4811 /* Autoincremment addressing modes. */
4813 && (GET_CODE (ind
) == PRE_INC
4814 || GET_CODE (ind
) == POST_INC
4815 || GET_CODE (ind
) == PRE_DEC
4816 || GET_CODE (ind
) == POST_DEC
))
4817 return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (ind
, 0), 0);
4820 && (GET_CODE (ind
) == POST_MODIFY
|| GET_CODE (ind
) == PRE_MODIFY
)
4821 && arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (ind
, 0), 0)
4822 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind
, 1)) == PLUS
4823 && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (ind
, 1), 0), XEXP (ind
, 0)))
4824 ind
= XEXP (ind
, 1);
4829 if (GET_CODE (ind
) == PLUS
4830 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind
, 0)) == REG
4831 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ind
, 0), VOIDmode
)
4832 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ind
, 1)) == CONST_INT
4833 && INTVAL (XEXP (ind
, 1)) > -1024
4834 && INTVAL (XEXP (ind
, 1)) < 1024
4835 && (INTVAL (XEXP (ind
, 1)) & 3) == 0)
4841 /* Return true if X is a register that will be eliminated later on. */
4843 arm_eliminable_register (rtx x
)
4845 return REG_P (x
) && (REGNO (x
) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
4846 || REGNO (x
) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
4847 || (REGNO (x
) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
4848 && REGNO (x
) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
));
4851 /* Return GENERAL_REGS if a scratch register required to reload x to/from
4852 VFP registers. Otherwise return NO_REGS. */
4855 vfp_secondary_reload_class (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx x
)
4857 if (arm_coproc_mem_operand (x
, FALSE
) || s_register_operand (x
, mode
))
4860 return GENERAL_REGS
;
4864 /* Returns TRUE if INSN is an "LDR REG, ADDR" instruction.
4865 Use by the Cirrus Maverick code which has to workaround
4866 a hardware bug triggered by such instructions. */
4868 arm_memory_load_p (rtx insn
)
4870 rtx body
, lhs
, rhs
;;
4872 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
|| GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
)
4875 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
4877 if (GET_CODE (body
) != SET
)
4880 lhs
= XEXP (body
, 0);
4881 rhs
= XEXP (body
, 1);
4883 lhs
= REG_OR_SUBREG_RTX (lhs
);
4885 /* If the destination is not a general purpose
4886 register we do not have to worry. */
4887 if (GET_CODE (lhs
) != REG
4888 || REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (lhs
)) != GENERAL_REGS
)
4891 /* As well as loads from memory we also have to react
4892 to loads of invalid constants which will be turned
4893 into loads from the minipool. */
4894 return (GET_CODE (rhs
) == MEM
4895 || GET_CODE (rhs
) == SYMBOL_REF
4896 || note_invalid_constants (insn
, -1, false));
4899 /* Return TRUE if INSN is a Cirrus instruction. */
4901 arm_cirrus_insn_p (rtx insn
)
4903 enum attr_cirrus attr
;
4905 /* get_attr aborts on USE and CLOBBER. */
4907 || GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
4908 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == USE
4909 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == CLOBBER
)
4912 attr
= get_attr_cirrus (insn
);
4914 return attr
!= CIRRUS_NOT
;
4917 /* Cirrus reorg for invalid instruction combinations. */
4919 cirrus_reorg (rtx first
)
4921 enum attr_cirrus attr
;
4922 rtx body
= PATTERN (first
);
4926 /* Any branch must be followed by 2 non Cirrus instructions. */
4927 if (GET_CODE (first
) == JUMP_INSN
&& GET_CODE (body
) != RETURN
)
4930 t
= next_nonnote_insn (first
);
4932 if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (t
))
4935 if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (next_nonnote_insn (t
)))
4939 emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first
);
4944 /* (float (blah)) is in parallel with a clobber. */
4945 if (GET_CODE (body
) == PARALLEL
&& XVECLEN (body
, 0) > 0)
4946 body
= XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0);
4948 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SET
)
4950 rtx lhs
= XEXP (body
, 0), rhs
= XEXP (body
, 1);
4952 /* cfldrd, cfldr64, cfstrd, cfstr64 must
4953 be followed by a non Cirrus insn. */
4954 if (get_attr_cirrus (first
) == CIRRUS_DOUBLE
)
4956 if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (next_nonnote_insn (first
)))
4957 emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first
);
4961 else if (arm_memory_load_p (first
))
4963 unsigned int arm_regno
;
4965 /* Any ldr/cfmvdlr, ldr/cfmvdhr, ldr/cfmvsr, ldr/cfmv64lr,
4966 ldr/cfmv64hr combination where the Rd field is the same
4967 in both instructions must be split with a non Cirrus
4974 /* Get Arm register number for ldr insn. */
4975 if (GET_CODE (lhs
) == REG
)
4976 arm_regno
= REGNO (lhs
);
4977 else if (GET_CODE (rhs
) == REG
)
4978 arm_regno
= REGNO (rhs
);
4983 first
= next_nonnote_insn (first
);
4985 if (! arm_cirrus_insn_p (first
))
4988 body
= PATTERN (first
);
4990 /* (float (blah)) is in parallel with a clobber. */
4991 if (GET_CODE (body
) == PARALLEL
&& XVECLEN (body
, 0))
4992 body
= XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0);
4994 if (GET_CODE (body
) == FLOAT
)
4995 body
= XEXP (body
, 0);
4997 if (get_attr_cirrus (first
) == CIRRUS_MOVE
4998 && GET_CODE (XEXP (body
, 1)) == REG
4999 && arm_regno
== REGNO (XEXP (body
, 1)))
5000 emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first
);
5006 /* get_attr aborts on USE and CLOBBER. */
5008 || GET_CODE (first
) != INSN
5009 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (first
)) == USE
5010 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (first
)) == CLOBBER
)
5013 attr
= get_attr_cirrus (first
);
5015 /* Any coprocessor compare instruction (cfcmps, cfcmpd, ...)
5016 must be followed by a non-coprocessor instruction. */
5017 if (attr
== CIRRUS_COMPARE
)
5021 t
= next_nonnote_insn (first
);
5023 if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (t
))
5026 if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (next_nonnote_insn (t
)))
5030 emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first
);
5036 /* Return TRUE if X references a SYMBOL_REF. */
5038 symbol_mentioned_p (rtx x
)
5043 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
5046 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x
));
5048 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x
)) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
5054 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
5055 if (symbol_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
)))
5058 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'e' && symbol_mentioned_p (XEXP (x
, i
)))
5065 /* Return TRUE if X references a LABEL_REF. */
5067 label_mentioned_p (rtx x
)
5072 if (GET_CODE (x
) == LABEL_REF
)
5075 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x
));
5076 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x
)) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
5082 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
5083 if (label_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
)))
5086 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'e' && label_mentioned_p (XEXP (x
, i
)))
5096 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
5100 else if (code
== SMIN
)
5102 else if (code
== UMIN
)
5104 else if (code
== UMAX
)
5110 /* Return 1 if memory locations are adjacent. */
5112 adjacent_mem_locations (rtx a
, rtx b
)
5114 if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (a
, 0)) == REG
5115 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (a
, 0)) == PLUS
5116 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (a
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
))
5117 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (b
, 0)) == REG
5118 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (b
, 0)) == PLUS
5119 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (b
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)))
5121 HOST_WIDE_INT val0
= 0, val1
= 0;
5125 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (a
, 0)) == PLUS
)
5127 reg0
= XEXP (XEXP (a
, 0), 0);
5128 val0
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (a
, 0), 1));
5133 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (b
, 0)) == PLUS
)
5135 reg1
= XEXP (XEXP (b
, 0), 0);
5136 val1
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (b
, 0), 1));
5141 /* Don't accept any offset that will require multiple
5142 instructions to handle, since this would cause the
5143 arith_adjacentmem pattern to output an overlong sequence. */
5144 if (!const_ok_for_op (PLUS
, val0
) || !const_ok_for_op (PLUS
, val1
))
5147 /* Don't allow an eliminable register: register elimination can make
5148 the offset too large. */
5149 if (arm_eliminable_register (reg0
))
5152 val_diff
= val1
- val0
;
5153 return ((REGNO (reg0
) == REGNO (reg1
))
5154 && (val_diff
== 4 || val_diff
== -4));
5161 load_multiple_sequence (rtx
*operands
, int nops
, int *regs
, int *base
,
5162 HOST_WIDE_INT
*load_offset
)
5164 int unsorted_regs
[4];
5165 HOST_WIDE_INT unsorted_offsets
[4];
5170 /* Can only handle 2, 3, or 4 insns at present,
5171 though could be easily extended if required. */
5172 if (nops
< 2 || nops
> 4)
5175 /* Loop over the operands and check that the memory references are
5176 suitable (i.e. immediate offsets from the same base register). At
5177 the same time, extract the target register, and the memory
5179 for (i
= 0; i
< nops
; i
++)
5184 /* Convert a subreg of a mem into the mem itself. */
5185 if (GET_CODE (operands
[nops
+ i
]) == SUBREG
)
5186 operands
[nops
+ i
] = alter_subreg (operands
+ (nops
+ i
));
5188 if (GET_CODE (operands
[nops
+ i
]) != MEM
)
5191 /* Don't reorder volatile memory references; it doesn't seem worth
5192 looking for the case where the order is ok anyway. */
5193 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (operands
[nops
+ i
]))
5196 offset
= const0_rtx
;
5198 if ((GET_CODE (reg
= XEXP (operands
[nops
+ i
], 0)) == REG
5199 || (GET_CODE (reg
) == SUBREG
5200 && GET_CODE (reg
= SUBREG_REG (reg
)) == REG
))
5201 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands
[nops
+ i
], 0)) == PLUS
5202 && ((GET_CODE (reg
= XEXP (XEXP (operands
[nops
+ i
], 0), 0))
5204 || (GET_CODE (reg
) == SUBREG
5205 && GET_CODE (reg
= SUBREG_REG (reg
)) == REG
))
5206 && (GET_CODE (offset
= XEXP (XEXP (operands
[nops
+ i
], 0), 1))
5211 base_reg
= REGNO (reg
);
5212 unsorted_regs
[0] = (GET_CODE (operands
[i
]) == REG
5213 ? REGNO (operands
[i
])
5214 : REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operands
[i
])));
5219 if (base_reg
!= (int) REGNO (reg
))
5220 /* Not addressed from the same base register. */
5223 unsorted_regs
[i
] = (GET_CODE (operands
[i
]) == REG
5224 ? REGNO (operands
[i
])
5225 : REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operands
[i
])));
5226 if (unsorted_regs
[i
] < unsorted_regs
[order
[0]])
5230 /* If it isn't an integer register, or if it overwrites the
5231 base register but isn't the last insn in the list, then
5232 we can't do this. */
5233 if (unsorted_regs
[i
] < 0 || unsorted_regs
[i
] > 14
5234 || (i
!= nops
- 1 && unsorted_regs
[i
] == base_reg
))
5237 unsorted_offsets
[i
] = INTVAL (offset
);
5240 /* Not a suitable memory address. */
5244 /* All the useful information has now been extracted from the
5245 operands into unsorted_regs and unsorted_offsets; additionally,
5246 order[0] has been set to the lowest numbered register in the
5247 list. Sort the registers into order, and check that the memory
5248 offsets are ascending and adjacent. */
5250 for (i
= 1; i
< nops
; i
++)
5254 order
[i
] = order
[i
- 1];
5255 for (j
= 0; j
< nops
; j
++)
5256 if (unsorted_regs
[j
] > unsorted_regs
[order
[i
- 1]]
5257 && (order
[i
] == order
[i
- 1]
5258 || unsorted_regs
[j
] < unsorted_regs
[order
[i
]]))
5261 /* Have we found a suitable register? if not, one must be used more
5263 if (order
[i
] == order
[i
- 1])
5266 /* Is the memory address adjacent and ascending? */
5267 if (unsorted_offsets
[order
[i
]] != unsorted_offsets
[order
[i
- 1]] + 4)
5275 for (i
= 0; i
< nops
; i
++)
5276 regs
[i
] = unsorted_regs
[order
[i
]];
5278 *load_offset
= unsorted_offsets
[order
[0]];
5281 if (unsorted_offsets
[order
[0]] == 0)
5282 return 1; /* ldmia */
5284 if (unsorted_offsets
[order
[0]] == 4)
5285 return 2; /* ldmib */
5287 if (unsorted_offsets
[order
[nops
- 1]] == 0)
5288 return 3; /* ldmda */
5290 if (unsorted_offsets
[order
[nops
- 1]] == -4)
5291 return 4; /* ldmdb */
5293 /* For ARM8,9 & StrongARM, 2 ldr instructions are faster than an ldm
5294 if the offset isn't small enough. The reason 2 ldrs are faster
5295 is because these ARMs are able to do more than one cache access
5296 in a single cycle. The ARM9 and StrongARM have Harvard caches,
5297 whilst the ARM8 has a double bandwidth cache. This means that
5298 these cores can do both an instruction fetch and a data fetch in
5299 a single cycle, so the trick of calculating the address into a
5300 scratch register (one of the result regs) and then doing a load
5301 multiple actually becomes slower (and no smaller in code size).
5302 That is the transformation
5304 ldr rd1, [rbase + offset]
5305 ldr rd2, [rbase + offset + 4]
5309 add rd1, rbase, offset
5310 ldmia rd1, {rd1, rd2}
5312 produces worse code -- '3 cycles + any stalls on rd2' instead of
5313 '2 cycles + any stalls on rd2'. On ARMs with only one cache
5314 access per cycle, the first sequence could never complete in less
5315 than 6 cycles, whereas the ldm sequence would only take 5 and
5316 would make better use of sequential accesses if not hitting the
5319 We cheat here and test 'arm_ld_sched' which we currently know to
5320 only be true for the ARM8, ARM9 and StrongARM. If this ever
5321 changes, then the test below needs to be reworked. */
5322 if (nops
== 2 && arm_ld_sched
)
5325 /* Can't do it without setting up the offset, only do this if it takes
5326 no more than one insn. */
5327 return (const_ok_for_arm (unsorted_offsets
[order
[0]])
5328 || const_ok_for_arm (-unsorted_offsets
[order
[0]])) ? 5 : 0;
5332 emit_ldm_seq (rtx
*operands
, int nops
)
5336 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
5340 switch (load_multiple_sequence (operands
, nops
, regs
, &base_reg
, &offset
))
5343 strcpy (buf
, "ldm%?ia\t");
5347 strcpy (buf
, "ldm%?ib\t");
5351 strcpy (buf
, "ldm%?da\t");
5355 strcpy (buf
, "ldm%?db\t");
5360 sprintf (buf
, "add%%?\t%s%s, %s%s, #%ld", REGISTER_PREFIX
,
5361 reg_names
[regs
[0]], REGISTER_PREFIX
, reg_names
[base_reg
],
5364 sprintf (buf
, "sub%%?\t%s%s, %s%s, #%ld", REGISTER_PREFIX
,
5365 reg_names
[regs
[0]], REGISTER_PREFIX
, reg_names
[base_reg
],
5367 output_asm_insn (buf
, operands
);
5369 strcpy (buf
, "ldm%?ia\t");
5376 sprintf (buf
+ strlen (buf
), "%s%s, {%s%s", REGISTER_PREFIX
,
5377 reg_names
[base_reg
], REGISTER_PREFIX
, reg_names
[regs
[0]]);
5379 for (i
= 1; i
< nops
; i
++)
5380 sprintf (buf
+ strlen (buf
), ", %s%s", REGISTER_PREFIX
,
5381 reg_names
[regs
[i
]]);
5383 strcat (buf
, "}\t%@ phole ldm");
5385 output_asm_insn (buf
, operands
);
5390 store_multiple_sequence (rtx
*operands
, int nops
, int *regs
, int *base
,
5391 HOST_WIDE_INT
* load_offset
)
5393 int unsorted_regs
[4];
5394 HOST_WIDE_INT unsorted_offsets
[4];
5399 /* Can only handle 2, 3, or 4 insns at present, though could be easily
5400 extended if required. */
5401 if (nops
< 2 || nops
> 4)
5404 /* Loop over the operands and check that the memory references are
5405 suitable (i.e. immediate offsets from the same base register). At
5406 the same time, extract the target register, and the memory
5408 for (i
= 0; i
< nops
; i
++)
5413 /* Convert a subreg of a mem into the mem itself. */
5414 if (GET_CODE (operands
[nops
+ i
]) == SUBREG
)
5415 operands
[nops
+ i
] = alter_subreg (operands
+ (nops
+ i
));
5417 if (GET_CODE (operands
[nops
+ i
]) != MEM
)
5420 /* Don't reorder volatile memory references; it doesn't seem worth
5421 looking for the case where the order is ok anyway. */
5422 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (operands
[nops
+ i
]))
5425 offset
= const0_rtx
;
5427 if ((GET_CODE (reg
= XEXP (operands
[nops
+ i
], 0)) == REG
5428 || (GET_CODE (reg
) == SUBREG
5429 && GET_CODE (reg
= SUBREG_REG (reg
)) == REG
))
5430 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands
[nops
+ i
], 0)) == PLUS
5431 && ((GET_CODE (reg
= XEXP (XEXP (operands
[nops
+ i
], 0), 0))
5433 || (GET_CODE (reg
) == SUBREG
5434 && GET_CODE (reg
= SUBREG_REG (reg
)) == REG
))
5435 && (GET_CODE (offset
= XEXP (XEXP (operands
[nops
+ i
], 0), 1))
5440 base_reg
= REGNO (reg
);
5441 unsorted_regs
[0] = (GET_CODE (operands
[i
]) == REG
5442 ? REGNO (operands
[i
])
5443 : REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operands
[i
])));
5448 if (base_reg
!= (int) REGNO (reg
))
5449 /* Not addressed from the same base register. */
5452 unsorted_regs
[i
] = (GET_CODE (operands
[i
]) == REG
5453 ? REGNO (operands
[i
])
5454 : REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operands
[i
])));
5455 if (unsorted_regs
[i
] < unsorted_regs
[order
[0]])
5459 /* If it isn't an integer register, then we can't do this. */
5460 if (unsorted_regs
[i
] < 0 || unsorted_regs
[i
] > 14)
5463 unsorted_offsets
[i
] = INTVAL (offset
);
5466 /* Not a suitable memory address. */
5470 /* All the useful information has now been extracted from the
5471 operands into unsorted_regs and unsorted_offsets; additionally,
5472 order[0] has been set to the lowest numbered register in the
5473 list. Sort the registers into order, and check that the memory
5474 offsets are ascending and adjacent. */
5476 for (i
= 1; i
< nops
; i
++)
5480 order
[i
] = order
[i
- 1];
5481 for (j
= 0; j
< nops
; j
++)
5482 if (unsorted_regs
[j
] > unsorted_regs
[order
[i
- 1]]
5483 && (order
[i
] == order
[i
- 1]
5484 || unsorted_regs
[j
] < unsorted_regs
[order
[i
]]))
5487 /* Have we found a suitable register? if not, one must be used more
5489 if (order
[i
] == order
[i
- 1])
5492 /* Is the memory address adjacent and ascending? */
5493 if (unsorted_offsets
[order
[i
]] != unsorted_offsets
[order
[i
- 1]] + 4)
5501 for (i
= 0; i
< nops
; i
++)
5502 regs
[i
] = unsorted_regs
[order
[i
]];
5504 *load_offset
= unsorted_offsets
[order
[0]];
5507 if (unsorted_offsets
[order
[0]] == 0)
5508 return 1; /* stmia */
5510 if (unsorted_offsets
[order
[0]] == 4)
5511 return 2; /* stmib */
5513 if (unsorted_offsets
[order
[nops
- 1]] == 0)
5514 return 3; /* stmda */
5516 if (unsorted_offsets
[order
[nops
- 1]] == -4)
5517 return 4; /* stmdb */
5523 emit_stm_seq (rtx
*operands
, int nops
)
5527 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
5531 switch (store_multiple_sequence (operands
, nops
, regs
, &base_reg
, &offset
))
5534 strcpy (buf
, "stm%?ia\t");
5538 strcpy (buf
, "stm%?ib\t");
5542 strcpy (buf
, "stm%?da\t");
5546 strcpy (buf
, "stm%?db\t");
5553 sprintf (buf
+ strlen (buf
), "%s%s, {%s%s", REGISTER_PREFIX
,
5554 reg_names
[base_reg
], REGISTER_PREFIX
, reg_names
[regs
[0]]);
5556 for (i
= 1; i
< nops
; i
++)
5557 sprintf (buf
+ strlen (buf
), ", %s%s", REGISTER_PREFIX
,
5558 reg_names
[regs
[i
]]);
5560 strcat (buf
, "}\t%@ phole stm");
5562 output_asm_insn (buf
, operands
);
5567 /* Routines for use in generating RTL. */
5570 arm_gen_load_multiple (int base_regno
, int count
, rtx from
, int up
,
5571 int write_back
, rtx basemem
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*offsetp
)
5573 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= *offsetp
;
5576 int sign
= up
? 1 : -1;
5579 /* XScale has load-store double instructions, but they have stricter
5580 alignment requirements than load-store multiple, so we cannot
5583 For XScale ldm requires 2 + NREGS cycles to complete and blocks
5584 the pipeline until completion.
5592 An ldr instruction takes 1-3 cycles, but does not block the
5601 Best case ldr will always win. However, the more ldr instructions
5602 we issue, the less likely we are to be able to schedule them well.
5603 Using ldr instructions also increases code size.
5605 As a compromise, we use ldr for counts of 1 or 2 regs, and ldm
5606 for counts of 3 or 4 regs. */
5607 if (arm_tune_xscale
&& count
<= 2 && ! optimize_size
)
5613 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
5615 addr
= plus_constant (from
, i
* 4 * sign
);
5616 mem
= adjust_automodify_address (basemem
, SImode
, addr
, offset
);
5617 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, base_regno
+ i
), mem
);
5623 emit_move_insn (from
, plus_constant (from
, count
* 4 * sign
));
5633 result
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
,
5634 rtvec_alloc (count
+ (write_back
? 1 : 0)));
5637 XVECEXP (result
, 0, 0)
5638 = gen_rtx_SET (GET_MODE (from
), from
,
5639 plus_constant (from
, count
* 4 * sign
));
5644 for (j
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, j
++)
5646 addr
= plus_constant (from
, j
* 4 * sign
);
5647 mem
= adjust_automodify_address_nv (basemem
, SImode
, addr
, offset
);
5648 XVECEXP (result
, 0, i
)
5649 = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, base_regno
+ j
), mem
);
5660 arm_gen_store_multiple (int base_regno
, int count
, rtx to
, int up
,
5661 int write_back
, rtx basemem
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*offsetp
)
5663 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= *offsetp
;
5666 int sign
= up
? 1 : -1;
5669 /* See arm_gen_load_multiple for discussion of
5670 the pros/cons of ldm/stm usage for XScale. */
5671 if (arm_tune_xscale
&& count
<= 2 && ! optimize_size
)
5677 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
5679 addr
= plus_constant (to
, i
* 4 * sign
);
5680 mem
= adjust_automodify_address (basemem
, SImode
, addr
, offset
);
5681 emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, base_regno
+ i
));
5687 emit_move_insn (to
, plus_constant (to
, count
* 4 * sign
));
5697 result
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
,
5698 rtvec_alloc (count
+ (write_back
? 1 : 0)));
5701 XVECEXP (result
, 0, 0)
5702 = gen_rtx_SET (GET_MODE (to
), to
,
5703 plus_constant (to
, count
* 4 * sign
));
5708 for (j
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, j
++)
5710 addr
= plus_constant (to
, j
* 4 * sign
);
5711 mem
= adjust_automodify_address_nv (basemem
, SImode
, addr
, offset
);
5712 XVECEXP (result
, 0, i
)
5713 = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, mem
, gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, base_regno
+ j
));
5724 arm_gen_movmemqi (rtx
*operands
)
5726 HOST_WIDE_INT in_words_to_go
, out_words_to_go
, last_bytes
;
5727 HOST_WIDE_INT srcoffset
, dstoffset
;
5729 rtx src
, dst
, srcbase
, dstbase
;
5730 rtx part_bytes_reg
= NULL
;
5733 if (GET_CODE (operands
[2]) != CONST_INT
5734 || GET_CODE (operands
[3]) != CONST_INT
5735 || INTVAL (operands
[2]) > 64
5736 || INTVAL (operands
[3]) & 3)
5739 dstbase
= operands
[0];
5740 srcbase
= operands
[1];
5742 dst
= copy_to_mode_reg (SImode
, XEXP (dstbase
, 0));
5743 src
= copy_to_mode_reg (SImode
, XEXP (srcbase
, 0));
5745 in_words_to_go
= ARM_NUM_INTS (INTVAL (operands
[2]));
5746 out_words_to_go
= INTVAL (operands
[2]) / 4;
5747 last_bytes
= INTVAL (operands
[2]) & 3;
5748 dstoffset
= srcoffset
= 0;
5750 if (out_words_to_go
!= in_words_to_go
&& ((in_words_to_go
- 1) & 3) != 0)
5751 part_bytes_reg
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, (in_words_to_go
- 1) & 3);
5753 for (i
= 0; in_words_to_go
>= 2; i
+=4)
5755 if (in_words_to_go
> 4)
5756 emit_insn (arm_gen_load_multiple (0, 4, src
, TRUE
, TRUE
,
5757 srcbase
, &srcoffset
));
5759 emit_insn (arm_gen_load_multiple (0, in_words_to_go
, src
, TRUE
,
5760 FALSE
, srcbase
, &srcoffset
));
5762 if (out_words_to_go
)
5764 if (out_words_to_go
> 4)
5765 emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple (0, 4, dst
, TRUE
, TRUE
,
5766 dstbase
, &dstoffset
));
5767 else if (out_words_to_go
!= 1)
5768 emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple (0, out_words_to_go
,
5772 dstbase
, &dstoffset
));
5775 mem
= adjust_automodify_address (dstbase
, SImode
, dst
, dstoffset
);
5776 emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 0));
5777 if (last_bytes
!= 0)
5779 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (dst
, dst
, GEN_INT (4)));
5785 in_words_to_go
-= in_words_to_go
< 4 ? in_words_to_go
: 4;
5786 out_words_to_go
-= out_words_to_go
< 4 ? out_words_to_go
: 4;
5789 /* OUT_WORDS_TO_GO will be zero here if there are byte stores to do. */
5790 if (out_words_to_go
)
5794 mem
= adjust_automodify_address (srcbase
, SImode
, src
, srcoffset
);
5795 sreg
= copy_to_reg (mem
);
5797 mem
= adjust_automodify_address (dstbase
, SImode
, dst
, dstoffset
);
5798 emit_move_insn (mem
, sreg
);
5801 if (in_words_to_go
) /* Sanity check */
5807 if (in_words_to_go
< 0)
5810 mem
= adjust_automodify_address (srcbase
, SImode
, src
, srcoffset
);
5811 part_bytes_reg
= copy_to_mode_reg (SImode
, mem
);
5814 if (last_bytes
&& part_bytes_reg
== NULL
)
5817 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
&& last_bytes
)
5819 rtx tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
5821 /* The bytes we want are in the top end of the word. */
5822 emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (tmp
, part_bytes_reg
,
5823 GEN_INT (8 * (4 - last_bytes
))));
5824 part_bytes_reg
= tmp
;
5828 mem
= adjust_automodify_address (dstbase
, QImode
,
5829 plus_constant (dst
, last_bytes
- 1),
5830 dstoffset
+ last_bytes
- 1);
5831 emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_lowpart (QImode
, part_bytes_reg
));
5835 tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
5836 emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (tmp
, part_bytes_reg
, GEN_INT (8)));
5837 part_bytes_reg
= tmp
;
5846 mem
= adjust_automodify_address (dstbase
, HImode
, dst
, dstoffset
);
5847 emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_lowpart (HImode
, part_bytes_reg
));
5851 rtx tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
5852 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (dst
, dst
, const2_rtx
));
5853 emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (tmp
, part_bytes_reg
, GEN_INT (16)));
5854 part_bytes_reg
= tmp
;
5861 mem
= adjust_automodify_address (dstbase
, QImode
, dst
, dstoffset
);
5862 emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_lowpart (QImode
, part_bytes_reg
));
5869 /* Generate a memory reference for a half word, such that it will be loaded
5870 into the top 16 bits of the word. We can assume that the address is
5871 known to be alignable and of the form reg, or plus (reg, const). */
5874 arm_gen_rotated_half_load (rtx memref
)
5876 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
5877 rtx base
= XEXP (memref
, 0);
5879 if (GET_CODE (base
) == PLUS
)
5881 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (base
, 1));
5882 base
= XEXP (base
, 0);
5885 /* If we aren't allowed to generate unaligned addresses, then fail. */
5886 if ((BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
? 1 : 0) ^ ((offset
& 2) == 0))
5889 base
= gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
, plus_constant (base
, offset
& ~2));
5891 if ((BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
? 1 : 0) ^ ((offset
& 2) == 2))
5894 return gen_rtx_ROTATE (SImode
, base
, GEN_INT (16));
5897 /* Select a dominance comparison mode if possible for a test of the general
5898 form (OP (COND_OR (X) (Y)) (const_int 0)). We support three forms.
5899 COND_OR == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y => (X && Y)
5900 COND_OR == DOM_CC_NX_OR_Y => ((! X) || Y)
5901 COND_OR == DOM_CC_X_OR_Y => (X || Y)
5902 In all cases OP will be either EQ or NE, but we don't need to know which
5903 here. If we are unable to support a dominance comparison we return
5904 CC mode. This will then fail to match for the RTL expressions that
5905 generate this call. */
5907 arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (rtx x
, rtx y
, HOST_WIDE_INT cond_or
)
5909 enum rtx_code cond1
, cond2
;
5912 /* Currently we will probably get the wrong result if the individual
5913 comparisons are not simple. This also ensures that it is safe to
5914 reverse a comparison if necessary. */
5915 if ((arm_select_cc_mode (cond1
= GET_CODE (x
), XEXP (x
, 0), XEXP (x
, 1))
5917 || (arm_select_cc_mode (cond2
= GET_CODE (y
), XEXP (y
, 0), XEXP (y
, 1))
5921 /* The if_then_else variant of this tests the second condition if the
5922 first passes, but is true if the first fails. Reverse the first
5923 condition to get a true "inclusive-or" expression. */
5924 if (cond_or
== DOM_CC_NX_OR_Y
)
5925 cond1
= reverse_condition (cond1
);
5927 /* If the comparisons are not equal, and one doesn't dominate the other,
5928 then we can't do this. */
5930 && !comparison_dominates_p (cond1
, cond2
)
5931 && (swapped
= 1, !comparison_dominates_p (cond2
, cond1
)))
5936 enum rtx_code temp
= cond1
;
5944 if (cond2
== EQ
|| cond_or
== DOM_CC_X_AND_Y
)
5949 case LE
: return CC_DLEmode
;
5950 case LEU
: return CC_DLEUmode
;
5951 case GE
: return CC_DGEmode
;
5952 case GEU
: return CC_DGEUmode
;
5959 if (cond2
== LT
|| cond_or
== DOM_CC_X_AND_Y
)
5968 if (cond2
== GT
|| cond_or
== DOM_CC_X_AND_Y
)
5977 if (cond2
== LTU
|| cond_or
== DOM_CC_X_AND_Y
)
5986 if (cond2
== GTU
|| cond_or
== DOM_CC_X_AND_Y
)
5994 /* The remaining cases only occur when both comparisons are the
6019 arm_select_cc_mode (enum rtx_code op
, rtx x
, rtx y
)
6021 /* All floating point compares return CCFP if it is an equality
6022 comparison, and CCFPE otherwise. */
6023 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) == MODE_FLOAT
)
6043 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& TARGET_MAVERICK
)
6052 /* A compare with a shifted operand. Because of canonicalization, the
6053 comparison will have to be swapped when we emit the assembler. */
6054 if (GET_MODE (y
) == SImode
&& GET_CODE (y
) == REG
6055 && (GET_CODE (x
) == ASHIFT
|| GET_CODE (x
) == ASHIFTRT
6056 || GET_CODE (x
) == LSHIFTRT
|| GET_CODE (x
) == ROTATE
6057 || GET_CODE (x
) == ROTATERT
))
6060 /* This is a special case that is used by combine to allow a
6061 comparison of a shifted byte load to be split into a zero-extend
6062 followed by a comparison of the shifted integer (only valid for
6063 equalities and unsigned inequalities). */
6064 if (GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
6065 && GET_CODE (x
) == ASHIFT
6066 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) == 24
6067 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SUBREG
6068 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0))) == MEM
6069 && GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0))) == QImode
6070 && (op
== EQ
|| op
== NE
6071 || op
== GEU
|| op
== GTU
|| op
== LTU
|| op
== LEU
)
6072 && GET_CODE (y
) == CONST_INT
)
6075 /* A construct for a conditional compare, if the false arm contains
6076 0, then both conditions must be true, otherwise either condition
6077 must be true. Not all conditions are possible, so CCmode is
6078 returned if it can't be done. */
6079 if (GET_CODE (x
) == IF_THEN_ELSE
6080 && (XEXP (x
, 2) == const0_rtx
6081 || XEXP (x
, 2) == const1_rtx
)
6082 && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x
, 0))
6083 && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
6084 return arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (XEXP (x
, 0), XEXP (x
, 1),
6085 INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 2)));
6087 /* Alternate canonicalizations of the above. These are somewhat cleaner. */
6088 if (GET_CODE (x
) == AND
6089 && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x
, 0))
6090 && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
6091 return arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (XEXP (x
, 0), XEXP (x
, 1),
6094 if (GET_CODE (x
) == IOR
6095 && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x
, 0))
6096 && COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
6097 return arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (XEXP (x
, 0), XEXP (x
, 1),
6100 /* An operation (on Thumb) where we want to test for a single bit.
6101 This is done by shifting that bit up into the top bit of a
6102 scratch register; we can then branch on the sign bit. */
6104 && GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
6105 && (op
== EQ
|| op
== NE
)
6106 && (GET_CODE (x
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
))
6109 /* An operation that sets the condition codes as a side-effect, the
6110 V flag is not set correctly, so we can only use comparisons where
6111 this doesn't matter. (For LT and GE we can use "mi" and "pl"
6113 if (GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
6115 && (op
== EQ
|| op
== NE
|| op
== LT
|| op
== GE
)
6116 && (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
|| GET_CODE (x
) == MINUS
6117 || GET_CODE (x
) == AND
|| GET_CODE (x
) == IOR
6118 || GET_CODE (x
) == XOR
|| GET_CODE (x
) == MULT
6119 || GET_CODE (x
) == NOT
|| GET_CODE (x
) == NEG
6120 || GET_CODE (x
) == LSHIFTRT
6121 || GET_CODE (x
) == ASHIFT
|| GET_CODE (x
) == ASHIFTRT
6122 || GET_CODE (x
) == ROTATERT
6123 || (TARGET_ARM
&& GET_CODE (x
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
)))
6126 if (GET_MODE (x
) == QImode
&& (op
== EQ
|| op
== NE
))
6129 if (GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
&& (op
== LTU
|| op
== GEU
)
6130 && GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
6131 && (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x
, 0), y
) || rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x
, 1), y
)))
6137 /* X and Y are two things to compare using CODE. Emit the compare insn and
6138 return the rtx for register 0 in the proper mode. FP means this is a
6139 floating point compare: I don't think that it is needed on the arm. */
6141 arm_gen_compare_reg (enum rtx_code code
, rtx x
, rtx y
)
6143 enum machine_mode mode
= SELECT_CC_MODE (code
, x
, y
);
6144 rtx cc_reg
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, CC_REGNUM
);
6146 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, cc_reg
,
6147 gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode
, x
, y
)));
6152 /* Generate a sequence of insns that will generate the correct return
6153 address mask depending on the physical architecture that the program
6156 arm_gen_return_addr_mask (void)
6158 rtx reg
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
6160 emit_insn (gen_return_addr_mask (reg
));
6165 arm_reload_in_hi (rtx
*operands
)
6167 rtx ref
= operands
[1];
6169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
6171 if (GET_CODE (ref
) == SUBREG
)
6173 offset
= SUBREG_BYTE (ref
);
6174 ref
= SUBREG_REG (ref
);
6177 if (GET_CODE (ref
) == REG
)
6179 /* We have a pseudo which has been spilt onto the stack; there
6180 are two cases here: the first where there is a simple
6181 stack-slot replacement and a second where the stack-slot is
6182 out of range, or is used as a subreg. */
6183 if (reg_equiv_mem
[REGNO (ref
)])
6185 ref
= reg_equiv_mem
[REGNO (ref
)];
6186 base
= find_replacement (&XEXP (ref
, 0));
6189 /* The slot is out of range, or was dressed up in a SUBREG. */
6190 base
= reg_equiv_address
[REGNO (ref
)];
6193 base
= find_replacement (&XEXP (ref
, 0));
6195 /* Handle the case where the address is too complex to be offset by 1. */
6196 if (GET_CODE (base
) == MINUS
6197 || (GET_CODE (base
) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (base
, 1)) != CONST_INT
))
6199 rtx base_plus
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, REGNO (operands
[2]) + 1);
6201 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, base_plus
, base
));
6204 else if (GET_CODE (base
) == PLUS
)
6206 /* The addend must be CONST_INT, or we would have dealt with it above. */
6207 HOST_WIDE_INT hi
, lo
;
6209 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (base
, 1));
6210 base
= XEXP (base
, 0);
6212 /* Rework the address into a legal sequence of insns. */
6213 /* Valid range for lo is -4095 -> 4095 */
6216 : -((-offset
) & 0xfff));
6218 /* Corner case, if lo is the max offset then we would be out of range
6219 once we have added the additional 1 below, so bump the msb into the
6220 pre-loading insn(s). */
6224 hi
= ((((offset
- lo
) & (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff)
6225 ^ (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0x80000000)
6226 - (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0x80000000);
6228 if (hi
+ lo
!= offset
)
6233 rtx base_plus
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, REGNO (operands
[2]) + 1);
6235 /* Get the base address; addsi3 knows how to handle constants
6236 that require more than one insn. */
6237 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (base_plus
, base
, GEN_INT (hi
)));
6243 /* Operands[2] may overlap operands[0] (though it won't overlap
6244 operands[1]), that's why we asked for a DImode reg -- so we can
6245 use the bit that does not overlap. */
6246 if (REGNO (operands
[2]) == REGNO (operands
[0]))
6247 scratch
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, REGNO (operands
[2]) + 1);
6249 scratch
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, REGNO (operands
[2]));
6251 emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqisi2 (scratch
,
6252 gen_rtx_MEM (QImode
,
6253 plus_constant (base
,
6255 emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqisi2 (gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode
, operands
[0], 0),
6256 gen_rtx_MEM (QImode
,
6257 plus_constant (base
,
6259 if (!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6260 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode
, operands
[0], 0),
6261 gen_rtx_IOR (SImode
,
6264 gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode
, operands
[0], 0),
6268 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode
, operands
[0], 0),
6269 gen_rtx_IOR (SImode
,
6270 gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode
, scratch
,
6272 gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode
, operands
[0],
6276 /* Handle storing a half-word to memory during reload by synthesizing as two
6277 byte stores. Take care not to clobber the input values until after we
6278 have moved them somewhere safe. This code assumes that if the DImode
6279 scratch in operands[2] overlaps either the input value or output address
6280 in some way, then that value must die in this insn (we absolutely need
6281 two scratch registers for some corner cases). */
6283 arm_reload_out_hi (rtx
*operands
)
6285 rtx ref
= operands
[0];
6286 rtx outval
= operands
[1];
6288 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
6290 if (GET_CODE (ref
) == SUBREG
)
6292 offset
= SUBREG_BYTE (ref
);
6293 ref
= SUBREG_REG (ref
);
6296 if (GET_CODE (ref
) == REG
)
6298 /* We have a pseudo which has been spilt onto the stack; there
6299 are two cases here: the first where there is a simple
6300 stack-slot replacement and a second where the stack-slot is
6301 out of range, or is used as a subreg. */
6302 if (reg_equiv_mem
[REGNO (ref
)])
6304 ref
= reg_equiv_mem
[REGNO (ref
)];
6305 base
= find_replacement (&XEXP (ref
, 0));
6308 /* The slot is out of range, or was dressed up in a SUBREG. */
6309 base
= reg_equiv_address
[REGNO (ref
)];
6312 base
= find_replacement (&XEXP (ref
, 0));
6314 scratch
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, REGNO (operands
[2]));
6316 /* Handle the case where the address is too complex to be offset by 1. */
6317 if (GET_CODE (base
) == MINUS
6318 || (GET_CODE (base
) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (base
, 1)) != CONST_INT
))
6320 rtx base_plus
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, REGNO (operands
[2]) + 1);
6322 /* Be careful not to destroy OUTVAL. */
6323 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (base_plus
, outval
))
6325 /* Updating base_plus might destroy outval, see if we can
6326 swap the scratch and base_plus. */
6327 if (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (scratch
, outval
))
6330 scratch
= base_plus
;
6335 rtx scratch_hi
= gen_rtx_REG (HImode
, REGNO (operands
[2]));
6337 /* Be conservative and copy OUTVAL into the scratch now,
6338 this should only be necessary if outval is a subreg
6339 of something larger than a word. */
6340 /* XXX Might this clobber base? I can't see how it can,
6341 since scratch is known to overlap with OUTVAL, and
6342 must be wider than a word. */
6343 emit_insn (gen_movhi (scratch_hi
, outval
));
6344 outval
= scratch_hi
;
6348 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, base_plus
, base
));
6351 else if (GET_CODE (base
) == PLUS
)
6353 /* The addend must be CONST_INT, or we would have dealt with it above. */
6354 HOST_WIDE_INT hi
, lo
;
6356 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (base
, 1));
6357 base
= XEXP (base
, 0);
6359 /* Rework the address into a legal sequence of insns. */
6360 /* Valid range for lo is -4095 -> 4095 */
6363 : -((-offset
) & 0xfff));
6365 /* Corner case, if lo is the max offset then we would be out of range
6366 once we have added the additional 1 below, so bump the msb into the
6367 pre-loading insn(s). */
6371 hi
= ((((offset
- lo
) & (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff)
6372 ^ (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0x80000000)
6373 - (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0x80000000);
6375 if (hi
+ lo
!= offset
)
6380 rtx base_plus
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, REGNO (operands
[2]) + 1);
6382 /* Be careful not to destroy OUTVAL. */
6383 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (base_plus
, outval
))
6385 /* Updating base_plus might destroy outval, see if we
6386 can swap the scratch and base_plus. */
6387 if (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (scratch
, outval
))
6390 scratch
= base_plus
;
6395 rtx scratch_hi
= gen_rtx_REG (HImode
, REGNO (operands
[2]));
6397 /* Be conservative and copy outval into scratch now,
6398 this should only be necessary if outval is a
6399 subreg of something larger than a word. */
6400 /* XXX Might this clobber base? I can't see how it
6401 can, since scratch is known to overlap with
6403 emit_insn (gen_movhi (scratch_hi
, outval
));
6404 outval
= scratch_hi
;
6408 /* Get the base address; addsi3 knows how to handle constants
6409 that require more than one insn. */
6410 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (base_plus
, base
, GEN_INT (hi
)));
6416 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6418 emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode
,
6419 plus_constant (base
, offset
+ 1)),
6420 gen_lowpart (QImode
, outval
)));
6421 emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (scratch
,
6422 gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode
, outval
, 0),
6424 emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode
, plus_constant (base
, offset
)),
6425 gen_lowpart (QImode
, scratch
)));
6429 emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode
, plus_constant (base
, offset
)),
6430 gen_lowpart (QImode
, outval
)));
6431 emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (scratch
,
6432 gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode
, outval
, 0),
6434 emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode
,
6435 plus_constant (base
, offset
+ 1)),
6436 gen_lowpart (QImode
, scratch
)));
6440 /* Print a symbolic form of X to the debug file, F. */
6442 arm_print_value (FILE *f
, rtx x
)
6444 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
6447 fprintf (f
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
, INTVAL (x
));
6451 fprintf (f
, "<0x%lx,0x%lx>", (long)XWINT (x
, 2), (long)XWINT (x
, 3));
6459 for (i
= 0; i
< CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x
); i
++)
6461 fprintf (f
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
, INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x
, i
)));
6462 if (i
< (CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x
) - 1))
6470 fprintf (f
, "\"%s\"", XSTR (x
, 0));
6474 fprintf (f
, "`%s'", XSTR (x
, 0));
6478 fprintf (f
, "L%d", INSN_UID (XEXP (x
, 0)));
6482 arm_print_value (f
, XEXP (x
, 0));
6486 arm_print_value (f
, XEXP (x
, 0));
6488 arm_print_value (f
, XEXP (x
, 1));
6496 fprintf (f
, "????");
6501 /* Routines for manipulation of the constant pool. */
6503 /* Arm instructions cannot load a large constant directly into a
6504 register; they have to come from a pc relative load. The constant
6505 must therefore be placed in the addressable range of the pc
6506 relative load. Depending on the precise pc relative load
6507 instruction the range is somewhere between 256 bytes and 4k. This
6508 means that we often have to dump a constant inside a function, and
6509 generate code to branch around it.
6511 It is important to minimize this, since the branches will slow
6512 things down and make the code larger.
6514 Normally we can hide the table after an existing unconditional
6515 branch so that there is no interruption of the flow, but in the
6516 worst case the code looks like this:
6534 We fix this by performing a scan after scheduling, which notices
6535 which instructions need to have their operands fetched from the
6536 constant table and builds the table.
6538 The algorithm starts by building a table of all the constants that
6539 need fixing up and all the natural barriers in the function (places
6540 where a constant table can be dropped without breaking the flow).
6541 For each fixup we note how far the pc-relative replacement will be
6542 able to reach and the offset of the instruction into the function.
6544 Having built the table we then group the fixes together to form
6545 tables that are as large as possible (subject to addressing
6546 constraints) and emit each table of constants after the last
6547 barrier that is within range of all the instructions in the group.
6548 If a group does not contain a barrier, then we forcibly create one
6549 by inserting a jump instruction into the flow. Once the table has
6550 been inserted, the insns are then modified to reference the
6551 relevant entry in the pool.
6553 Possible enhancements to the algorithm (not implemented) are:
6555 1) For some processors and object formats, there may be benefit in
6556 aligning the pools to the start of cache lines; this alignment
6557 would need to be taken into account when calculating addressability
6560 /* These typedefs are located at the start of this file, so that
6561 they can be used in the prototypes there. This comment is to
6562 remind readers of that fact so that the following structures
6563 can be understood more easily.
6565 typedef struct minipool_node Mnode;
6566 typedef struct minipool_fixup Mfix; */
6568 struct minipool_node
6570 /* Doubly linked chain of entries. */
6573 /* The maximum offset into the code that this entry can be placed. While
6574 pushing fixes for forward references, all entries are sorted in order
6575 of increasing max_address. */
6576 HOST_WIDE_INT max_address
;
6577 /* Similarly for an entry inserted for a backwards ref. */
6578 HOST_WIDE_INT min_address
;
6579 /* The number of fixes referencing this entry. This can become zero
6580 if we "unpush" an entry. In this case we ignore the entry when we
6581 come to emit the code. */
6583 /* The offset from the start of the minipool. */
6584 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
6585 /* The value in table. */
6587 /* The mode of value. */
6588 enum machine_mode mode
;
6589 /* The size of the value. With iWMMXt enabled
6590 sizes > 4 also imply an alignment of 8-bytes. */
6594 struct minipool_fixup
6598 HOST_WIDE_INT address
;
6600 enum machine_mode mode
;
6604 HOST_WIDE_INT forwards
;
6605 HOST_WIDE_INT backwards
;
6608 /* Fixes less than a word need padding out to a word boundary. */
6609 #define MINIPOOL_FIX_SIZE(mode) \
6610 (GET_MODE_SIZE ((mode)) >= 4 ? GET_MODE_SIZE ((mode)) : 4)
6612 static Mnode
* minipool_vector_head
;
6613 static Mnode
* minipool_vector_tail
;
6614 static rtx minipool_vector_label
;
6616 /* The linked list of all minipool fixes required for this function. */
6617 Mfix
* minipool_fix_head
;
6618 Mfix
* minipool_fix_tail
;
6619 /* The fix entry for the current minipool, once it has been placed. */
6620 Mfix
* minipool_barrier
;
6622 /* Determines if INSN is the start of a jump table. Returns the end
6623 of the TABLE or NULL_RTX. */
6625 is_jump_table (rtx insn
)
6629 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
6630 && JUMP_LABEL (insn
) != NULL
6631 && ((table
= next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn
)))
6632 == next_real_insn (insn
))
6634 && GET_CODE (table
) == JUMP_INSN
6635 && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (table
)) == ADDR_VEC
6636 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (table
)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
))
6642 #ifndef JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
6643 #define JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION 0
6646 static HOST_WIDE_INT
6647 get_jump_table_size (rtx insn
)
6649 /* ADDR_VECs only take room if read-only data does into the text
6651 if (JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
6652 #if !defined(READONLY_DATA_SECTION) && !defined(READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP)
6657 rtx body
= PATTERN (insn
);
6658 int elt
= GET_CODE (body
) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
? 1 : 0;
6660 return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (body
)) * XVECLEN (body
, elt
);
6666 /* Move a minipool fix MP from its current location to before MAX_MP.
6667 If MAX_MP is NULL, then MP doesn't need moving, but the addressing
6668 constraints may need updating. */
6670 move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (Mnode
*mp
, Mnode
*max_mp
,
6671 HOST_WIDE_INT max_address
)
6673 /* This should never be true and the code below assumes these are
6680 if (max_address
< mp
->max_address
)
6681 mp
->max_address
= max_address
;
6685 if (max_address
> max_mp
->max_address
- mp
->fix_size
)
6686 mp
->max_address
= max_mp
->max_address
- mp
->fix_size
;
6688 mp
->max_address
= max_address
;
6690 /* Unlink MP from its current position. Since max_mp is non-null,
6691 mp->prev must be non-null. */
6692 mp
->prev
->next
= mp
->next
;
6693 if (mp
->next
!= NULL
)
6694 mp
->next
->prev
= mp
->prev
;
6696 minipool_vector_tail
= mp
->prev
;
6698 /* Re-insert it before MAX_MP. */
6700 mp
->prev
= max_mp
->prev
;
6703 if (mp
->prev
!= NULL
)
6704 mp
->prev
->next
= mp
;
6706 minipool_vector_head
= mp
;
6709 /* Save the new entry. */
6712 /* Scan over the preceding entries and adjust their addresses as
6714 while (mp
->prev
!= NULL
6715 && mp
->prev
->max_address
> mp
->max_address
- mp
->prev
->fix_size
)
6717 mp
->prev
->max_address
= mp
->max_address
- mp
->prev
->fix_size
;
6724 /* Add a constant to the minipool for a forward reference. Returns the
6725 node added or NULL if the constant will not fit in this pool. */
6727 add_minipool_forward_ref (Mfix
*fix
)
6729 /* If set, max_mp is the first pool_entry that has a lower
6730 constraint than the one we are trying to add. */
6731 Mnode
* max_mp
= NULL
;
6732 HOST_WIDE_INT max_address
= fix
->address
+ fix
->forwards
;
6735 /* If this fix's address is greater than the address of the first
6736 entry, then we can't put the fix in this pool. We subtract the
6737 size of the current fix to ensure that if the table is fully
6738 packed we still have enough room to insert this value by suffling
6739 the other fixes forwards. */
6740 if (minipool_vector_head
&&
6741 fix
->address
>= minipool_vector_head
->max_address
- fix
->fix_size
)
6744 /* Scan the pool to see if a constant with the same value has
6745 already been added. While we are doing this, also note the
6746 location where we must insert the constant if it doesn't already
6748 for (mp
= minipool_vector_head
; mp
!= NULL
; mp
= mp
->next
)
6750 if (GET_CODE (fix
->value
) == GET_CODE (mp
->value
)
6751 && fix
->mode
== mp
->mode
6752 && (GET_CODE (fix
->value
) != CODE_LABEL
6753 || (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (fix
->value
)
6754 == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (mp
->value
)))
6755 && rtx_equal_p (fix
->value
, mp
->value
))
6757 /* More than one fix references this entry. */
6759 return move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (mp
, max_mp
, max_address
);
6762 /* Note the insertion point if necessary. */
6764 && mp
->max_address
> max_address
)
6767 /* If we are inserting an 8-bytes aligned quantity and
6768 we have not already found an insertion point, then
6769 make sure that all such 8-byte aligned quantities are
6770 placed at the start of the pool. */
6771 if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
6773 && fix
->fix_size
== 8
6774 && mp
->fix_size
!= 8)
6777 max_address
= mp
->max_address
;
6781 /* The value is not currently in the minipool, so we need to create
6782 a new entry for it. If MAX_MP is NULL, the entry will be put on
6783 the end of the list since the placement is less constrained than
6784 any existing entry. Otherwise, we insert the new fix before
6785 MAX_MP and, if necessary, adjust the constraints on the other
6787 mp
= xmalloc (sizeof (* mp
));
6788 mp
->fix_size
= fix
->fix_size
;
6789 mp
->mode
= fix
->mode
;
6790 mp
->value
= fix
->value
;
6792 /* Not yet required for a backwards ref. */
6793 mp
->min_address
= -65536;
6797 mp
->max_address
= max_address
;
6799 mp
->prev
= minipool_vector_tail
;
6801 if (mp
->prev
== NULL
)
6803 minipool_vector_head
= mp
;
6804 minipool_vector_label
= gen_label_rtx ();
6807 mp
->prev
->next
= mp
;
6809 minipool_vector_tail
= mp
;
6813 if (max_address
> max_mp
->max_address
- mp
->fix_size
)
6814 mp
->max_address
= max_mp
->max_address
- mp
->fix_size
;
6816 mp
->max_address
= max_address
;
6819 mp
->prev
= max_mp
->prev
;
6821 if (mp
->prev
!= NULL
)
6822 mp
->prev
->next
= mp
;
6824 minipool_vector_head
= mp
;
6827 /* Save the new entry. */
6830 /* Scan over the preceding entries and adjust their addresses as
6832 while (mp
->prev
!= NULL
6833 && mp
->prev
->max_address
> mp
->max_address
- mp
->prev
->fix_size
)
6835 mp
->prev
->max_address
= mp
->max_address
- mp
->prev
->fix_size
;
6843 move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (Mnode
*mp
, Mnode
*min_mp
,
6844 HOST_WIDE_INT min_address
)
6846 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
6848 /* This should never be true, and the code below assumes these are
6855 if (min_address
> mp
->min_address
)
6856 mp
->min_address
= min_address
;
6860 /* We will adjust this below if it is too loose. */
6861 mp
->min_address
= min_address
;
6863 /* Unlink MP from its current position. Since min_mp is non-null,
6864 mp->next must be non-null. */
6865 mp
->next
->prev
= mp
->prev
;
6866 if (mp
->prev
!= NULL
)
6867 mp
->prev
->next
= mp
->next
;
6869 minipool_vector_head
= mp
->next
;
6871 /* Reinsert it after MIN_MP. */
6873 mp
->next
= min_mp
->next
;
6875 if (mp
->next
!= NULL
)
6876 mp
->next
->prev
= mp
;
6878 minipool_vector_tail
= mp
;
6884 for (mp
= minipool_vector_head
; mp
!= NULL
; mp
= mp
->next
)
6886 mp
->offset
= offset
;
6887 if (mp
->refcount
> 0)
6888 offset
+= mp
->fix_size
;
6890 if (mp
->next
&& mp
->next
->min_address
< mp
->min_address
+ mp
->fix_size
)
6891 mp
->next
->min_address
= mp
->min_address
+ mp
->fix_size
;
6897 /* Add a constant to the minipool for a backward reference. Returns the
6898 node added or NULL if the constant will not fit in this pool.
6900 Note that the code for insertion for a backwards reference can be
6901 somewhat confusing because the calculated offsets for each fix do
6902 not take into account the size of the pool (which is still under
6905 add_minipool_backward_ref (Mfix
*fix
)
6907 /* If set, min_mp is the last pool_entry that has a lower constraint
6908 than the one we are trying to add. */
6909 Mnode
*min_mp
= NULL
;
6910 /* This can be negative, since it is only a constraint. */
6911 HOST_WIDE_INT min_address
= fix
->address
- fix
->backwards
;
6914 /* If we can't reach the current pool from this insn, or if we can't
6915 insert this entry at the end of the pool without pushing other
6916 fixes out of range, then we don't try. This ensures that we
6917 can't fail later on. */
6918 if (min_address
>= minipool_barrier
->address
6919 || (minipool_vector_tail
->min_address
+ fix
->fix_size
6920 >= minipool_barrier
->address
))
6923 /* Scan the pool to see if a constant with the same value has
6924 already been added. While we are doing this, also note the
6925 location where we must insert the constant if it doesn't already
6927 for (mp
= minipool_vector_tail
; mp
!= NULL
; mp
= mp
->prev
)
6929 if (GET_CODE (fix
->value
) == GET_CODE (mp
->value
)
6930 && fix
->mode
== mp
->mode
6931 && (GET_CODE (fix
->value
) != CODE_LABEL
6932 || (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (fix
->value
)
6933 == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (mp
->value
)))
6934 && rtx_equal_p (fix
->value
, mp
->value
)
6935 /* Check that there is enough slack to move this entry to the
6936 end of the table (this is conservative). */
6938 > (minipool_barrier
->address
6939 + minipool_vector_tail
->offset
6940 + minipool_vector_tail
->fix_size
)))
6943 return move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (mp
, min_mp
, min_address
);
6947 mp
->min_address
+= fix
->fix_size
;
6950 /* Note the insertion point if necessary. */
6951 if (mp
->min_address
< min_address
)
6953 /* For now, we do not allow the insertion of 8-byte alignment
6954 requiring nodes anywhere but at the start of the pool. */
6955 if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
6956 && fix
->fix_size
== 8 && mp
->fix_size
!= 8)
6961 else if (mp
->max_address
6962 < minipool_barrier
->address
+ mp
->offset
+ fix
->fix_size
)
6964 /* Inserting before this entry would push the fix beyond
6965 its maximum address (which can happen if we have
6966 re-located a forwards fix); force the new fix to come
6969 min_address
= mp
->min_address
+ fix
->fix_size
;
6971 /* If we are inserting an 8-bytes aligned quantity and
6972 we have not already found an insertion point, then
6973 make sure that all such 8-byte aligned quantities are
6974 placed at the start of the pool. */
6975 else if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
6977 && fix
->fix_size
== 8
6978 && mp
->fix_size
< 8)
6981 min_address
= mp
->min_address
+ fix
->fix_size
;
6986 /* We need to create a new entry. */
6987 mp
= xmalloc (sizeof (* mp
));
6988 mp
->fix_size
= fix
->fix_size
;
6989 mp
->mode
= fix
->mode
;
6990 mp
->value
= fix
->value
;
6992 mp
->max_address
= minipool_barrier
->address
+ 65536;
6994 mp
->min_address
= min_address
;
6999 mp
->next
= minipool_vector_head
;
7001 if (mp
->next
== NULL
)
7003 minipool_vector_tail
= mp
;
7004 minipool_vector_label
= gen_label_rtx ();
7007 mp
->next
->prev
= mp
;
7009 minipool_vector_head
= mp
;
7013 mp
->next
= min_mp
->next
;
7017 if (mp
->next
!= NULL
)
7018 mp
->next
->prev
= mp
;
7020 minipool_vector_tail
= mp
;
7023 /* Save the new entry. */
7031 /* Scan over the following entries and adjust their offsets. */
7032 while (mp
->next
!= NULL
)
7034 if (mp
->next
->min_address
< mp
->min_address
+ mp
->fix_size
)
7035 mp
->next
->min_address
= mp
->min_address
+ mp
->fix_size
;
7038 mp
->next
->offset
= mp
->offset
+ mp
->fix_size
;
7040 mp
->next
->offset
= mp
->offset
;
7049 assign_minipool_offsets (Mfix
*barrier
)
7051 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
7054 minipool_barrier
= barrier
;
7056 for (mp
= minipool_vector_head
; mp
!= NULL
; mp
= mp
->next
)
7058 mp
->offset
= offset
;
7060 if (mp
->refcount
> 0)
7061 offset
+= mp
->fix_size
;
7065 /* Output the literal table */
7067 dump_minipool (rtx scan
)
7073 if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
)
7074 for (mp
= minipool_vector_head
; mp
!= NULL
; mp
= mp
->next
)
7075 if (mp
->refcount
> 0 && mp
->fix_size
== 8)
7083 ";; Emitting minipool after insn %u; address %ld; align %d (bytes)\n",
7084 INSN_UID (scan
), (unsigned long) minipool_barrier
->address
, align64
? 8 : 4);
7086 scan
= emit_label_after (gen_label_rtx (), scan
);
7087 scan
= emit_insn_after (align64
? gen_align_8 () : gen_align_4 (), scan
);
7088 scan
= emit_label_after (minipool_vector_label
, scan
);
7090 for (mp
= minipool_vector_head
; mp
!= NULL
; mp
= nmp
)
7092 if (mp
->refcount
> 0)
7097 ";; Offset %u, min %ld, max %ld ",
7098 (unsigned) mp
->offset
, (unsigned long) mp
->min_address
,
7099 (unsigned long) mp
->max_address
);
7100 arm_print_value (dump_file
, mp
->value
);
7101 fputc ('\n', dump_file
);
7104 switch (mp
->fix_size
)
7106 #ifdef HAVE_consttable_1
7108 scan
= emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_1 (mp
->value
), scan
);
7112 #ifdef HAVE_consttable_2
7114 scan
= emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_2 (mp
->value
), scan
);
7118 #ifdef HAVE_consttable_4
7120 scan
= emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_4 (mp
->value
), scan
);
7124 #ifdef HAVE_consttable_8
7126 scan
= emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_8 (mp
->value
), scan
);
7140 minipool_vector_head
= minipool_vector_tail
= NULL
;
7141 scan
= emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_end (), scan
);
7142 scan
= emit_barrier_after (scan
);
7145 /* Return the cost of forcibly inserting a barrier after INSN. */
7147 arm_barrier_cost (rtx insn
)
7149 /* Basing the location of the pool on the loop depth is preferable,
7150 but at the moment, the basic block information seems to be
7151 corrupt by this stage of the compilation. */
7153 rtx next
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
);
7155 if (next
!= NULL
&& GET_CODE (next
) == CODE_LABEL
)
7158 switch (GET_CODE (insn
))
7161 /* It will always be better to place the table before the label, rather
7170 return base_cost
- 10;
7173 return base_cost
+ 10;
7177 /* Find the best place in the insn stream in the range
7178 (FIX->address,MAX_ADDRESS) to forcibly insert a minipool barrier.
7179 Create the barrier by inserting a jump and add a new fix entry for
7182 create_fix_barrier (Mfix
*fix
, HOST_WIDE_INT max_address
)
7184 HOST_WIDE_INT count
= 0;
7186 rtx from
= fix
->insn
;
7187 rtx selected
= from
;
7189 HOST_WIDE_INT selected_address
;
7191 HOST_WIDE_INT max_count
= max_address
- fix
->address
;
7192 rtx label
= gen_label_rtx ();
7194 selected_cost
= arm_barrier_cost (from
);
7195 selected_address
= fix
->address
;
7197 while (from
&& count
< max_count
)
7202 /* This code shouldn't have been called if there was a natural barrier
7204 if (GET_CODE (from
) == BARRIER
)
7207 /* Count the length of this insn. */
7208 count
+= get_attr_length (from
);
7210 /* If there is a jump table, add its length. */
7211 tmp
= is_jump_table (from
);
7214 count
+= get_jump_table_size (tmp
);
7216 /* Jump tables aren't in a basic block, so base the cost on
7217 the dispatch insn. If we select this location, we will
7218 still put the pool after the table. */
7219 new_cost
= arm_barrier_cost (from
);
7221 if (count
< max_count
&& new_cost
<= selected_cost
)
7224 selected_cost
= new_cost
;
7225 selected_address
= fix
->address
+ count
;
7228 /* Continue after the dispatch table. */
7229 from
= NEXT_INSN (tmp
);
7233 new_cost
= arm_barrier_cost (from
);
7235 if (count
< max_count
&& new_cost
<= selected_cost
)
7238 selected_cost
= new_cost
;
7239 selected_address
= fix
->address
+ count
;
7242 from
= NEXT_INSN (from
);
7245 /* Create a new JUMP_INSN that branches around a barrier. */
7246 from
= emit_jump_insn_after (gen_jump (label
), selected
);
7247 JUMP_LABEL (from
) = label
;
7248 barrier
= emit_barrier_after (from
);
7249 emit_label_after (label
, barrier
);
7251 /* Create a minipool barrier entry for the new barrier. */
7252 new_fix
= (Mfix
*) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack
, sizeof (* new_fix
));
7253 new_fix
->insn
= barrier
;
7254 new_fix
->address
= selected_address
;
7255 new_fix
->next
= fix
->next
;
7256 fix
->next
= new_fix
;
7261 /* Record that there is a natural barrier in the insn stream at
7264 push_minipool_barrier (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT address
)
7266 Mfix
* fix
= (Mfix
*) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack
, sizeof (* fix
));
7269 fix
->address
= address
;
7272 if (minipool_fix_head
!= NULL
)
7273 minipool_fix_tail
->next
= fix
;
7275 minipool_fix_head
= fix
;
7277 minipool_fix_tail
= fix
;
7280 /* Record INSN, which will need fixing up to load a value from the
7281 minipool. ADDRESS is the offset of the insn since the start of the
7282 function; LOC is a pointer to the part of the insn which requires
7283 fixing; VALUE is the constant that must be loaded, which is of type
7286 push_minipool_fix (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT address
, rtx
*loc
,
7287 enum machine_mode mode
, rtx value
)
7289 Mfix
* fix
= (Mfix
*) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack
, sizeof (* fix
));
7291 #ifdef AOF_ASSEMBLER
7292 /* PIC symbol references need to be converted into offsets into the
7294 /* XXX This shouldn't be done here. */
7295 if (flag_pic
&& GET_CODE (value
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
7296 value
= aof_pic_entry (value
);
7297 #endif /* AOF_ASSEMBLER */
7300 fix
->address
= address
;
7303 fix
->fix_size
= MINIPOOL_FIX_SIZE (mode
);
7305 fix
->forwards
= get_attr_pool_range (insn
);
7306 fix
->backwards
= get_attr_neg_pool_range (insn
);
7307 fix
->minipool
= NULL
;
7309 /* If an insn doesn't have a range defined for it, then it isn't
7310 expecting to be reworked by this code. Better to abort now than
7311 to generate duff assembly code. */
7312 if (fix
->forwards
== 0 && fix
->backwards
== 0)
7315 /* With AAPCS/iWMMXt enabled, the pool is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
7316 So there might be an empty word before the start of the pool.
7317 Hence we reduce the forward range by 4 to allow for this
7319 if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
&& fix
->fix_size
== 8)
7325 ";; %smode fixup for i%d; addr %lu, range (%ld,%ld): ",
7326 GET_MODE_NAME (mode
),
7327 INSN_UID (insn
), (unsigned long) address
,
7328 -1 * (long)fix
->backwards
, (long)fix
->forwards
);
7329 arm_print_value (dump_file
, fix
->value
);
7330 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
7333 /* Add it to the chain of fixes. */
7336 if (minipool_fix_head
!= NULL
)
7337 minipool_fix_tail
->next
= fix
;
7339 minipool_fix_head
= fix
;
7341 minipool_fix_tail
= fix
;
7344 /* Return the cost of synthesizing the const_double VAL inline.
7345 Returns the number of insns needed, or 99 if we don't know how to
7348 arm_const_double_inline_cost (rtx val
)
7352 if (GET_MODE (val
) == DFmode
)
7355 if (!TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
)
7357 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r
, val
);
7358 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (r
, parts
);
7360 else if (GET_MODE (val
) != VOIDmode
)
7364 parts
[0] = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (val
);
7365 parts
[1] = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (val
);
7368 return (arm_gen_constant (SET
, SImode
, NULL_RTX
, parts
[0],
7369 NULL_RTX
, NULL_RTX
, 0, 0)
7370 + arm_gen_constant (SET
, SImode
, NULL_RTX
, parts
[1],
7371 NULL_RTX
, NULL_RTX
, 0, 0));
7374 /* Determine if a CONST_DOUBLE should be pushed to the minipool */
7376 const_double_needs_minipool (rtx val
)
7378 /* thumb only knows to load a CONST_DOUBLE from memory at the moment */
7382 /* Don't push anything to the minipool if a CONST_DOUBLE can be built with
7383 a few ALU insns directly. On balance, the optimum is likely to be around
7384 3 insns, except when there are no load delay slots where it should be 4.
7385 When optimizing for size, a limit of 3 allows saving at least one word
7386 except for cases where a single minipool entry could be shared more than
7387 2 times which is rather unlikely to outweight the overall savings. */
7388 return (arm_const_double_inline_cost (val
)
7389 > ((optimize_size
|| arm_ld_sched
) ? 3 : 4));
7392 /* Scan INSN and note any of its operands that need fixing.
7393 If DO_PUSHES is false we do not actually push any of the fixups
7394 needed. The function returns TRUE is any fixups were needed/pushed.
7395 This is used by arm_memory_load_p() which needs to know about loads
7396 of constants that will be converted into minipool loads. */
7398 note_invalid_constants (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT address
, int do_pushes
)
7400 bool result
= false;
7403 extract_insn (insn
);
7405 if (!constrain_operands (1))
7406 fatal_insn_not_found (insn
);
7408 if (recog_data
.n_alternatives
== 0)
7411 /* Fill in recog_op_alt with information about the constraints of this insn. */
7412 preprocess_constraints ();
7414 for (opno
= 0; opno
< recog_data
.n_operands
; opno
++)
7416 /* Things we need to fix can only occur in inputs. */
7417 if (recog_data
.operand_type
[opno
] != OP_IN
)
7420 /* If this alternative is a memory reference, then any mention
7421 of constants in this alternative is really to fool reload
7422 into allowing us to accept one there. We need to fix them up
7423 now so that we output the right code. */
7424 if (recog_op_alt
[opno
][which_alternative
].memory_ok
)
7426 rtx op
= recog_data
.operand
[opno
];
7429 && (GET_CODE (op
) != CONST_DOUBLE
7430 || const_double_needs_minipool (op
)))
7433 push_minipool_fix (insn
, address
, recog_data
.operand_loc
[opno
],
7434 recog_data
.operand_mode
[opno
], op
);
7437 else if (GET_CODE (op
) == MEM
7438 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
7439 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (op
, 0)))
7443 rtx cop
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (op
);
7445 /* Casting the address of something to a mode narrower
7446 than a word can cause avoid_constant_pool_reference()
7447 to return the pool reference itself. That's no good to
7448 us here. Lets just hope that we can use the
7449 constant pool value directly. */
7451 cop
= get_pool_constant (XEXP (op
, 0));
7453 push_minipool_fix (insn
, address
,
7454 recog_data
.operand_loc
[opno
],
7455 recog_data
.operand_mode
[opno
], cop
);
7466 /* Gcc puts the pool in the wrong place for ARM, since we can only
7467 load addresses a limited distance around the pc. We do some
7468 special munging to move the constant pool values to the correct
7469 point in the code. */
7474 HOST_WIDE_INT address
= 0;
7477 minipool_fix_head
= minipool_fix_tail
= NULL
;
7479 /* The first insn must always be a note, or the code below won't
7480 scan it properly. */
7481 insn
= get_insns ();
7482 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != NOTE
)
7485 /* Scan all the insns and record the operands that will need fixing. */
7486 for (insn
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
); insn
; insn
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
7488 if (TARGET_CIRRUS_FIX_INVALID_INSNS
7489 && (arm_cirrus_insn_p (insn
)
7490 || GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
7491 || arm_memory_load_p (insn
)))
7492 cirrus_reorg (insn
);
7494 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
7495 push_minipool_barrier (insn
, address
);
7496 else if (INSN_P (insn
))
7500 note_invalid_constants (insn
, address
, true);
7501 address
+= get_attr_length (insn
);
7503 /* If the insn is a vector jump, add the size of the table
7504 and skip the table. */
7505 if ((table
= is_jump_table (insn
)) != NULL
)
7507 address
+= get_jump_table_size (table
);
7513 fix
= minipool_fix_head
;
7515 /* Now scan the fixups and perform the required changes. */
7520 Mfix
* last_added_fix
;
7521 Mfix
* last_barrier
= NULL
;
7524 /* Skip any further barriers before the next fix. */
7525 while (fix
&& GET_CODE (fix
->insn
) == BARRIER
)
7528 /* No more fixes. */
7532 last_added_fix
= NULL
;
7534 for (ftmp
= fix
; ftmp
; ftmp
= ftmp
->next
)
7536 if (GET_CODE (ftmp
->insn
) == BARRIER
)
7538 if (ftmp
->address
>= minipool_vector_head
->max_address
)
7541 last_barrier
= ftmp
;
7543 else if ((ftmp
->minipool
= add_minipool_forward_ref (ftmp
)) == NULL
)
7546 last_added_fix
= ftmp
; /* Keep track of the last fix added. */
7549 /* If we found a barrier, drop back to that; any fixes that we
7550 could have reached but come after the barrier will now go in
7551 the next mini-pool. */
7552 if (last_barrier
!= NULL
)
7554 /* Reduce the refcount for those fixes that won't go into this
7556 for (fdel
= last_barrier
->next
;
7557 fdel
&& fdel
!= ftmp
;
7560 fdel
->minipool
->refcount
--;
7561 fdel
->minipool
= NULL
;
7564 ftmp
= last_barrier
;
7568 /* ftmp is first fix that we can't fit into this pool and
7569 there no natural barriers that we could use. Insert a
7570 new barrier in the code somewhere between the previous
7571 fix and this one, and arrange to jump around it. */
7572 HOST_WIDE_INT max_address
;
7574 /* The last item on the list of fixes must be a barrier, so
7575 we can never run off the end of the list of fixes without
7576 last_barrier being set. */
7580 max_address
= minipool_vector_head
->max_address
;
7581 /* Check that there isn't another fix that is in range that
7582 we couldn't fit into this pool because the pool was
7583 already too large: we need to put the pool before such an
7585 if (ftmp
->address
< max_address
)
7586 max_address
= ftmp
->address
;
7588 last_barrier
= create_fix_barrier (last_added_fix
, max_address
);
7591 assign_minipool_offsets (last_barrier
);
7595 if (GET_CODE (ftmp
->insn
) != BARRIER
7596 && ((ftmp
->minipool
= add_minipool_backward_ref (ftmp
))
7603 /* Scan over the fixes we have identified for this pool, fixing them
7604 up and adding the constants to the pool itself. */
7605 for (this_fix
= fix
; this_fix
&& ftmp
!= this_fix
;
7606 this_fix
= this_fix
->next
)
7607 if (GET_CODE (this_fix
->insn
) != BARRIER
)
7610 = plus_constant (gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode
,
7611 minipool_vector_label
),
7612 this_fix
->minipool
->offset
);
7613 *this_fix
->loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (this_fix
->mode
, addr
);
7616 dump_minipool (last_barrier
->insn
);
7620 /* From now on we must synthesize any constants that we can't handle
7621 directly. This can happen if the RTL gets split during final
7622 instruction generation. */
7623 after_arm_reorg
= 1;
7625 /* Free the minipool memory. */
7626 obstack_free (&minipool_obstack
, minipool_startobj
);
7629 /* Routines to output assembly language. */
7631 /* If the rtx is the correct value then return the string of the number.
7632 In this way we can ensure that valid double constants are generated even
7633 when cross compiling. */
7635 fp_immediate_constant (rtx x
)
7640 if (!fp_consts_inited
)
7643 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r
, x
);
7644 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
7645 if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r
, values_fp
[i
]))
7646 return strings_fp
[i
];
7651 /* As for fp_immediate_constant, but value is passed directly, not in rtx. */
7653 fp_const_from_val (REAL_VALUE_TYPE
*r
)
7657 if (!fp_consts_inited
)
7660 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
7661 if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (*r
, values_fp
[i
]))
7662 return strings_fp
[i
];
7667 /* Output the operands of a LDM/STM instruction to STREAM.
7668 MASK is the ARM register set mask of which only bits 0-15 are important.
7669 REG is the base register, either the frame pointer or the stack pointer,
7670 INSTR is the possibly suffixed load or store instruction. */
7672 print_multi_reg (FILE *stream
, const char *instr
, int reg
, int mask
)
7675 int not_first
= FALSE
;
7677 fputc ('\t', stream
);
7678 asm_fprintf (stream
, instr
, reg
);
7679 fputs (", {", stream
);
7681 for (i
= 0; i
<= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
; i
++)
7682 if (mask
& (1 << i
))
7685 fprintf (stream
, ", ");
7687 asm_fprintf (stream
, "%r", i
);
7691 fprintf (stream
, "}\n");
7695 /* Output a FLDMX instruction to STREAM.
7696 BASE if the register containing the address.
7697 REG and COUNT specify the register range.
7698 Extra registers may be added to avoid hardware bugs. */
7701 arm_output_fldmx (FILE * stream
, unsigned int base
, int reg
, int count
)
7705 /* Workaround ARM10 VFPr1 bug. */
7706 if (count
== 2 && !arm_arch6
)
7713 fputc ('\t', stream
);
7714 asm_fprintf (stream
, "fldmfdx\t%r!, {", base
);
7716 for (i
= reg
; i
< reg
+ count
; i
++)
7719 fputs (", ", stream
);
7720 asm_fprintf (stream
, "d%d", i
);
7722 fputs ("}\n", stream
);
7727 /* Output the assembly for a store multiple. */
7730 vfp_output_fstmx (rtx
* operands
)
7737 strcpy (pattern
, "fstmfdx\t%m0!, {%P1");
7738 p
= strlen (pattern
);
7740 if (GET_CODE (operands
[1]) != REG
)
7743 base
= (REGNO (operands
[1]) - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
) / 2;
7744 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (operands
[2], 0); i
++)
7746 p
+= sprintf (&pattern
[p
], ", d%d", base
+ i
);
7748 strcpy (&pattern
[p
], "}");
7750 output_asm_insn (pattern
, operands
);
7755 /* Emit RTL to save block of VFP register pairs to the stack. Returns the
7756 number of bytes pushed. */
7759 vfp_emit_fstmx (int base_reg
, int count
)
7766 /* Workaround ARM10 VFPr1 bug. Data corruption can occur when exactly two
7767 register pairs are stored by a store multiple insn. We avoid this
7768 by pushing an extra pair. */
7769 if (count
== 2 && !arm_arch6
)
7771 if (base_reg
== LAST_VFP_REGNUM
- 3)
7776 /* ??? The frame layout is implementation defined. We describe
7777 standard format 1 (equivalent to a FSTMD insn and unused pad word).
7778 We really need some way of representing the whole block so that the
7779 unwinder can figure it out at runtime. */
7780 par
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (count
));
7781 dwarf
= gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (count
+ 1));
7783 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, base_reg
);
7787 = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
7788 gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
,
7789 gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (BLKmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
)),
7790 gen_rtx_UNSPEC (BLKmode
,
7794 tmp
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7795 gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7796 GEN_INT (-(count
* 8 + 4))));
7797 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp
) = 1;
7798 XVECEXP (dwarf
, 0, 0) = tmp
;
7800 tmp
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
7801 gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
),
7803 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp
) = 1;
7804 XVECEXP (dwarf
, 0, 1) = tmp
;
7806 for (i
= 1; i
< count
; i
++)
7808 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, base_reg
);
7810 XVECEXP (par
, 0, i
) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode
, reg
);
7812 tmp
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
7813 gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode
,
7814 gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
,
7818 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp
) = 1;
7819 XVECEXP (dwarf
, 0, i
+ 1) = tmp
;
7822 par
= emit_insn (par
);
7823 REG_NOTES (par
) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, dwarf
,
7825 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (par
) = 1;
7827 return count
* 8 + 4;
7831 /* Output a 'call' insn. */
7833 output_call (rtx
*operands
)
7836 abort (); /* Patterns should call blx <reg> directly. */
7838 /* Handle calls to lr using ip (which may be clobbered in subr anyway). */
7839 if (REGNO (operands
[0]) == LR_REGNUM
)
7841 operands
[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, IP_REGNUM
);
7842 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %|lr", operands
);
7845 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands
);
7847 if (TARGET_INTERWORK
|| arm_arch4t
)
7848 output_asm_insn ("bx%?\t%0", operands
);
7850 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|pc, %0", operands
);
7855 /* Output a 'call' insn that is a reference in memory. */
7857 output_call_mem (rtx
*operands
)
7859 if (TARGET_INTERWORK
&& !arm_arch5
)
7861 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%|ip, %0", operands
);
7862 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands
);
7863 output_asm_insn ("bx%?\t%|ip", operands
);
7865 else if (regno_use_in (LR_REGNUM
, operands
[0]))
7867 /* LR is used in the memory address. We load the address in the
7868 first instruction. It's safe to use IP as the target of the
7869 load since the call will kill it anyway. */
7870 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%|ip, %0", operands
);
7872 output_asm_insn ("blx%?\t%|ip", operands
);
7875 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands
);
7877 output_asm_insn ("bx%?\t%|ip", operands
);
7879 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|pc, %|ip", operands
);
7884 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands
);
7885 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%|pc, %0", operands
);
7892 /* Output a move from arm registers to an fpa registers.
7893 OPERANDS[0] is an fpa register.
7894 OPERANDS[1] is the first registers of an arm register pair. */
7896 output_mov_long_double_fpa_from_arm (rtx
*operands
)
7898 int arm_reg0
= REGNO (operands
[1]);
7901 if (arm_reg0
== IP_REGNUM
)
7904 ops
[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, arm_reg0
);
7905 ops
[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 1 + arm_reg0
);
7906 ops
[2] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 2 + arm_reg0
);
7908 output_asm_insn ("stm%?fd\t%|sp!, {%0, %1, %2}", ops
);
7909 output_asm_insn ("ldf%?e\t%0, [%|sp], #12", operands
);
7914 /* Output a move from an fpa register to arm registers.
7915 OPERANDS[0] is the first registers of an arm register pair.
7916 OPERANDS[1] is an fpa register. */
7918 output_mov_long_double_arm_from_fpa (rtx
*operands
)
7920 int arm_reg0
= REGNO (operands
[0]);
7923 if (arm_reg0
== IP_REGNUM
)
7926 ops
[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, arm_reg0
);
7927 ops
[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 1 + arm_reg0
);
7928 ops
[2] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 2 + arm_reg0
);
7930 output_asm_insn ("stf%?e\t%1, [%|sp, #-12]!", operands
);
7931 output_asm_insn ("ldm%?fd\t%|sp!, {%0, %1, %2}", ops
);
7935 /* Output a move from arm registers to arm registers of a long double
7936 OPERANDS[0] is the destination.
7937 OPERANDS[1] is the source. */
7939 output_mov_long_double_arm_from_arm (rtx
*operands
)
7941 /* We have to be careful here because the two might overlap. */
7942 int dest_start
= REGNO (operands
[0]);
7943 int src_start
= REGNO (operands
[1]);
7947 if (dest_start
< src_start
)
7949 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; i
++)
7951 ops
[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, dest_start
+ i
);
7952 ops
[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, src_start
+ i
);
7953 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", ops
);
7958 for (i
= 2; i
>= 0; i
--)
7960 ops
[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, dest_start
+ i
);
7961 ops
[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, src_start
+ i
);
7962 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", ops
);
7970 /* Output a move from arm registers to an fpa registers.
7971 OPERANDS[0] is an fpa register.
7972 OPERANDS[1] is the first registers of an arm register pair. */
7974 output_mov_double_fpa_from_arm (rtx
*operands
)
7976 int arm_reg0
= REGNO (operands
[1]);
7979 if (arm_reg0
== IP_REGNUM
)
7982 ops
[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, arm_reg0
);
7983 ops
[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 1 + arm_reg0
);
7984 output_asm_insn ("stm%?fd\t%|sp!, {%0, %1}", ops
);
7985 output_asm_insn ("ldf%?d\t%0, [%|sp], #8", operands
);
7989 /* Output a move from an fpa register to arm registers.
7990 OPERANDS[0] is the first registers of an arm register pair.
7991 OPERANDS[1] is an fpa register. */
7993 output_mov_double_arm_from_fpa (rtx
*operands
)
7995 int arm_reg0
= REGNO (operands
[0]);
7998 if (arm_reg0
== IP_REGNUM
)
8001 ops
[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, arm_reg0
);
8002 ops
[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 1 + arm_reg0
);
8003 output_asm_insn ("stf%?d\t%1, [%|sp, #-8]!", operands
);
8004 output_asm_insn ("ldm%?fd\t%|sp!, {%0, %1}", ops
);
8008 /* Output a move between double words.
8009 It must be REG<-REG, REG<-CONST_DOUBLE, REG<-CONST_INT, REG<-MEM
8010 or MEM<-REG and all MEMs must be offsettable addresses. */
8012 output_move_double (rtx
*operands
)
8014 enum rtx_code code0
= GET_CODE (operands
[0]);
8015 enum rtx_code code1
= GET_CODE (operands
[1]);
8020 int reg0
= REGNO (operands
[0]);
8022 otherops
[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 1 + reg0
);
8026 int reg1
= REGNO (operands
[1]);
8027 if (reg1
== IP_REGNUM
)
8030 /* Ensure the second source is not overwritten. */
8031 if (reg1
== reg0
+ (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
? -1 : 1))
8032 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%Q0, %Q1\n\tmov%?\t%R0, %R1", operands
);
8034 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%R0, %R1\n\tmov%?\t%Q0, %Q1", operands
);
8036 else if (code1
== CONST_VECTOR
)
8038 HOST_WIDE_INT hint
= 0;
8040 switch (GET_MODE (operands
[1]))
8043 otherops
[1] = GEN_INT (INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 1)));
8044 operands
[1] = GEN_INT (INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 0)));
8048 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8050 hint
= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 2));
8052 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 3));
8056 hint
= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 3));
8058 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 2));
8061 otherops
[1] = GEN_INT (hint
);
8064 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8066 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 0));
8068 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 1));
8072 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 1));
8074 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 0));
8077 operands
[1] = GEN_INT (hint
);
8081 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8083 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 4));
8085 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 5));
8087 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 6));
8089 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 7));
8093 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 7));
8095 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 6));
8097 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 5));
8099 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 4));
8102 otherops
[1] = GEN_INT (hint
);
8105 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8107 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 0));
8109 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 1));
8111 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 2));
8113 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 3));
8117 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 3));
8119 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 2));
8121 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 1));
8123 hint
|= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (operands
[1], 0));
8126 operands
[1] = GEN_INT (hint
);
8132 output_mov_immediate (operands
);
8133 output_mov_immediate (otherops
);
8135 else if (code1
== CONST_DOUBLE
)
8137 if (GET_MODE (operands
[1]) == DFmode
)
8142 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r
, operands
[1]);
8143 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (r
, l
);
8144 otherops
[1] = GEN_INT (l
[1]);
8145 operands
[1] = GEN_INT (l
[0]);
8147 else if (GET_MODE (operands
[1]) != VOIDmode
)
8149 else if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8151 otherops
[1] = GEN_INT (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (operands
[1]));
8152 operands
[1] = GEN_INT (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (operands
[1]));
8156 otherops
[1] = GEN_INT (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (operands
[1]));
8157 operands
[1] = GEN_INT (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (operands
[1]));
8160 output_mov_immediate (operands
);
8161 output_mov_immediate (otherops
);
8163 else if (code1
== CONST_INT
)
8165 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > 32
8166 /* If HOST_WIDE_INT is more than 32 bits, the intval tells us
8167 what the upper word is. */
8168 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8170 otherops
[1] = GEN_INT (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (INTVAL (operands
[1])));
8171 operands
[1] = GEN_INT (INTVAL (operands
[1]) >> 32);
8175 otherops
[1] = GEN_INT (INTVAL (operands
[1]) >> 32);
8176 operands
[1] = GEN_INT (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (INTVAL (operands
[1])));
8179 /* Sign extend the intval into the high-order word. */
8180 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8182 otherops
[1] = operands
[1];
8183 operands
[1] = (INTVAL (operands
[1]) < 0
8184 ? constm1_rtx
: const0_rtx
);
8187 otherops
[1] = INTVAL (operands
[1]) < 0 ? constm1_rtx
: const0_rtx
;
8189 output_mov_immediate (otherops
);
8190 output_mov_immediate (operands
);
8192 else if (code1
== MEM
)
8194 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands
[1], 0)))
8197 output_asm_insn ("ldm%?ia\t%m1, %M0", operands
);
8202 abort (); /* Should never happen now. */
8203 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?d\t%0, [%m1, #8]!", operands
);
8207 output_asm_insn ("ldm%?db\t%m1!, %M0", operands
);
8211 output_asm_insn ("ldm%?ia\t%m1!, %M0", operands
);
8216 abort (); /* Should never happen now. */
8217 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?d\t%0, [%m1], #-8", operands
);
8222 otherops
[0] = operands
[0];
8223 otherops
[1] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 1), 0);
8224 otherops
[2] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 1), 1);
8226 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands
[1], 0)) == PRE_MODIFY
)
8228 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (otherops
[0], otherops
[2]))
8230 /* Registers overlap so split out the increment. */
8231 output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%1, %1, %2", otherops
);
8232 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?d\t%0, [%1] @split", otherops
);
8235 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?d\t%0, [%1, %2]!", otherops
);
8239 /* We only allow constant increments, so this is safe. */
8240 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?d\t%0, [%1], %2", otherops
);
8246 output_asm_insn ("adr%?\t%0, %1", operands
);
8247 output_asm_insn ("ldm%?ia\t%0, %M0", operands
);
8251 if (arm_add_operand (XEXP (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 1),
8252 GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 1))))
8254 otherops
[0] = operands
[0];
8255 otherops
[1] = XEXP (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 0);
8256 otherops
[2] = XEXP (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 1);
8258 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands
[1], 0)) == PLUS
)
8260 if (GET_CODE (otherops
[2]) == CONST_INT
)
8262 switch ((int) INTVAL (otherops
[2]))
8265 output_asm_insn ("ldm%?db\t%1, %M0", otherops
);
8268 output_asm_insn ("ldm%?da\t%1, %M0", otherops
);
8271 output_asm_insn ("ldm%?ib\t%1, %M0", otherops
);
8276 && (GET_CODE (otherops
[2]) == REG
8277 || (GET_CODE (otherops
[2]) == CONST_INT
8278 && INTVAL (otherops
[2]) > -256
8279 && INTVAL (otherops
[2]) < 256)))
8281 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (otherops
[0],
8284 /* Swap base and index registers over to
8285 avoid a conflict. */
8286 otherops
[1] = XEXP (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 1);
8287 otherops
[2] = XEXP (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 0);
8290 /* If both registers conflict, it will usually
8291 have been fixed by a splitter. */
8292 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (otherops
[0],
8295 output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%1, %1, %2", otherops
);
8296 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?d\t%0, [%1]",
8302 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?d\t%0, [%1, %2]",
8307 if (GET_CODE (otherops
[2]) == CONST_INT
)
8309 if (!(const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (otherops
[2]))))
8310 output_asm_insn ("sub%?\t%0, %1, #%n2", otherops
);
8312 output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops
);
8315 output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops
);
8318 output_asm_insn ("sub%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops
);
8320 return "ldm%?ia\t%0, %M0";
8324 otherops
[1] = adjust_address (operands
[1], SImode
, 4);
8325 /* Take care of overlapping base/data reg. */
8326 if (reg_mentioned_p (operands
[0], operands
[1]))
8328 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", otherops
);
8329 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", operands
);
8333 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", operands
);
8334 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", otherops
);
8340 abort (); /* Constraints should prevent this. */
8342 else if (code0
== MEM
&& code1
== REG
)
8344 if (REGNO (operands
[1]) == IP_REGNUM
)
8347 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands
[0], 0)))
8350 output_asm_insn ("stm%?ia\t%m0, %M1", operands
);
8355 abort (); /* Should never happen now. */
8356 output_asm_insn ("str%?d\t%1, [%m0, #8]!", operands
);
8360 output_asm_insn ("stm%?db\t%m0!, %M1", operands
);
8364 output_asm_insn ("stm%?ia\t%m0!, %M1", operands
);
8369 abort (); /* Should never happen now. */
8370 output_asm_insn ("str%?d\t%1, [%m0], #-8", operands
);
8375 otherops
[0] = operands
[1];
8376 otherops
[1] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands
[0], 0), 1), 0);
8377 otherops
[2] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands
[0], 0), 1), 1);
8379 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands
[0], 0)) == PRE_MODIFY
)
8380 output_asm_insn ("str%?d\t%0, [%1, %2]!", otherops
);
8382 output_asm_insn ("str%?d\t%0, [%1], %2", otherops
);
8386 otherops
[2] = XEXP (XEXP (operands
[0], 0), 1);
8387 if (GET_CODE (otherops
[2]) == CONST_INT
)
8389 switch ((int) INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (operands
[0], 0), 1)))
8392 output_asm_insn ("stm%?db\t%m0, %M1", operands
);
8396 output_asm_insn ("stm%?da\t%m0, %M1", operands
);
8400 output_asm_insn ("stm%?ib\t%m0, %M1", operands
);
8405 && (GET_CODE (otherops
[2]) == REG
8406 || (GET_CODE (otherops
[2]) == CONST_INT
8407 && INTVAL (otherops
[2]) > -256
8408 && INTVAL (otherops
[2]) < 256)))
8410 otherops
[0] = operands
[1];
8411 otherops
[1] = XEXP (XEXP (operands
[0], 0), 0);
8412 output_asm_insn ("str%?d\t%0, [%1, %2]", otherops
);
8418 otherops
[0] = adjust_address (operands
[0], SImode
, 4);
8419 otherops
[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 1 + REGNO (operands
[1]));
8420 output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%1, %0", operands
);
8421 output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%1, %0", otherops
);
8425 /* Constraints should prevent this. */
8432 /* Output an arbitrary MOV reg, #n.
8433 OPERANDS[0] is a register. OPERANDS[1] is a const_int. */
8435 output_mov_immediate (rtx
*operands
)
8437 HOST_WIDE_INT n
= INTVAL (operands
[1]);
8439 /* Try to use one MOV. */
8440 if (const_ok_for_arm (n
))
8441 output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", operands
);
8443 /* Try to use one MVN. */
8444 else if (const_ok_for_arm (~n
))
8446 operands
[1] = GEN_INT (~n
);
8447 output_asm_insn ("mvn%?\t%0, %1", operands
);
8454 /* If all else fails, make it out of ORRs or BICs as appropriate. */
8455 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; i
++)
8459 if (n_ones
> 16) /* Shorter to use MVN with BIC in this case. */
8460 output_multi_immediate (operands
, "mvn%?\t%0, %1", "bic%?\t%0, %0, %1", 1, ~ n
);
8462 output_multi_immediate (operands
, "mov%?\t%0, %1", "orr%?\t%0, %0, %1", 1, n
);
8468 /* Output an ADD r, s, #n where n may be too big for one instruction.
8469 If adding zero to one register, output nothing. */
8471 output_add_immediate (rtx
*operands
)
8473 HOST_WIDE_INT n
= INTVAL (operands
[2]);
8475 if (n
!= 0 || REGNO (operands
[0]) != REGNO (operands
[1]))
8478 output_multi_immediate (operands
,
8479 "sub%?\t%0, %1, %2", "sub%?\t%0, %0, %2", 2,
8482 output_multi_immediate (operands
,
8483 "add%?\t%0, %1, %2", "add%?\t%0, %0, %2", 2,
8490 /* Output a multiple immediate operation.
8491 OPERANDS is the vector of operands referred to in the output patterns.
8492 INSTR1 is the output pattern to use for the first constant.
8493 INSTR2 is the output pattern to use for subsequent constants.
8494 IMMED_OP is the index of the constant slot in OPERANDS.
8495 N is the constant value. */
8497 output_multi_immediate (rtx
*operands
, const char *instr1
, const char *instr2
,
8498 int immed_op
, HOST_WIDE_INT n
)
8500 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > 32
8506 /* Quick and easy output. */
8507 operands
[immed_op
] = const0_rtx
;
8508 output_asm_insn (instr1
, operands
);
8513 const char * instr
= instr1
;
8515 /* Note that n is never zero here (which would give no output). */
8516 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; i
+= 2)
8520 operands
[immed_op
] = GEN_INT (n
& (255 << i
));
8521 output_asm_insn (instr
, operands
);
8531 /* Return the appropriate ARM instruction for the operation code.
8532 The returned result should not be overwritten. OP is the rtx of the
8533 operation. SHIFT_FIRST_ARG is TRUE if the first argument of the operator
8536 arithmetic_instr (rtx op
, int shift_first_arg
)
8538 switch (GET_CODE (op
))
8544 return shift_first_arg
? "rsb" : "sub";
8560 /* Ensure valid constant shifts and return the appropriate shift mnemonic
8561 for the operation code. The returned result should not be overwritten.
8562 OP is the rtx code of the shift.
8563 On exit, *AMOUNTP will be -1 if the shift is by a register, or a constant
8566 shift_op (rtx op
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*amountp
)
8569 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (op
);
8571 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 1)) == REG
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 1)) == SUBREG
)
8573 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
8574 *amountp
= INTVAL (XEXP (op
, 1));
8595 *amountp
= 32 - *amountp
;
8604 /* We never have to worry about the amount being other than a
8605 power of 2, since this case can never be reloaded from a reg. */
8607 *amountp
= int_log2 (*amountp
);
8618 /* This is not 100% correct, but follows from the desire to merge
8619 multiplication by a power of 2 with the recognizer for a
8620 shift. >=32 is not a valid shift for "asl", so we must try and
8621 output a shift that produces the correct arithmetical result.
8622 Using lsr #32 is identical except for the fact that the carry bit
8623 is not set correctly if we set the flags; but we never use the
8624 carry bit from such an operation, so we can ignore that. */
8625 if (code
== ROTATERT
)
8626 /* Rotate is just modulo 32. */
8628 else if (*amountp
!= (*amountp
& 31))
8635 /* Shifts of 0 are no-ops. */
8643 /* Obtain the shift from the POWER of two. */
8645 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8646 int_log2 (HOST_WIDE_INT power
)
8648 HOST_WIDE_INT shift
= 0;
8650 while ((((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << shift
) & power
) == 0)
8660 /* Output a .ascii pseudo-op, keeping track of lengths. This is
8661 because /bin/as is horribly restrictive. The judgement about
8662 whether or not each character is 'printable' (and can be output as
8663 is) or not (and must be printed with an octal escape) must be made
8664 with reference to the *host* character set -- the situation is
8665 similar to that discussed in the comments above pp_c_char in
8666 c-pretty-print.c. */
8668 #define MAX_ASCII_LEN 51
8671 output_ascii_pseudo_op (FILE *stream
, const unsigned char *p
, int len
)
8676 fputs ("\t.ascii\t\"", stream
);
8678 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
8682 if (len_so_far
>= MAX_ASCII_LEN
)
8684 fputs ("\"\n\t.ascii\t\"", stream
);
8690 if (c
== '\\' || c
== '\"')
8692 putc ('\\', stream
);
8700 fprintf (stream
, "\\%03o", c
);
8705 fputs ("\"\n", stream
);
8708 /* Compute the register save mask for registers 0 through 12
8709 inclusive. This code is used by arm_compute_save_reg_mask. */
8710 static unsigned long
8711 arm_compute_save_reg0_reg12_mask (void)
8713 unsigned long func_type
= arm_current_func_type ();
8714 unsigned int save_reg_mask
= 0;
8717 if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type
))
8719 unsigned int max_reg
;
8720 /* Interrupt functions must not corrupt any registers,
8721 even call clobbered ones. If this is a leaf function
8722 we can just examine the registers used by the RTL, but
8723 otherwise we have to assume that whatever function is
8724 called might clobber anything, and so we have to save
8725 all the call-clobbered registers as well. */
8726 if (ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type
) == ARM_FT_FIQ
)
8727 /* FIQ handlers have registers r8 - r12 banked, so
8728 we only need to check r0 - r7, Normal ISRs only
8729 bank r14 and r15, so we must check up to r12.
8730 r13 is the stack pointer which is always preserved,
8731 so we do not need to consider it here. */
8736 for (reg
= 0; reg
<= max_reg
; reg
++)
8737 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
]
8738 || (! current_function_is_leaf
&& call_used_regs
[reg
]))
8739 save_reg_mask
|= (1 << reg
);
8741 /* Also save the pic base register if necessary. */
8743 && !TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
8744 && current_function_uses_pic_offset_table
)
8745 save_reg_mask
|= 1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
;
8749 /* In the normal case we only need to save those registers
8750 which are call saved and which are used by this function. */
8751 for (reg
= 0; reg
<= 10; reg
++)
8752 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && ! call_used_regs
[reg
])
8753 save_reg_mask
|= (1 << reg
);
8755 /* Handle the frame pointer as a special case. */
8756 if (! TARGET_APCS_FRAME
8757 && ! frame_pointer_needed
8758 && regs_ever_live
[HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
]
8759 && ! call_used_regs
[HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
])
8760 save_reg_mask
|= 1 << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
8762 /* If we aren't loading the PIC register,
8763 don't stack it even though it may be live. */
8765 && !TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
8766 && (regs_ever_live
[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
]
8767 || current_function_uses_pic_offset_table
))
8768 save_reg_mask
|= 1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
;
8771 /* Save registers so the exception handler can modify them. */
8772 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
)
8778 reg
= EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i
);
8779 if (reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
8781 save_reg_mask
|= 1 << reg
;
8785 return save_reg_mask
;
8788 /* Compute a bit mask of which registers need to be
8789 saved on the stack for the current function. */
8791 static unsigned long
8792 arm_compute_save_reg_mask (void)
8794 unsigned int save_reg_mask
= 0;
8795 unsigned long func_type
= arm_current_func_type ();
8797 if (IS_NAKED (func_type
))
8798 /* This should never really happen. */
8801 /* If we are creating a stack frame, then we must save the frame pointer,
8802 IP (which will hold the old stack pointer), LR and the PC. */
8803 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
8805 (1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
8810 /* Volatile functions do not return, so there
8811 is no need to save any other registers. */
8812 if (IS_VOLATILE (func_type
))
8813 return save_reg_mask
;
8815 save_reg_mask
|= arm_compute_save_reg0_reg12_mask ();
8817 /* Decide if we need to save the link register.
8818 Interrupt routines have their own banked link register,
8819 so they never need to save it.
8820 Otherwise if we do not use the link register we do not need to save
8821 it. If we are pushing other registers onto the stack however, we
8822 can save an instruction in the epilogue by pushing the link register
8823 now and then popping it back into the PC. This incurs extra memory
8824 accesses though, so we only do it when optimizing for size, and only
8825 if we know that we will not need a fancy return sequence. */
8826 if (regs_ever_live
[LR_REGNUM
]
8829 && ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type
) == ARM_FT_NORMAL
8830 && !current_function_calls_eh_return
))
8831 save_reg_mask
|= 1 << LR_REGNUM
;
8833 if (cfun
->machine
->lr_save_eliminated
)
8834 save_reg_mask
&= ~ (1 << LR_REGNUM
);
8836 if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
8837 && ((bit_count (save_reg_mask
)
8838 + ARM_NUM_INTS (current_function_pretend_args_size
)) % 2) != 0)
8842 /* The total number of registers that are going to be pushed
8843 onto the stack is odd. We need to ensure that the stack
8844 is 64-bit aligned before we start to save iWMMXt registers,
8845 and also before we start to create locals. (A local variable
8846 might be a double or long long which we will load/store using
8847 an iWMMXt instruction). Therefore we need to push another
8848 ARM register, so that the stack will be 64-bit aligned. We
8849 try to avoid using the arg registers (r0 -r3) as they might be
8850 used to pass values in a tail call. */
8851 for (reg
= 4; reg
<= 12; reg
++)
8852 if ((save_reg_mask
& (1 << reg
)) == 0)
8856 save_reg_mask
|= (1 << reg
);
8859 cfun
->machine
->sibcall_blocked
= 1;
8860 save_reg_mask
|= (1 << 3);
8864 return save_reg_mask
;
8868 /* Compute a bit mask of which registers need to be
8869 saved on the stack for the current function. */
8870 static unsigned long
8871 thumb_compute_save_reg_mask (void)
8877 for (reg
= 0; reg
< 12; reg
++)
8879 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && !call_used_regs
[reg
])
8883 if (flag_pic
&& !TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
)
8884 mask
|= (1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
);
8885 if (TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
)
8886 mask
&= ~(1 << arm_pic_register
);
8887 /* See if we might need r11 for calls to _interwork_r11_call_via_rN(). */
8888 if (!frame_pointer_needed
&& CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE
> 0)
8889 mask
|= 1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
8891 /* lr will also be pushed if any lo regs are pushed. */
8892 if (mask
& 0xff || thumb_force_lr_save ())
8893 mask
|= (1 << LR_REGNUM
);
8895 /* Make sure we have a low work register if we need one. */
8896 if (((mask
& 0xff) == 0 && regs_ever_live
[LAST_ARG_REGNUM
])
8897 && ((mask
& 0x0f00) || TARGET_BACKTRACE
))
8898 mask
|= 1 << LAST_LO_REGNUM
;
8904 /* Return the number of bytes required to save VFP registers. */
8906 arm_get_vfp_saved_size (void)
8913 /* Space for saved VFP registers. */
8914 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& TARGET_VFP
)
8917 for (regno
= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
;
8918 regno
< LAST_VFP_REGNUM
;
8921 if ((!regs_ever_live
[regno
] || call_used_regs
[regno
])
8922 && (!regs_ever_live
[regno
+ 1] || call_used_regs
[regno
+ 1]))
8926 /* Workaround ARM10 VFPr1 bug. */
8927 if (count
== 2 && !arm_arch6
)
8929 saved
+= count
* 8 + 4;
8938 if (count
== 2 && !arm_arch6
)
8940 saved
+= count
* 8 + 4;
8947 /* Generate a function exit sequence. If REALLY_RETURN is false, then do
8948 everything bar the final return instruction. */
8950 output_return_instruction (rtx operand
, int really_return
, int reverse
)
8952 char conditional
[10];
8955 unsigned long live_regs_mask
;
8956 unsigned long func_type
;
8957 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
8959 func_type
= arm_current_func_type ();
8961 if (IS_NAKED (func_type
))
8964 if (IS_VOLATILE (func_type
) && TARGET_ABORT_NORETURN
)
8966 /* If this function was declared non-returning, and we have
8967 found a tail call, then we have to trust that the called
8968 function won't return. */
8973 /* Otherwise, trap an attempted return by aborting. */
8975 ops
[1] = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, NEED_PLT_RELOC
? "abort(PLT)"
8977 assemble_external_libcall (ops
[1]);
8978 output_asm_insn (reverse
? "bl%D0\t%a1" : "bl%d0\t%a1", ops
);
8984 if (current_function_calls_alloca
&& !really_return
)
8987 sprintf (conditional
, "%%?%%%c0", reverse
? 'D' : 'd');
8989 return_used_this_function
= 1;
8991 live_regs_mask
= arm_compute_save_reg_mask ();
8995 const char * return_reg
;
8997 /* If we do not have any special requirements for function exit
8998 (e.g. interworking, or ISR) then we can load the return address
8999 directly into the PC. Otherwise we must load it into LR. */
9001 && ! TARGET_INTERWORK
)
9002 return_reg
= reg_names
[PC_REGNUM
];
9004 return_reg
= reg_names
[LR_REGNUM
];
9006 if ((live_regs_mask
& (1 << IP_REGNUM
)) == (1 << IP_REGNUM
))
9008 /* There are three possible reasons for the IP register
9009 being saved. 1) a stack frame was created, in which case
9010 IP contains the old stack pointer, or 2) an ISR routine
9011 corrupted it, or 3) it was saved to align the stack on
9012 iWMMXt. In case 1, restore IP into SP, otherwise just
9014 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
9016 live_regs_mask
&= ~ (1 << IP_REGNUM
);
9017 live_regs_mask
|= (1 << SP_REGNUM
);
9021 if (! IS_INTERRUPT (func_type
)
9022 && ! TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
)
9027 /* On some ARM architectures it is faster to use LDR rather than
9028 LDM to load a single register. On other architectures, the
9029 cost is the same. In 26 bit mode, or for exception handlers,
9030 we have to use LDM to load the PC so that the CPSR is also
9032 for (reg
= 0; reg
<= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
; reg
++)
9034 if (live_regs_mask
== (unsigned int)(1 << reg
))
9037 if (reg
<= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
9038 && (reg
!= LR_REGNUM
9040 || ! IS_INTERRUPT (func_type
)))
9042 sprintf (instr
, "ldr%s\t%%|%s, [%%|sp], #4", conditional
,
9043 (reg
== LR_REGNUM
) ? return_reg
: reg_names
[reg
]);
9050 /* Generate the load multiple instruction to restore the
9051 registers. Note we can get here, even if
9052 frame_pointer_needed is true, but only if sp already
9053 points to the base of the saved core registers. */
9054 if (live_regs_mask
& (1 << SP_REGNUM
))
9056 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust
;
9058 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
9059 stack_adjust
= offsets
->outgoing_args
- offsets
->saved_regs
;
9060 if (stack_adjust
!= 0 && stack_adjust
!= 4)
9063 if (stack_adjust
&& arm_arch5
)
9064 sprintf (instr
, "ldm%sib\t%%|sp, {", conditional
);
9067 /* If we can't use ldmib (SA110 bug), then try to pop r3
9070 live_regs_mask
|= 1 << 3;
9071 sprintf (instr
, "ldm%sfd\t%%|sp, {", conditional
);
9075 sprintf (instr
, "ldm%sfd\t%%|sp!, {", conditional
);
9077 p
= instr
+ strlen (instr
);
9079 for (reg
= 0; reg
<= SP_REGNUM
; reg
++)
9080 if (live_regs_mask
& (1 << reg
))
9082 int l
= strlen (reg_names
[reg
]);
9088 memcpy (p
, ", ", 2);
9092 memcpy (p
, "%|", 2);
9093 memcpy (p
+ 2, reg_names
[reg
], l
);
9097 if (live_regs_mask
& (1 << LR_REGNUM
))
9099 sprintf (p
, "%s%%|%s}", first
? "" : ", ", return_reg
);
9100 /* If returning from an interrupt, restore the CPSR. */
9101 if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type
))
9108 output_asm_insn (instr
, & operand
);
9110 /* See if we need to generate an extra instruction to
9111 perform the actual function return. */
9113 && func_type
!= ARM_FT_INTERWORKED
9114 && (live_regs_mask
& (1 << LR_REGNUM
)) != 0)
9116 /* The return has already been handled
9117 by loading the LR into the PC. */
9124 switch ((int) ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type
))
9128 sprintf (instr
, "sub%ss\t%%|pc, %%|lr, #4", conditional
);
9131 case ARM_FT_INTERWORKED
:
9132 sprintf (instr
, "bx%s\t%%|lr", conditional
);
9135 case ARM_FT_EXCEPTION
:
9136 sprintf (instr
, "mov%ss\t%%|pc, %%|lr", conditional
);
9140 /* Use bx if it's available. */
9141 if (arm_arch5
|| arm_arch4t
)
9142 sprintf (instr
, "bx%s\t%%|lr", conditional
);
9144 sprintf (instr
, "mov%s\t%%|pc, %%|lr", conditional
);
9148 output_asm_insn (instr
, & operand
);
9154 /* Write the function name into the code section, directly preceding
9155 the function prologue.
9157 Code will be output similar to this:
9159 .ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
9162 .word 0xff000000 + (t1 - t0)
9163 arm_poke_function_name
9165 stmfd sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
9168 When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value
9169 of 'pc' stored at 'fp' + 0. If the trace function then looks
9170 at location pc - 12 and the top 8 bits are set, then we know
9171 that there is a function name embedded immediately preceding this
9172 location and has length ((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000).
9174 We assume that pc is declared as a pointer to an unsigned long.
9176 It is of no benefit to output the function name if we are assembling
9177 a leaf function. These function types will not contain a stack
9178 backtrace structure, therefore it is not possible to determine the
9181 arm_poke_function_name (FILE *stream
, const char *name
)
9183 unsigned long alignlength
;
9184 unsigned long length
;
9187 length
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9188 alignlength
= ROUND_UP_WORD (length
);
9190 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (stream
, name
, length
);
9191 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (stream
, 2);
9192 x
= GEN_INT ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xff000000 + alignlength
);
9193 assemble_aligned_integer (UNITS_PER_WORD
, x
);
9196 /* Place some comments into the assembler stream
9197 describing the current function. */
9199 arm_output_function_prologue (FILE *f
, HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size
)
9201 unsigned long func_type
;
9205 thumb_output_function_prologue (f
, frame_size
);
9210 if (arm_ccfsm_state
|| arm_target_insn
)
9213 func_type
= arm_current_func_type ();
9215 switch ((int) ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type
))
9220 case ARM_FT_INTERWORKED
:
9221 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t%@ Function supports interworking.\n");
9224 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t%@ Interrupt Service Routine.\n");
9227 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t%@ Fast Interrupt Service Routine.\n");
9229 case ARM_FT_EXCEPTION
:
9230 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t%@ ARM Exception Handler.\n");
9234 if (IS_NAKED (func_type
))
9235 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t%@ Naked Function: prologue and epilogue provided by programmer.\n");
9237 if (IS_VOLATILE (func_type
))
9238 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t%@ Volatile: function does not return.\n");
9240 if (IS_NESTED (func_type
))
9241 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t%@ Nested: function declared inside another function.\n");
9243 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t%@ args = %d, pretend = %d, frame = %wd\n",
9244 current_function_args_size
,
9245 current_function_pretend_args_size
, frame_size
);
9247 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t%@ frame_needed = %d, uses_anonymous_args = %d\n",
9248 frame_pointer_needed
,
9249 cfun
->machine
->uses_anonymous_args
);
9251 if (cfun
->machine
->lr_save_eliminated
)
9252 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t%@ link register save eliminated.\n");
9254 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
)
9255 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t@ Calls __builtin_eh_return.\n");
9257 #ifdef AOF_ASSEMBLER
9259 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", IP_REGNUM
, PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
);
9262 return_used_this_function
= 0;
9266 arm_output_epilogue (rtx sibling
)
9269 unsigned long saved_regs_mask
;
9270 unsigned long func_type
;
9271 /* Floats_offset is the offset from the "virtual" frame. In an APCS
9272 frame that is $fp + 4 for a non-variadic function. */
9273 int floats_offset
= 0;
9275 FILE * f
= asm_out_file
;
9276 unsigned int lrm_count
= 0;
9277 int really_return
= (sibling
== NULL
);
9279 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
9281 /* If we have already generated the return instruction
9282 then it is futile to generate anything else. */
9283 if (use_return_insn (FALSE
, sibling
) && return_used_this_function
)
9286 func_type
= arm_current_func_type ();
9288 if (IS_NAKED (func_type
))
9289 /* Naked functions don't have epilogues. */
9292 if (IS_VOLATILE (func_type
) && TARGET_ABORT_NORETURN
)
9296 /* A volatile function should never return. Call abort. */
9297 op
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, NEED_PLT_RELOC
? "abort(PLT)" : "abort");
9298 assemble_external_libcall (op
);
9299 output_asm_insn ("bl\t%a0", &op
);
9304 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
9306 /* If we are throwing an exception, then we really must
9307 be doing a return, so we can't tail-call. */
9310 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
9311 saved_regs_mask
= arm_compute_save_reg_mask ();
9314 lrm_count
= bit_count (saved_regs_mask
);
9316 floats_offset
= offsets
->saved_args
;
9317 /* Compute how far away the floats will be. */
9318 for (reg
= 0; reg
<= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
; reg
++)
9319 if (saved_regs_mask
& (1 << reg
))
9322 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
9324 /* This variable is for the Virtual Frame Pointer, not VFP regs. */
9325 int vfp_offset
= offsets
->frame
;
9327 if (arm_fpu_arch
== FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU2
)
9329 for (reg
= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
>= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
--)
9330 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && !call_used_regs
[reg
])
9332 floats_offset
+= 12;
9333 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tldfe\t%r, [%r, #-%d]\n",
9334 reg
, FP_REGNUM
, floats_offset
- vfp_offset
);
9339 start_reg
= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
;
9341 for (reg
= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
>= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
--)
9343 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && !call_used_regs
[reg
])
9345 floats_offset
+= 12;
9347 /* We can't unstack more than four registers at once. */
9348 if (start_reg
- reg
== 3)
9350 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tlfm\t%r, 4, [%r, #-%d]\n",
9351 reg
, FP_REGNUM
, floats_offset
- vfp_offset
);
9352 start_reg
= reg
- 1;
9357 if (reg
!= start_reg
)
9358 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tlfm\t%r, %d, [%r, #-%d]\n",
9359 reg
+ 1, start_reg
- reg
,
9360 FP_REGNUM
, floats_offset
- vfp_offset
);
9361 start_reg
= reg
- 1;
9365 /* Just in case the last register checked also needs unstacking. */
9366 if (reg
!= start_reg
)
9367 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tlfm\t%r, %d, [%r, #-%d]\n",
9368 reg
+ 1, start_reg
- reg
,
9369 FP_REGNUM
, floats_offset
- vfp_offset
);
9372 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& TARGET_VFP
)
9376 /* The fldmx insn does not have base+offset addressing modes,
9377 so we use IP to hold the address. */
9378 saved_size
= arm_get_vfp_saved_size ();
9382 floats_offset
+= saved_size
;
9383 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tsub\t%r, %r, #%d\n", IP_REGNUM
,
9384 FP_REGNUM
, floats_offset
- vfp_offset
);
9386 start_reg
= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
;
9387 for (reg
= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
; reg
< LAST_VFP_REGNUM
; reg
+= 2)
9389 if ((!regs_ever_live
[reg
] || call_used_regs
[reg
])
9390 && (!regs_ever_live
[reg
+ 1] || call_used_regs
[reg
+ 1]))
9392 if (start_reg
!= reg
)
9393 arm_output_fldmx (f
, IP_REGNUM
,
9394 (start_reg
- FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
) / 2,
9395 (reg
- start_reg
) / 2);
9396 start_reg
= reg
+ 2;
9399 if (start_reg
!= reg
)
9400 arm_output_fldmx (f
, IP_REGNUM
,
9401 (start_reg
- FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
) / 2,
9402 (reg
- start_reg
) / 2);
9407 /* The frame pointer is guaranteed to be non-double-word aligned.
9408 This is because it is set to (old_stack_pointer - 4) and the
9409 old_stack_pointer was double word aligned. Thus the offset to
9410 the iWMMXt registers to be loaded must also be non-double-word
9411 sized, so that the resultant address *is* double-word aligned.
9412 We can ignore floats_offset since that was already included in
9413 the live_regs_mask. */
9414 lrm_count
+= (lrm_count
% 2 ? 2 : 1);
9416 for (reg
= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
; reg
>= FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
; reg
--)
9417 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && !call_used_regs
[reg
])
9419 asm_fprintf (f
, "\twldrd\t%r, [%r, #-%d]\n",
9420 reg
, FP_REGNUM
, lrm_count
* 4);
9425 /* saved_regs_mask should contain the IP, which at the time of stack
9426 frame generation actually contains the old stack pointer. So a
9427 quick way to unwind the stack is just pop the IP register directly
9428 into the stack pointer. */
9429 if ((saved_regs_mask
& (1 << IP_REGNUM
)) == 0)
9431 saved_regs_mask
&= ~ (1 << IP_REGNUM
);
9432 saved_regs_mask
|= (1 << SP_REGNUM
);
9434 /* There are two registers left in saved_regs_mask - LR and PC. We
9435 only need to restore the LR register (the return address), but to
9436 save time we can load it directly into the PC, unless we need a
9437 special function exit sequence, or we are not really returning. */
9439 && ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type
) == ARM_FT_NORMAL
9440 && !current_function_calls_eh_return
)
9441 /* Delete the LR from the register mask, so that the LR on
9442 the stack is loaded into the PC in the register mask. */
9443 saved_regs_mask
&= ~ (1 << LR_REGNUM
);
9445 saved_regs_mask
&= ~ (1 << PC_REGNUM
);
9447 /* We must use SP as the base register, because SP is one of the
9448 registers being restored. If an interrupt or page fault
9449 happens in the ldm instruction, the SP might or might not
9450 have been restored. That would be bad, as then SP will no
9451 longer indicate the safe area of stack, and we can get stack
9452 corruption. Using SP as the base register means that it will
9453 be reset correctly to the original value, should an interrupt
9454 occur. If the stack pointer already points at the right
9455 place, then omit the subtraction. */
9456 if (offsets
->outgoing_args
!= (1 + (int) bit_count (saved_regs_mask
))
9457 || current_function_calls_alloca
)
9458 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tsub\t%r, %r, #%d\n", SP_REGNUM
, FP_REGNUM
,
9459 4 * bit_count (saved_regs_mask
));
9460 print_multi_reg (f
, "ldmfd\t%r", SP_REGNUM
, saved_regs_mask
);
9462 if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type
))
9463 /* Interrupt handlers will have pushed the
9464 IP onto the stack, so restore it now. */
9465 print_multi_reg (f
, "ldmfd\t%r!", SP_REGNUM
, 1 << IP_REGNUM
);
9469 /* Restore stack pointer if necessary. */
9470 if (offsets
->outgoing_args
!= offsets
->saved_regs
)
9472 operands
[0] = operands
[1] = stack_pointer_rtx
;
9473 operands
[2] = GEN_INT (offsets
->outgoing_args
- offsets
->saved_regs
);
9474 output_add_immediate (operands
);
9477 if (arm_fpu_arch
== FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU2
)
9479 for (reg
= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
<= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
++)
9480 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && !call_used_regs
[reg
])
9481 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tldfe\t%r, [%r], #12\n",
9486 start_reg
= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
;
9488 for (reg
= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
<= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
++)
9490 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && !call_used_regs
[reg
])
9492 if (reg
- start_reg
== 3)
9494 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tlfmfd\t%r, 4, [%r]!\n",
9495 start_reg
, SP_REGNUM
);
9496 start_reg
= reg
+ 1;
9501 if (reg
!= start_reg
)
9502 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tlfmfd\t%r, %d, [%r]!\n",
9503 start_reg
, reg
- start_reg
,
9506 start_reg
= reg
+ 1;
9510 /* Just in case the last register checked also needs unstacking. */
9511 if (reg
!= start_reg
)
9512 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tlfmfd\t%r, %d, [%r]!\n",
9513 start_reg
, reg
- start_reg
, SP_REGNUM
);
9516 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& TARGET_VFP
)
9518 start_reg
= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
;
9519 for (reg
= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
; reg
< LAST_VFP_REGNUM
; reg
+= 2)
9521 if ((!regs_ever_live
[reg
] || call_used_regs
[reg
])
9522 && (!regs_ever_live
[reg
+ 1] || call_used_regs
[reg
+ 1]))
9524 if (start_reg
!= reg
)
9525 arm_output_fldmx (f
, SP_REGNUM
,
9526 (start_reg
- FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
) / 2,
9527 (reg
- start_reg
) / 2);
9528 start_reg
= reg
+ 2;
9531 if (start_reg
!= reg
)
9532 arm_output_fldmx (f
, SP_REGNUM
,
9533 (start_reg
- FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
) / 2,
9534 (reg
- start_reg
) / 2);
9537 for (reg
= FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
; reg
<= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
; reg
++)
9538 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && !call_used_regs
[reg
])
9539 asm_fprintf (f
, "\twldrd\t%r, [%r], #8\n", reg
, SP_REGNUM
);
9541 /* If we can, restore the LR into the PC. */
9542 if (ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type
) == ARM_FT_NORMAL
9544 && current_function_pretend_args_size
== 0
9545 && saved_regs_mask
& (1 << LR_REGNUM
)
9546 && !current_function_calls_eh_return
)
9548 saved_regs_mask
&= ~ (1 << LR_REGNUM
);
9549 saved_regs_mask
|= (1 << PC_REGNUM
);
9552 /* Load the registers off the stack. If we only have one register
9553 to load use the LDR instruction - it is faster. */
9554 if (saved_regs_mask
== (1 << LR_REGNUM
))
9556 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tldr\t%r, [%r], #4\n", LR_REGNUM
, SP_REGNUM
);
9558 else if (saved_regs_mask
)
9560 if (saved_regs_mask
& (1 << SP_REGNUM
))
9561 /* Note - write back to the stack register is not enabled
9562 (i.e. "ldmfd sp!..."). We know that the stack pointer is
9563 in the list of registers and if we add writeback the
9564 instruction becomes UNPREDICTABLE. */
9565 print_multi_reg (f
, "ldmfd\t%r", SP_REGNUM
, saved_regs_mask
);
9567 print_multi_reg (f
, "ldmfd\t%r!", SP_REGNUM
, saved_regs_mask
);
9570 if (current_function_pretend_args_size
)
9572 /* Unwind the pre-pushed regs. */
9573 operands
[0] = operands
[1] = stack_pointer_rtx
;
9574 operands
[2] = GEN_INT (current_function_pretend_args_size
);
9575 output_add_immediate (operands
);
9579 /* We may have already restored PC directly from the stack. */
9580 if (!really_return
|| saved_regs_mask
& (1 << PC_REGNUM
))
9583 /* Stack adjustment for exception handler. */
9584 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
)
9585 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tadd\t%r, %r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM
, SP_REGNUM
,
9586 ARM_EH_STACKADJ_REGNUM
);
9588 /* Generate the return instruction. */
9589 switch ((int) ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type
))
9593 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tsubs\t%r, %r, #4\n", PC_REGNUM
, LR_REGNUM
);
9596 case ARM_FT_EXCEPTION
:
9597 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmovs\t%r, %r\n", PC_REGNUM
, LR_REGNUM
);
9600 case ARM_FT_INTERWORKED
:
9601 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tbx\t%r\n", LR_REGNUM
);
9605 if (arm_arch5
|| arm_arch4t
)
9606 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tbx\t%r\n", LR_REGNUM
);
9608 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", PC_REGNUM
, LR_REGNUM
);
9616 arm_output_function_epilogue (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9617 HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9619 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
9625 /* Emit any call-via-reg trampolines that are needed for v4t support
9626 of call_reg and call_value_reg type insns. */
9627 for (regno
= 0; regno
< SP_REGNUM
; regno
++)
9629 rtx label
= cfun
->machine
->call_via
[regno
];
9633 function_section (current_function_decl
);
9634 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, "L",
9635 CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label
));
9636 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tbx\t%r\n", regno
);
9640 /* ??? Probably not safe to set this here, since it assumes that a
9641 function will be emitted as assembly immediately after we generate
9642 RTL for it. This does not happen for inline functions. */
9643 return_used_this_function
= 0;
9647 /* We need to take into account any stack-frame rounding. */
9648 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
9650 if (use_return_insn (FALSE
, NULL
)
9651 && return_used_this_function
9652 && offsets
->saved_regs
!= offsets
->outgoing_args
9653 && !frame_pointer_needed
)
9656 /* Reset the ARM-specific per-function variables. */
9657 after_arm_reorg
= 0;
9661 /* Generate and emit an insn that we will recognize as a push_multi.
9662 Unfortunately, since this insn does not reflect very well the actual
9663 semantics of the operation, we need to annotate the insn for the benefit
9664 of DWARF2 frame unwind information. */
9666 emit_multi_reg_push (int mask
)
9673 int dwarf_par_index
;
9676 for (i
= 0; i
<= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
; i
++)
9677 if (mask
& (1 << i
))
9680 if (num_regs
== 0 || num_regs
> 16)
9683 /* We don't record the PC in the dwarf frame information. */
9684 num_dwarf_regs
= num_regs
;
9685 if (mask
& (1 << PC_REGNUM
))
9688 /* For the body of the insn we are going to generate an UNSPEC in
9689 parallel with several USEs. This allows the insn to be recognized
9690 by the push_multi pattern in the arm.md file. The insn looks
9691 something like this:
9694 (set (mem:BLK (pre_dec:BLK (reg:SI sp)))
9695 (unspec:BLK [(reg:SI r4)] UNSPEC_PUSH_MULT))
9696 (use (reg:SI 11 fp))
9697 (use (reg:SI 12 ip))
9698 (use (reg:SI 14 lr))
9699 (use (reg:SI 15 pc))
9702 For the frame note however, we try to be more explicit and actually
9703 show each register being stored into the stack frame, plus a (single)
9704 decrement of the stack pointer. We do it this way in order to be
9705 friendly to the stack unwinding code, which only wants to see a single
9706 stack decrement per instruction. The RTL we generate for the note looks
9707 something like this:
9710 (set (reg:SI sp) (plus:SI (reg:SI sp) (const_int -20)))
9711 (set (mem:SI (reg:SI sp)) (reg:SI r4))
9712 (set (mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI sp) (const_int 4))) (reg:SI fp))
9713 (set (mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI sp) (const_int 8))) (reg:SI ip))
9714 (set (mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI sp) (const_int 12))) (reg:SI lr))
9717 This sequence is used both by the code to support stack unwinding for
9718 exceptions handlers and the code to generate dwarf2 frame debugging. */
9720 par
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (num_regs
));
9721 dwarf
= gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (num_dwarf_regs
+ 1));
9722 dwarf_par_index
= 1;
9724 for (i
= 0; i
<= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
; i
++)
9726 if (mask
& (1 << i
))
9728 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, i
);
9731 = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
9732 gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
,
9733 gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (BLKmode
,
9734 stack_pointer_rtx
)),
9735 gen_rtx_UNSPEC (BLKmode
,
9741 tmp
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
9742 gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
, stack_pointer_rtx
),
9744 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp
) = 1;
9745 XVECEXP (dwarf
, 0, dwarf_par_index
) = tmp
;
9753 for (j
= 1, i
++; j
< num_regs
; i
++)
9755 if (mask
& (1 << i
))
9757 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, i
);
9759 XVECEXP (par
, 0, j
) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode
, reg
);
9763 tmp
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
9764 gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
,
9765 plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
,
9768 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp
) = 1;
9769 XVECEXP (dwarf
, 0, dwarf_par_index
++) = tmp
;
9776 par
= emit_insn (par
);
9778 tmp
= gen_rtx_SET (SImode
,
9780 gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
,
9782 GEN_INT (-4 * num_regs
)));
9783 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp
) = 1;
9784 XVECEXP (dwarf
, 0, 0) = tmp
;
9786 REG_NOTES (par
) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, dwarf
,
9792 emit_sfm (int base_reg
, int count
)
9799 par
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (count
));
9800 dwarf
= gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (count
+ 1));
9802 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (XFmode
, base_reg
++);
9805 = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
9806 gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
,
9807 gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (BLKmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
)),
9808 gen_rtx_UNSPEC (BLKmode
,
9811 tmp
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
9812 gen_rtx_MEM (XFmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
), reg
);
9813 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp
) = 1;
9814 XVECEXP (dwarf
, 0, 1) = tmp
;
9816 for (i
= 1; i
< count
; i
++)
9818 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (XFmode
, base_reg
++);
9819 XVECEXP (par
, 0, i
) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode
, reg
);
9821 tmp
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
9822 gen_rtx_MEM (XFmode
,
9823 plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
,
9826 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp
) = 1;
9827 XVECEXP (dwarf
, 0, i
+ 1) = tmp
;
9830 tmp
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
9832 gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
,
9834 GEN_INT (-12 * count
)));
9835 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp
) = 1;
9836 XVECEXP (dwarf
, 0, 0) = tmp
;
9838 par
= emit_insn (par
);
9839 REG_NOTES (par
) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, dwarf
,
9845 /* Return true if the current function needs to save/restore LR. */
9848 thumb_force_lr_save (void)
9850 return !cfun
->machine
->lr_save_eliminated
9851 && (!leaf_function_p ()
9852 || thumb_far_jump_used_p ()
9853 || regs_ever_live
[LR_REGNUM
]);
9857 /* Compute the distance from register FROM to register TO.
9858 These can be the arg pointer (26), the soft frame pointer (25),
9859 the stack pointer (13) or the hard frame pointer (11).
9860 In thumb mode r7 is used as the soft frame pointer, if needed.
9861 Typical stack layout looks like this:
9863 old stack pointer -> | |
9866 | | saved arguments for
9867 | | vararg functions
9870 hard FP & arg pointer -> | | \
9878 soft frame pointer -> | | /
9888 current stack pointer -> | | /
9891 For a given function some or all of these stack components
9892 may not be needed, giving rise to the possibility of
9893 eliminating some of the registers.
9895 The values returned by this function must reflect the behavior
9896 of arm_expand_prologue() and arm_compute_save_reg_mask().
9898 The sign of the number returned reflects the direction of stack
9899 growth, so the values are positive for all eliminations except
9900 from the soft frame pointer to the hard frame pointer.
9902 SFP may point just inside the local variables block to ensure correct
9906 /* Calculate stack offsets. These are used to calculate register elimination
9907 offsets and in prologue/epilogue code. */
9909 static arm_stack_offsets
*
9910 arm_get_frame_offsets (void)
9912 struct arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
9913 unsigned long func_type
;
9916 HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size
;
9918 offsets
= &cfun
->machine
->stack_offsets
;
9920 /* We need to know if we are a leaf function. Unfortunately, it
9921 is possible to be called after start_sequence has been called,
9922 which causes get_insns to return the insns for the sequence,
9923 not the function, which will cause leaf_function_p to return
9924 the incorrect result.
9926 to know about leaf functions once reload has completed, and the
9927 frame size cannot be changed after that time, so we can safely
9928 use the cached value. */
9930 if (reload_completed
)
9933 /* Initially this is the size of the local variables. It will translated
9934 into an offset once we have determined the size of preceding data. */
9935 frame_size
= ROUND_UP_WORD (get_frame_size ());
9937 leaf
= leaf_function_p ();
9939 /* Space for variadic functions. */
9940 offsets
->saved_args
= current_function_pretend_args_size
;
9942 offsets
->frame
= offsets
->saved_args
+ (frame_pointer_needed
? 4 : 0);
9948 saved
= bit_count (arm_compute_save_reg_mask ()) * 4;
9950 /* We know that SP will be doubleword aligned on entry, and we must
9951 preserve that condition at any subroutine call. We also require the
9952 soft frame pointer to be doubleword aligned. */
9954 if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
)
9956 /* Check for the call-saved iWMMXt registers. */
9957 for (regno
= FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
;
9958 regno
<= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
;
9960 if (regs_ever_live
[regno
] && ! call_used_regs
[regno
])
9964 func_type
= arm_current_func_type ();
9965 if (! IS_VOLATILE (func_type
))
9967 /* Space for saved FPA registers. */
9968 for (regno
= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
; regno
<= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
; regno
++)
9969 if (regs_ever_live
[regno
] && ! call_used_regs
[regno
])
9972 /* Space for saved VFP registers. */
9973 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& TARGET_VFP
)
9974 saved
+= arm_get_vfp_saved_size ();
9977 else /* TARGET_THUMB */
9979 saved
= bit_count (thumb_compute_save_reg_mask ()) * 4;
9980 if (TARGET_BACKTRACE
)
9984 /* Saved registers include the stack frame. */
9985 offsets
->saved_regs
= offsets
->saved_args
+ saved
;
9986 offsets
->soft_frame
= offsets
->saved_regs
+ CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE
;
9987 /* A leaf function does not need any stack alignment if it has nothing
9989 if (leaf
&& frame_size
== 0)
9991 offsets
->outgoing_args
= offsets
->soft_frame
;
9995 /* Ensure SFP has the correct alignment. */
9996 if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
9997 && (offsets
->soft_frame
& 7))
9998 offsets
->soft_frame
+= 4;
10000 offsets
->outgoing_args
= offsets
->soft_frame
+ frame_size
10001 + current_function_outgoing_args_size
;
10003 if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
)
10005 /* Ensure SP remains doubleword aligned. */
10006 if (offsets
->outgoing_args
& 7)
10007 offsets
->outgoing_args
+= 4;
10008 if (offsets
->outgoing_args
& 7)
10016 /* Calculate the relative offsets for the different stack pointers. Positive
10017 offsets are in the direction of stack growth. */
10020 arm_compute_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned int from
, unsigned int to
)
10022 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
10024 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
10026 /* OK, now we have enough information to compute the distances.
10027 There must be an entry in these switch tables for each pair
10028 of registers in ELIMINABLE_REGS, even if some of the entries
10029 seem to be redundant or useless. */
10032 case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
:
10035 case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
10038 case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
10039 /* This is the reverse of the soft frame pointer
10040 to hard frame pointer elimination below. */
10041 return offsets
->soft_frame
- offsets
->saved_args
;
10043 case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
10044 /* If there is no stack frame then the hard
10045 frame pointer and the arg pointer coincide. */
10046 if (offsets
->frame
== offsets
->saved_regs
)
10048 /* FIXME: Not sure about this. Maybe we should always return 0 ? */
10049 return (frame_pointer_needed
10050 && cfun
->static_chain_decl
!= NULL
10051 && ! cfun
->machine
->uses_anonymous_args
) ? 4 : 0;
10053 case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
:
10054 /* If nothing has been pushed on the stack at all
10055 then this will return -4. This *is* correct! */
10056 return offsets
->outgoing_args
- (offsets
->saved_args
+ 4);
10063 case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
10066 case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
10069 case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
10070 /* The hard frame pointer points to the top entry in the
10071 stack frame. The soft frame pointer to the bottom entry
10072 in the stack frame. If there is no stack frame at all,
10073 then they are identical. */
10075 return offsets
->frame
- offsets
->soft_frame
;
10077 case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
:
10078 return offsets
->outgoing_args
- offsets
->soft_frame
;
10086 /* You cannot eliminate from the stack pointer.
10087 In theory you could eliminate from the hard frame
10088 pointer to the stack pointer, but this will never
10089 happen, since if a stack frame is not needed the
10090 hard frame pointer will never be used. */
10096 /* Generate the prologue instructions for entry into an ARM function. */
10098 arm_expand_prologue (void)
10104 unsigned long live_regs_mask
;
10105 unsigned long func_type
;
10107 int saved_pretend_args
= 0;
10108 int saved_regs
= 0;
10109 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT args_to_push
;
10110 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
10112 func_type
= arm_current_func_type ();
10114 /* Naked functions don't have prologues. */
10115 if (IS_NAKED (func_type
))
10118 /* Make a copy of c_f_p_a_s as we may need to modify it locally. */
10119 args_to_push
= current_function_pretend_args_size
;
10121 /* Compute which register we will have to save onto the stack. */
10122 live_regs_mask
= arm_compute_save_reg_mask ();
10124 ip_rtx
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, IP_REGNUM
);
10126 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
10128 if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type
))
10130 /* Interrupt functions must not corrupt any registers.
10131 Creating a frame pointer however, corrupts the IP
10132 register, so we must push it first. */
10133 insn
= emit_multi_reg_push (1 << IP_REGNUM
);
10135 /* Do not set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on this insn.
10136 The dwarf stack unwinding code only wants to see one
10137 stack decrement per function, and this is not it. If
10138 this instruction is labeled as being part of the frame
10139 creation sequence then dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr will
10140 abort when it encounters the assignment of IP to FP
10141 later on, since the use of SP here establishes SP as
10142 the CFA register and not IP.
10144 Anyway this instruction is not really part of the stack
10145 frame creation although it is part of the prologue. */
10147 else if (IS_NESTED (func_type
))
10149 /* The Static chain register is the same as the IP register
10150 used as a scratch register during stack frame creation.
10151 To get around this need to find somewhere to store IP
10152 whilst the frame is being created. We try the following
10155 1. The last argument register.
10156 2. A slot on the stack above the frame. (This only
10157 works if the function is not a varargs function).
10158 3. Register r3, after pushing the argument registers
10161 Note - we only need to tell the dwarf2 backend about the SP
10162 adjustment in the second variant; the static chain register
10163 doesn't need to be unwound, as it doesn't contain a value
10164 inherited from the caller. */
10166 if (regs_ever_live
[3] == 0)
10168 insn
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 3);
10169 insn
= gen_rtx_SET (SImode
, insn
, ip_rtx
);
10170 insn
= emit_insn (insn
);
10172 else if (args_to_push
== 0)
10175 insn
= gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (SImode
, stack_pointer_rtx
);
10176 insn
= gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
, insn
);
10177 insn
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, insn
, ip_rtx
);
10178 insn
= emit_insn (insn
);
10182 /* Just tell the dwarf backend that we adjusted SP. */
10183 dwarf
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
10184 gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
10185 GEN_INT (-fp_offset
)));
10186 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10187 REG_NOTES (insn
) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
,
10188 dwarf
, REG_NOTES (insn
));
10192 /* Store the args on the stack. */
10193 if (cfun
->machine
->uses_anonymous_args
)
10194 insn
= emit_multi_reg_push
10195 ((0xf0 >> (args_to_push
/ 4)) & 0xf);
10198 (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
10199 GEN_INT (- args_to_push
)));
10201 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10203 saved_pretend_args
= 1;
10204 fp_offset
= args_to_push
;
10207 /* Now reuse r3 to preserve IP. */
10208 insn
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 3);
10209 insn
= gen_rtx_SET (SImode
, insn
, ip_rtx
);
10210 (void) emit_insn (insn
);
10216 insn
= gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
, stack_pointer_rtx
, GEN_INT (fp_offset
));
10217 insn
= gen_rtx_SET (SImode
, ip_rtx
, insn
);
10220 insn
= gen_movsi (ip_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
);
10222 insn
= emit_insn (insn
);
10223 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10228 /* Push the argument registers, or reserve space for them. */
10229 if (cfun
->machine
->uses_anonymous_args
)
10230 insn
= emit_multi_reg_push
10231 ((0xf0 >> (args_to_push
/ 4)) & 0xf);
10234 (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
10235 GEN_INT (- args_to_push
)));
10236 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10239 /* If this is an interrupt service routine, and the link register
10240 is going to be pushed, and we are not creating a stack frame,
10241 (which would involve an extra push of IP and a pop in the epilogue)
10242 subtracting four from LR now will mean that the function return
10243 can be done with a single instruction. */
10244 if ((func_type
== ARM_FT_ISR
|| func_type
== ARM_FT_FIQ
)
10245 && (live_regs_mask
& (1 << LR_REGNUM
)) != 0
10246 && ! frame_pointer_needed
)
10247 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (SImode
,
10248 gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, LR_REGNUM
),
10249 gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
,
10250 gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, LR_REGNUM
),
10253 if (live_regs_mask
)
10255 insn
= emit_multi_reg_push (live_regs_mask
);
10256 saved_regs
+= bit_count (live_regs_mask
) * 4;
10257 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10261 for (reg
= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
; reg
>= FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM
; reg
--)
10262 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && ! call_used_regs
[reg
])
10264 insn
= gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (V2SImode
, stack_pointer_rtx
);
10265 insn
= gen_rtx_MEM (V2SImode
, insn
);
10266 insn
= emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, insn
,
10267 gen_rtx_REG (V2SImode
, reg
)));
10268 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10272 if (! IS_VOLATILE (func_type
))
10276 /* Save any floating point call-saved registers used by this
10278 if (arm_fpu_arch
== FPUTYPE_FPA_EMU2
)
10280 for (reg
= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
>= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
--)
10281 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && !call_used_regs
[reg
])
10283 insn
= gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (XFmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
);
10284 insn
= gen_rtx_MEM (XFmode
, insn
);
10285 insn
= emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, insn
,
10286 gen_rtx_REG (XFmode
, reg
)));
10287 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10293 start_reg
= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
;
10295 for (reg
= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
>= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
; reg
--)
10297 if (regs_ever_live
[reg
] && !call_used_regs
[reg
])
10299 if (start_reg
- reg
== 3)
10301 insn
= emit_sfm (reg
, 4);
10302 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10304 start_reg
= reg
- 1;
10309 if (start_reg
!= reg
)
10311 insn
= emit_sfm (reg
+ 1, start_reg
- reg
);
10312 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10313 saved_regs
+= (start_reg
- reg
) * 12;
10315 start_reg
= reg
- 1;
10319 if (start_reg
!= reg
)
10321 insn
= emit_sfm (reg
+ 1, start_reg
- reg
);
10322 saved_regs
+= (start_reg
- reg
) * 12;
10323 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10326 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& TARGET_VFP
)
10328 start_reg
= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
;
10330 for (reg
= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
; reg
< LAST_VFP_REGNUM
; reg
+= 2)
10332 if ((!regs_ever_live
[reg
] || call_used_regs
[reg
])
10333 && (!regs_ever_live
[reg
+ 1] || call_used_regs
[reg
+ 1]))
10335 if (start_reg
!= reg
)
10336 saved_regs
+= vfp_emit_fstmx (start_reg
,
10337 (reg
- start_reg
) / 2);
10338 start_reg
= reg
+ 2;
10341 if (start_reg
!= reg
)
10342 saved_regs
+= vfp_emit_fstmx (start_reg
,
10343 (reg
- start_reg
) / 2);
10347 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
10349 /* Create the new frame pointer. */
10350 insn
= GEN_INT (-(4 + args_to_push
+ fp_offset
));
10351 insn
= emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, ip_rtx
, insn
));
10352 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
10354 if (IS_NESTED (func_type
))
10356 /* Recover the static chain register. */
10357 if (regs_ever_live
[3] == 0
10358 || saved_pretend_args
)
10359 insn
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, 3);
10360 else /* if (current_function_pretend_args_size == 0) */
10362 insn
= gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
10364 insn
= gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
, insn
);
10367 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (SImode
, ip_rtx
, insn
));
10368 /* Add a USE to stop propagate_one_insn() from barfing. */
10369 emit_insn (gen_prologue_use (ip_rtx
));
10373 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
10374 if (offsets
->outgoing_args
!= offsets
->saved_args
+ saved_regs
)
10376 /* This add can produce multiple insns for a large constant, so we
10377 need to get tricky. */
10378 rtx last
= get_last_insn ();
10380 amount
= GEN_INT (offsets
->saved_args
+ saved_regs
10381 - offsets
->outgoing_args
);
10383 insn
= emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
10387 last
= last
? NEXT_INSN (last
) : get_insns ();
10388 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (last
) = 1;
10390 while (last
!= insn
);
10392 /* If the frame pointer is needed, emit a special barrier that
10393 will prevent the scheduler from moving stores to the frame
10394 before the stack adjustment. */
10395 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
10396 insn
= emit_insn (gen_stack_tie (stack_pointer_rtx
,
10397 hard_frame_pointer_rtx
));
10402 arm_load_pic_register (INVALID_REGNUM
);
10404 /* If we are profiling, make sure no instructions are scheduled before
10405 the call to mcount. Similarly if the user has requested no
10406 scheduling in the prolog. */
10407 if (current_function_profile
|| TARGET_NO_SCHED_PRO
)
10408 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
10410 /* If the link register is being kept alive, with the return address in it,
10411 then make sure that it does not get reused by the ce2 pass. */
10412 if ((live_regs_mask
& (1 << LR_REGNUM
)) == 0)
10414 emit_insn (gen_prologue_use (gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, LR_REGNUM
)));
10415 cfun
->machine
->lr_save_eliminated
= 1;
10419 /* If CODE is 'd', then the X is a condition operand and the instruction
10420 should only be executed if the condition is true.
10421 if CODE is 'D', then the X is a condition operand and the instruction
10422 should only be executed if the condition is false: however, if the mode
10423 of the comparison is CCFPEmode, then always execute the instruction -- we
10424 do this because in these circumstances !GE does not necessarily imply LT;
10425 in these cases the instruction pattern will take care to make sure that
10426 an instruction containing %d will follow, thereby undoing the effects of
10427 doing this instruction unconditionally.
10428 If CODE is 'N' then X is a floating point operand that must be negated
10430 If CODE is 'B' then output a bitwise inverted value of X (a const int).
10431 If X is a REG and CODE is `M', output a ldm/stm style multi-reg. */
10433 arm_print_operand (FILE *stream
, rtx x
, int code
)
10438 fputs (ASM_COMMENT_START
, stream
);
10442 fputs (user_label_prefix
, stream
);
10446 fputs (REGISTER_PREFIX
, stream
);
10450 if (arm_ccfsm_state
== 3 || arm_ccfsm_state
== 4)
10454 output_operand_lossage ("predicated Thumb instruction");
10457 if (current_insn_predicate
!= NULL
)
10459 output_operand_lossage
10460 ("predicated instruction in conditional sequence");
10464 fputs (arm_condition_codes
[arm_current_cc
], stream
);
10466 else if (current_insn_predicate
)
10468 enum arm_cond_code code
;
10472 output_operand_lossage ("predicated Thumb instruction");
10476 code
= get_arm_condition_code (current_insn_predicate
);
10477 fputs (arm_condition_codes
[code
], stream
);
10484 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r
, x
);
10485 r
= REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (r
);
10486 fprintf (stream
, "%s", fp_const_from_val (&r
));
10491 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
10494 val
= ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~INTVAL (x
));
10495 fprintf (stream
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, val
);
10499 putc ('~', stream
);
10500 output_addr_const (stream
, x
);
10505 fprintf (stream
, "%s", arithmetic_instr (x
, 1));
10508 /* Truncate Cirrus shift counts. */
10510 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
10512 fprintf (stream
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, INTVAL (x
) & 0x3f);
10515 arm_print_operand (stream
, x
, 0);
10519 fprintf (stream
, "%s", arithmetic_instr (x
, 0));
10525 const char * shift
= shift_op (x
, &val
);
10529 fprintf (stream
, ", %s ", shift_op (x
, &val
));
10531 arm_print_operand (stream
, XEXP (x
, 1), 0);
10533 fprintf (stream
, "#" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, val
);
10538 /* An explanation of the 'Q', 'R' and 'H' register operands:
10540 In a pair of registers containing a DI or DF value the 'Q'
10541 operand returns the register number of the register containing
10542 the least significant part of the value. The 'R' operand returns
10543 the register number of the register containing the most
10544 significant part of the value.
10546 The 'H' operand returns the higher of the two register numbers.
10547 On a run where WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is true the 'H' operand is the
10548 same as the 'Q' operand, since the most significant part of the
10549 value is held in the lower number register. The reverse is true
10550 on systems where WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is false.
10552 The purpose of these operands is to distinguish between cases
10553 where the endian-ness of the values is important (for example
10554 when they are added together), and cases where the endian-ness
10555 is irrelevant, but the order of register operations is important.
10556 For example when loading a value from memory into a register
10557 pair, the endian-ness does not matter. Provided that the value
10558 from the lower memory address is put into the lower numbered
10559 register, and the value from the higher address is put into the
10560 higher numbered register, the load will work regardless of whether
10561 the value being loaded is big-wordian or little-wordian. The
10562 order of the two register loads can matter however, if the address
10563 of the memory location is actually held in one of the registers
10564 being overwritten by the load. */
10566 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
|| REGNO (x
) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM
)
10568 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10572 asm_fprintf (stream
, "%r", REGNO (x
) + (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
? 1 : 0));
10576 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
|| REGNO (x
) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM
)
10578 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10582 asm_fprintf (stream
, "%r", REGNO (x
) + (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
? 0 : 1));
10586 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
|| REGNO (x
) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM
)
10588 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10592 asm_fprintf (stream
, "%r", REGNO (x
) + 1);
10596 asm_fprintf (stream
, "%r",
10597 GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
10598 ? REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)) : REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)));
10602 asm_fprintf (stream
, "{%r-%r}",
10604 REGNO (x
) + ARM_NUM_REGS (GET_MODE (x
)) - 1);
10608 /* CONST_TRUE_RTX means always -- that's the default. */
10609 if (x
== const_true_rtx
)
10612 if (!COMPARISON_P (x
))
10614 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10618 fputs (arm_condition_codes
[get_arm_condition_code (x
)],
10623 /* CONST_TRUE_RTX means not always -- i.e. never. We shouldn't ever
10624 want to do that. */
10625 if (x
== const_true_rtx
)
10627 output_operand_lossage ("instruction never exectued");
10630 if (!COMPARISON_P (x
))
10632 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10636 fputs (arm_condition_codes
[ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE
10637 (get_arm_condition_code (x
))],
10641 /* Cirrus registers can be accessed in a variety of ways:
10642 single floating point (f)
10643 double floating point (d)
10645 64bit integer (dx). */
10646 case 'W': /* Cirrus register in F mode. */
10647 case 'X': /* Cirrus register in D mode. */
10648 case 'Y': /* Cirrus register in FX mode. */
10649 case 'Z': /* Cirrus register in DX mode. */
10650 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
|| REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (x
)) != CIRRUS_REGS
)
10653 fprintf (stream
, "mv%s%s",
10655 : code
== 'X' ? "d"
10656 : code
== 'Y' ? "fx" : "dx", reg_names
[REGNO (x
)] + 2);
10660 /* Print cirrus register in the mode specified by the register's mode. */
10663 int mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
10665 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
|| REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (x
)) != CIRRUS_REGS
)
10667 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10671 fprintf (stream
, "mv%s%s",
10672 mode
== DFmode
? "d"
10673 : mode
== SImode
? "fx"
10674 : mode
== DImode
? "dx"
10675 : "f", reg_names
[REGNO (x
)] + 2);
10681 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
10682 || REGNO (x
) < FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM
10683 || REGNO (x
) > LAST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM
)
10684 /* Bad value for wCG register number. */
10686 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10691 fprintf (stream
, "%d", REGNO (x
) - FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM
);
10694 /* Print an iWMMXt control register name. */
10696 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
10698 || INTVAL (x
) >= 16)
10699 /* Bad value for wC register number. */
10701 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10707 static const char * wc_reg_names
[16] =
10709 "wCID", "wCon", "wCSSF", "wCASF",
10710 "wC4", "wC5", "wC6", "wC7",
10711 "wCGR0", "wCGR1", "wCGR2", "wCGR3",
10712 "wC12", "wC13", "wC14", "wC15"
10715 fprintf (stream
, wc_reg_names
[INTVAL (x
)]);
10719 /* Print a VFP double precision register name. */
10722 int mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
10725 if (mode
!= DImode
&& mode
!= DFmode
)
10727 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10731 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
10732 || !IS_VFP_REGNUM (REGNO (x
)))
10734 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10738 num
= REGNO(x
) - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
;
10741 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code
);
10745 fprintf (stream
, "d%d", num
>> 1);
10752 output_operand_lossage ("missing operand");
10756 if (GET_CODE (x
) == REG
)
10757 asm_fprintf (stream
, "%r", REGNO (x
));
10758 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == MEM
)
10760 output_memory_reference_mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
10761 output_address (XEXP (x
, 0));
10763 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_DOUBLE
)
10764 fprintf (stream
, "#%s", fp_immediate_constant (x
));
10765 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == NEG
)
10766 abort (); /* This should never happen now. */
10769 fputc ('#', stream
);
10770 output_addr_const (stream
, x
);
10775 #ifndef AOF_ASSEMBLER
10776 /* Target hook for assembling integer objects. The ARM version needs to
10777 handle word-sized values specially. */
10779 arm_assemble_integer (rtx x
, unsigned int size
, int aligned_p
)
10781 if (size
== UNITS_PER_WORD
&& aligned_p
)
10783 fputs ("\t.word\t", asm_out_file
);
10784 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, x
);
10786 /* Mark symbols as position independent. We only do this in the
10787 .text segment, not in the .data segment. */
10788 if (NEED_GOT_RELOC
&& flag_pic
&& making_const_table
&&
10789 (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
|| GET_CODE (x
) == LABEL_REF
))
10791 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
10792 && (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x
)
10793 || SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x
)))
10794 fputs ("(GOTOFF)", asm_out_file
);
10795 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == LABEL_REF
)
10796 fputs ("(GOTOFF)", asm_out_file
);
10798 fputs ("(GOT)", asm_out_file
);
10800 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
10804 if (arm_vector_mode_supported_p (GET_MODE (x
)))
10808 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_VECTOR
)
10811 units
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x
);
10813 switch (GET_MODE (x
))
10815 case V2SImode
: size
= 4; break;
10816 case V4HImode
: size
= 2; break;
10817 case V8QImode
: size
= 1; break;
10822 for (i
= 0; i
< units
; i
++)
10826 elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x
, i
);
10828 (elt
, size
, i
== 0 ? BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
: size
* BITS_PER_UNIT
, 1);
10834 return default_assemble_integer (x
, size
, aligned_p
);
10838 /* A finite state machine takes care of noticing whether or not instructions
10839 can be conditionally executed, and thus decrease execution time and code
10840 size by deleting branch instructions. The fsm is controlled by
10841 final_prescan_insn, and controls the actions of ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE. */
10843 /* The state of the fsm controlling condition codes are:
10844 0: normal, do nothing special
10845 1: make ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE not output this instruction
10846 2: make ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE not output this instruction
10847 3: make instructions conditional
10848 4: make instructions conditional
10850 State transitions (state->state by whom under condition):
10851 0 -> 1 final_prescan_insn if the `target' is a label
10852 0 -> 2 final_prescan_insn if the `target' is an unconditional branch
10853 1 -> 3 ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE after not having output the conditional branch
10854 2 -> 4 ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE after not having output the conditional branch
10855 3 -> 0 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) if the `target' label is reached
10856 (the target label has CODE_LABEL_NUMBER equal to arm_target_label).
10857 4 -> 0 final_prescan_insn if the `target' unconditional branch is reached
10858 (the target insn is arm_target_insn).
10860 If the jump clobbers the conditions then we use states 2 and 4.
10862 A similar thing can be done with conditional return insns.
10864 XXX In case the `target' is an unconditional branch, this conditionalising
10865 of the instructions always reduces code size, but not always execution
10866 time. But then, I want to reduce the code size to somewhere near what
10867 /bin/cc produces. */
10869 /* Returns the index of the ARM condition code string in
10870 `arm_condition_codes'. COMPARISON should be an rtx like
10871 `(eq (...) (...))'. */
10872 static enum arm_cond_code
10873 get_arm_condition_code (rtx comparison
)
10875 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (comparison
, 0));
10877 enum rtx_code comp_code
= GET_CODE (comparison
);
10879 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_CC
)
10880 mode
= SELECT_CC_MODE (comp_code
, XEXP (comparison
, 0),
10881 XEXP (comparison
, 1));
10885 case CC_DNEmode
: code
= ARM_NE
; goto dominance
;
10886 case CC_DEQmode
: code
= ARM_EQ
; goto dominance
;
10887 case CC_DGEmode
: code
= ARM_GE
; goto dominance
;
10888 case CC_DGTmode
: code
= ARM_GT
; goto dominance
;
10889 case CC_DLEmode
: code
= ARM_LE
; goto dominance
;
10890 case CC_DLTmode
: code
= ARM_LT
; goto dominance
;
10891 case CC_DGEUmode
: code
= ARM_CS
; goto dominance
;
10892 case CC_DGTUmode
: code
= ARM_HI
; goto dominance
;
10893 case CC_DLEUmode
: code
= ARM_LS
; goto dominance
;
10894 case CC_DLTUmode
: code
= ARM_CC
;
10897 if (comp_code
!= EQ
&& comp_code
!= NE
)
10900 if (comp_code
== EQ
)
10901 return ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE (code
);
10907 case NE
: return ARM_NE
;
10908 case EQ
: return ARM_EQ
;
10909 case GE
: return ARM_PL
;
10910 case LT
: return ARM_MI
;
10917 case NE
: return ARM_NE
;
10918 case EQ
: return ARM_EQ
;
10925 case NE
: return ARM_MI
;
10926 case EQ
: return ARM_PL
;
10932 /* These encodings assume that AC=1 in the FPA system control
10933 byte. This allows us to handle all cases except UNEQ and
10937 case GE
: return ARM_GE
;
10938 case GT
: return ARM_GT
;
10939 case LE
: return ARM_LS
;
10940 case LT
: return ARM_MI
;
10941 case NE
: return ARM_NE
;
10942 case EQ
: return ARM_EQ
;
10943 case ORDERED
: return ARM_VC
;
10944 case UNORDERED
: return ARM_VS
;
10945 case UNLT
: return ARM_LT
;
10946 case UNLE
: return ARM_LE
;
10947 case UNGT
: return ARM_HI
;
10948 case UNGE
: return ARM_PL
;
10949 /* UNEQ and LTGT do not have a representation. */
10950 case UNEQ
: /* Fall through. */
10951 case LTGT
: /* Fall through. */
10958 case NE
: return ARM_NE
;
10959 case EQ
: return ARM_EQ
;
10960 case GE
: return ARM_LE
;
10961 case GT
: return ARM_LT
;
10962 case LE
: return ARM_GE
;
10963 case LT
: return ARM_GT
;
10964 case GEU
: return ARM_LS
;
10965 case GTU
: return ARM_CC
;
10966 case LEU
: return ARM_CS
;
10967 case LTU
: return ARM_HI
;
10974 case LTU
: return ARM_CS
;
10975 case GEU
: return ARM_CC
;
10982 case NE
: return ARM_NE
;
10983 case EQ
: return ARM_EQ
;
10984 case GE
: return ARM_GE
;
10985 case GT
: return ARM_GT
;
10986 case LE
: return ARM_LE
;
10987 case LT
: return ARM_LT
;
10988 case GEU
: return ARM_CS
;
10989 case GTU
: return ARM_HI
;
10990 case LEU
: return ARM_LS
;
10991 case LTU
: return ARM_CC
;
11002 arm_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn
)
11004 /* BODY will hold the body of INSN. */
11005 rtx body
= PATTERN (insn
);
11007 /* This will be 1 if trying to repeat the trick, and things need to be
11008 reversed if it appears to fail. */
11011 /* JUMP_CLOBBERS will be one implies that the conditions if a branch is
11012 taken are clobbered, even if the rtl suggests otherwise. It also
11013 means that we have to grub around within the jump expression to find
11014 out what the conditions are when the jump isn't taken. */
11015 int jump_clobbers
= 0;
11017 /* If we start with a return insn, we only succeed if we find another one. */
11018 int seeking_return
= 0;
11020 /* START_INSN will hold the insn from where we start looking. This is the
11021 first insn after the following code_label if REVERSE is true. */
11022 rtx start_insn
= insn
;
11024 /* If in state 4, check if the target branch is reached, in order to
11025 change back to state 0. */
11026 if (arm_ccfsm_state
== 4)
11028 if (insn
== arm_target_insn
)
11030 arm_target_insn
= NULL
;
11031 arm_ccfsm_state
= 0;
11036 /* If in state 3, it is possible to repeat the trick, if this insn is an
11037 unconditional branch to a label, and immediately following this branch
11038 is the previous target label which is only used once, and the label this
11039 branch jumps to is not too far off. */
11040 if (arm_ccfsm_state
== 3)
11042 if (simplejump_p (insn
))
11044 start_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (start_insn
);
11045 if (GET_CODE (start_insn
) == BARRIER
)
11047 /* XXX Isn't this always a barrier? */
11048 start_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (start_insn
);
11050 if (GET_CODE (start_insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11051 && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (start_insn
) == arm_target_label
11052 && LABEL_NUSES (start_insn
) == 1)
11057 else if (GET_CODE (body
) == RETURN
)
11059 start_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (start_insn
);
11060 if (GET_CODE (start_insn
) == BARRIER
)
11061 start_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (start_insn
);
11062 if (GET_CODE (start_insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11063 && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (start_insn
) == arm_target_label
11064 && LABEL_NUSES (start_insn
) == 1)
11067 seeking_return
= 1;
11076 if (arm_ccfsm_state
!= 0 && !reverse
)
11078 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != JUMP_INSN
)
11081 /* This jump might be paralleled with a clobber of the condition codes
11082 the jump should always come first */
11083 if (GET_CODE (body
) == PARALLEL
&& XVECLEN (body
, 0) > 0)
11084 body
= XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0);
11087 || (GET_CODE (body
) == SET
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body
)) == PC
11088 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (body
)) == IF_THEN_ELSE
))
11091 int fail
= FALSE
, succeed
= FALSE
;
11092 /* Flag which part of the IF_THEN_ELSE is the LABEL_REF. */
11093 int then_not_else
= TRUE
;
11094 rtx this_insn
= start_insn
, label
= 0;
11096 /* If the jump cannot be done with one instruction, we cannot
11097 conditionally execute the instruction in the inverse case. */
11098 if (get_attr_conds (insn
) == CONDS_JUMP_CLOB
)
11104 /* Register the insn jumped to. */
11107 if (!seeking_return
)
11108 label
= XEXP (SET_SRC (body
), 0);
11110 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body
), 1)) == LABEL_REF
)
11111 label
= XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (body
), 1), 0);
11112 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body
), 2)) == LABEL_REF
)
11114 label
= XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (body
), 2), 0);
11115 then_not_else
= FALSE
;
11117 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body
), 1)) == RETURN
)
11118 seeking_return
= 1;
11119 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body
), 2)) == RETURN
)
11121 seeking_return
= 1;
11122 then_not_else
= FALSE
;
11127 /* See how many insns this branch skips, and what kind of insns. If all
11128 insns are okay, and the label or unconditional branch to the same
11129 label is not too far away, succeed. */
11130 for (insns_skipped
= 0;
11131 !fail
&& !succeed
&& insns_skipped
++ < max_insns_skipped
;)
11135 this_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (this_insn
);
11139 switch (GET_CODE (this_insn
))
11142 /* Succeed if it is the target label, otherwise fail since
11143 control falls in from somewhere else. */
11144 if (this_insn
== label
)
11148 arm_ccfsm_state
= 2;
11149 this_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (this_insn
);
11152 arm_ccfsm_state
= 1;
11160 /* Succeed if the following insn is the target label.
11162 If return insns are used then the last insn in a function
11163 will be a barrier. */
11164 this_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (this_insn
);
11165 if (this_insn
&& this_insn
== label
)
11169 arm_ccfsm_state
= 2;
11170 this_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (this_insn
);
11173 arm_ccfsm_state
= 1;
11181 /* The AAPCS says that conditional calls should not be
11182 used since they make interworking inefficient (the
11183 linker can't transform BL<cond> into BLX). That's
11184 only a problem if the machine has BLX. */
11191 /* Succeed if the following insn is the target label, or
11192 if the following two insns are a barrier and the
11194 this_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (this_insn
);
11195 if (this_insn
&& GET_CODE (this_insn
) == BARRIER
)
11196 this_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (this_insn
);
11198 if (this_insn
&& this_insn
== label
11199 && insns_skipped
< max_insns_skipped
)
11203 arm_ccfsm_state
= 2;
11204 this_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (this_insn
);
11207 arm_ccfsm_state
= 1;
11215 /* If this is an unconditional branch to the same label, succeed.
11216 If it is to another label, do nothing. If it is conditional,
11218 /* XXX Probably, the tests for SET and the PC are
11221 scanbody
= PATTERN (this_insn
);
11222 if (GET_CODE (scanbody
) == SET
11223 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (scanbody
)) == PC
)
11225 if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (scanbody
)) == LABEL_REF
11226 && XEXP (SET_SRC (scanbody
), 0) == label
&& !reverse
)
11228 arm_ccfsm_state
= 2;
11231 else if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (scanbody
)) == IF_THEN_ELSE
)
11234 /* Fail if a conditional return is undesirable (e.g. on a
11235 StrongARM), but still allow this if optimizing for size. */
11236 else if (GET_CODE (scanbody
) == RETURN
11237 && !use_return_insn (TRUE
, NULL
)
11240 else if (GET_CODE (scanbody
) == RETURN
11243 arm_ccfsm_state
= 2;
11246 else if (GET_CODE (scanbody
) == PARALLEL
)
11248 switch (get_attr_conds (this_insn
))
11258 fail
= TRUE
; /* Unrecognized jump (e.g. epilogue). */
11263 /* Instructions using or affecting the condition codes make it
11265 scanbody
= PATTERN (this_insn
);
11266 if (!(GET_CODE (scanbody
) == SET
11267 || GET_CODE (scanbody
) == PARALLEL
)
11268 || get_attr_conds (this_insn
) != CONDS_NOCOND
)
11271 /* A conditional cirrus instruction must be followed by
11272 a non Cirrus instruction. However, since we
11273 conditionalize instructions in this function and by
11274 the time we get here we can't add instructions
11275 (nops), because shorten_branches() has already been
11276 called, we will disable conditionalizing Cirrus
11277 instructions to be safe. */
11278 if (GET_CODE (scanbody
) != USE
11279 && GET_CODE (scanbody
) != CLOBBER
11280 && get_attr_cirrus (this_insn
) != CIRRUS_NOT
)
11290 if ((!seeking_return
) && (arm_ccfsm_state
== 1 || reverse
))
11291 arm_target_label
= CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label
);
11292 else if (seeking_return
|| arm_ccfsm_state
== 2)
11294 while (this_insn
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (this_insn
)) == USE
)
11296 this_insn
= next_nonnote_insn (this_insn
);
11297 if (this_insn
&& (GET_CODE (this_insn
) == BARRIER
11298 || GET_CODE (this_insn
) == CODE_LABEL
))
11303 /* Oh, dear! we ran off the end.. give up. */
11304 recog (PATTERN (insn
), insn
, NULL
);
11305 arm_ccfsm_state
= 0;
11306 arm_target_insn
= NULL
;
11309 arm_target_insn
= this_insn
;
11318 get_arm_condition_code (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (body
),
11320 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (body
), 0), 0)) == AND
)
11321 arm_current_cc
= ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE (arm_current_cc
);
11322 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body
), 0)) == NE
)
11323 arm_current_cc
= ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE (arm_current_cc
);
11327 /* If REVERSE is true, ARM_CURRENT_CC needs to be inverted from
11330 arm_current_cc
= get_arm_condition_code (XEXP (SET_SRC (body
),
11334 if (reverse
|| then_not_else
)
11335 arm_current_cc
= ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE (arm_current_cc
);
11338 /* Restore recog_data (getting the attributes of other insns can
11339 destroy this array, but final.c assumes that it remains intact
11340 across this call; since the insn has been recognized already we
11341 call recog direct). */
11342 recog (PATTERN (insn
), insn
, NULL
);
11346 /* Returns true if REGNO is a valid register
11347 for holding a quantity of type MODE. */
11349 arm_hard_regno_mode_ok (unsigned int regno
, enum machine_mode mode
)
11351 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_CC
)
11352 return regno
== CC_REGNUM
|| regno
== VFPCC_REGNUM
;
11355 /* For the Thumb we only allow values bigger than SImode in
11356 registers 0 - 6, so that there is always a second low
11357 register available to hold the upper part of the value.
11358 We probably we ought to ensure that the register is the
11359 start of an even numbered register pair. */
11360 return (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode
) < 2) || (regno
< LAST_LO_REGNUM
);
11362 if (IS_CIRRUS_REGNUM (regno
))
11363 /* We have outlawed SI values in Cirrus registers because they
11364 reside in the lower 32 bits, but SF values reside in the
11365 upper 32 bits. This causes gcc all sorts of grief. We can't
11366 even split the registers into pairs because Cirrus SI values
11367 get sign extended to 64bits-- aldyh. */
11368 return (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
) || (mode
== DImode
);
11370 if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (regno
))
11372 if (mode
== SFmode
|| mode
== SImode
)
11375 /* DFmode values are only valid in even register pairs. */
11376 if (mode
== DFmode
)
11377 return ((regno
- FIRST_VFP_REGNUM
) & 1) == 0;
11381 if (IS_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM (regno
))
11382 return mode
== SImode
;
11384 if (IS_IWMMXT_REGNUM (regno
))
11385 return VALID_IWMMXT_REG_MODE (mode
);
11387 /* We allow any value to be stored in the general registers.
11388 Restrict doubleword quantities to even register pairs so that we can
11390 if (regno
<= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
)
11391 return !(TARGET_LDRD
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > 4 && (regno
& 1) != 0);
11393 if ( regno
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
11394 || regno
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
)
11395 /* We only allow integers in the fake hard registers. */
11396 return GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
;
11398 /* The only registers left are the FPA registers
11399 which we only allow to hold FP values. */
11400 return GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
11401 && regno
>= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
11402 && regno
<= LAST_FPA_REGNUM
;
11406 arm_regno_class (int regno
)
11410 if (regno
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
11412 if (regno
== CC_REGNUM
)
11419 if ( regno
<= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
11420 || regno
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
11421 || regno
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
)
11422 return GENERAL_REGS
;
11424 if (regno
== CC_REGNUM
|| regno
== VFPCC_REGNUM
)
11427 if (IS_CIRRUS_REGNUM (regno
))
11428 return CIRRUS_REGS
;
11430 if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (regno
))
11433 if (IS_IWMMXT_REGNUM (regno
))
11434 return IWMMXT_REGS
;
11436 if (IS_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM (regno
))
11437 return IWMMXT_GR_REGS
;
11442 /* Handle a special case when computing the offset
11443 of an argument from the frame pointer. */
11445 arm_debugger_arg_offset (int value
, rtx addr
)
11449 /* We are only interested if dbxout_parms() failed to compute the offset. */
11453 /* We can only cope with the case where the address is held in a register. */
11454 if (GET_CODE (addr
) != REG
)
11457 /* If we are using the frame pointer to point at the argument, then
11458 an offset of 0 is correct. */
11459 if (REGNO (addr
) == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
11462 /* If we are using the stack pointer to point at the
11463 argument, then an offset of 0 is correct. */
11464 if ((TARGET_THUMB
|| !frame_pointer_needed
)
11465 && REGNO (addr
) == SP_REGNUM
)
11468 /* Oh dear. The argument is pointed to by a register rather
11469 than being held in a register, or being stored at a known
11470 offset from the frame pointer. Since GDB only understands
11471 those two kinds of argument we must translate the address
11472 held in the register into an offset from the frame pointer.
11473 We do this by searching through the insns for the function
11474 looking to see where this register gets its value. If the
11475 register is initialized from the frame pointer plus an offset
11476 then we are in luck and we can continue, otherwise we give up.
11478 This code is exercised by producing debugging information
11479 for a function with arguments like this:
11481 double func (double a, double b, int c, double d) {return d;}
11483 Without this code the stab for parameter 'd' will be set to
11484 an offset of 0 from the frame pointer, rather than 8. */
11486 /* The if() statement says:
11488 If the insn is a normal instruction
11489 and if the insn is setting the value in a register
11490 and if the register being set is the register holding the address of the argument
11491 and if the address is computing by an addition
11492 that involves adding to a register
11493 which is the frame pointer
11498 for (insn
= get_insns (); insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
11500 if ( GET_CODE (insn
) == INSN
11501 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
11502 && REGNO (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0)) == REGNO (addr
)
11503 && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 1)) == PLUS
11504 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 1), 0)) == REG
11505 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 1), 0)) == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
11506 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 1), 1)) == CONST_INT
11509 value
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 1), 1));
11518 warning ("unable to compute real location of stacked parameter");
11519 value
= 8; /* XXX magic hack */
11525 #define def_mbuiltin(MASK, NAME, TYPE, CODE) \
11528 if ((MASK) & insn_flags) \
11529 lang_hooks.builtin_function ((NAME), (TYPE), (CODE), \
11530 BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL_TREE); \
11534 struct builtin_description
11536 const unsigned int mask
;
11537 const enum insn_code icode
;
11538 const char * const name
;
11539 const enum arm_builtins code
;
11540 const enum rtx_code comparison
;
11541 const unsigned int flag
;
11544 static const struct builtin_description bdesc_2arg
[] =
11546 #define IWMMXT_BUILTIN(code, string, builtin) \
11547 { FL_IWMMXT, CODE_FOR_##code, "__builtin_arm_" string, \
11548 ARM_BUILTIN_##builtin, 0, 0 },
11550 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (addv8qi3
, "waddb", WADDB
)
11551 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (addv4hi3
, "waddh", WADDH
)
11552 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (addv2si3
, "waddw", WADDW
)
11553 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (subv8qi3
, "wsubb", WSUBB
)
11554 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (subv4hi3
, "wsubh", WSUBH
)
11555 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (subv2si3
, "wsubw", WSUBW
)
11556 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ssaddv8qi3
, "waddbss", WADDSSB
)
11557 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ssaddv4hi3
, "waddhss", WADDSSH
)
11558 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ssaddv2si3
, "waddwss", WADDSSW
)
11559 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sssubv8qi3
, "wsubbss", WSUBSSB
)
11560 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sssubv4hi3
, "wsubhss", WSUBSSH
)
11561 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sssubv2si3
, "wsubwss", WSUBSSW
)
11562 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (usaddv8qi3
, "waddbus", WADDUSB
)
11563 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (usaddv4hi3
, "waddhus", WADDUSH
)
11564 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (usaddv2si3
, "waddwus", WADDUSW
)
11565 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ussubv8qi3
, "wsubbus", WSUBUSB
)
11566 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ussubv4hi3
, "wsubhus", WSUBUSH
)
11567 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ussubv2si3
, "wsubwus", WSUBUSW
)
11568 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (mulv4hi3
, "wmulul", WMULUL
)
11569 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smulv4hi3_highpart
, "wmulsm", WMULSM
)
11570 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umulv4hi3_highpart
, "wmulum", WMULUM
)
11571 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (eqv8qi3
, "wcmpeqb", WCMPEQB
)
11572 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (eqv4hi3
, "wcmpeqh", WCMPEQH
)
11573 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (eqv2si3
, "wcmpeqw", WCMPEQW
)
11574 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtuv8qi3
, "wcmpgtub", WCMPGTUB
)
11575 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtuv4hi3
, "wcmpgtuh", WCMPGTUH
)
11576 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtuv2si3
, "wcmpgtuw", WCMPGTUW
)
11577 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtv8qi3
, "wcmpgtsb", WCMPGTSB
)
11578 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtv4hi3
, "wcmpgtsh", WCMPGTSH
)
11579 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtv2si3
, "wcmpgtsw", WCMPGTSW
)
11580 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umaxv8qi3
, "wmaxub", WMAXUB
)
11581 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smaxv8qi3
, "wmaxsb", WMAXSB
)
11582 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umaxv4hi3
, "wmaxuh", WMAXUH
)
11583 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smaxv4hi3
, "wmaxsh", WMAXSH
)
11584 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umaxv2si3
, "wmaxuw", WMAXUW
)
11585 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smaxv2si3
, "wmaxsw", WMAXSW
)
11586 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (uminv8qi3
, "wminub", WMINUB
)
11587 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sminv8qi3
, "wminsb", WMINSB
)
11588 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (uminv4hi3
, "wminuh", WMINUH
)
11589 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sminv4hi3
, "wminsh", WMINSH
)
11590 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (uminv2si3
, "wminuw", WMINUW
)
11591 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sminv2si3
, "wminsw", WMINSW
)
11592 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_anddi3
, "wand", WAND
)
11593 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_nanddi3
, "wandn", WANDN
)
11594 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_iordi3
, "wor", WOR
)
11595 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_xordi3
, "wxor", WXOR
)
11596 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgv8qi3
, "wavg2b", WAVG2B
)
11597 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgv4hi3
, "wavg2h", WAVG2H
)
11598 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgrndv8qi3
, "wavg2br", WAVG2BR
)
11599 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgrndv4hi3
, "wavg2hr", WAVG2HR
)
11600 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckilb
, "wunpckilb", WUNPCKILB
)
11601 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckilh
, "wunpckilh", WUNPCKILH
)
11602 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckilw
, "wunpckilw", WUNPCKILW
)
11603 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckihb
, "wunpckihb", WUNPCKIHB
)
11604 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckihh
, "wunpckihh", WUNPCKIHH
)
11605 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckihw
, "wunpckihw", WUNPCKIHW
)
11606 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wmadds
, "wmadds", WMADDS
)
11607 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wmaddu
, "wmaddu", WMADDU
)
11609 #define IWMMXT_BUILTIN2(code, builtin) \
11610 { FL_IWMMXT, CODE_FOR_##code, NULL, ARM_BUILTIN_##builtin, 0, 0 },
11612 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackhss
, WPACKHSS
)
11613 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackwss
, WPACKWSS
)
11614 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackdss
, WPACKDSS
)
11615 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackhus
, WPACKHUS
)
11616 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackwus
, WPACKWUS
)
11617 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackdus
, WPACKDUS
)
11618 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv4hi3_di
, WSLLH
)
11619 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv4hi3
, WSLLHI
)
11620 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv2si3_di
, WSLLW
)
11621 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv2si3
, WSLLWI
)
11622 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashldi3_di
, WSLLD
)
11623 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashldi3_iwmmxt
, WSLLDI
)
11624 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv4hi3_di
, WSRLH
)
11625 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv4hi3
, WSRLHI
)
11626 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv2si3_di
, WSRLW
)
11627 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv2si3
, WSRLWI
)
11628 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrdi3_di
, WSRLD
)
11629 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrdi3_iwmmxt
, WSRLDI
)
11630 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv4hi3_di
, WSRAH
)
11631 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv4hi3
, WSRAHI
)
11632 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv2si3_di
, WSRAW
)
11633 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv2si3
, WSRAWI
)
11634 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrdi3_di
, WSRAD
)
11635 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrdi3_iwmmxt
, WSRADI
)
11636 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv4hi3_di
, WRORH
)
11637 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv4hi3
, WRORHI
)
11638 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv2si3_di
, WRORW
)
11639 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv2si3
, WRORWI
)
11640 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rordi3_di
, WRORD
)
11641 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rordi3
, WRORDI
)
11642 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wmacuz
, WMACUZ
)
11643 IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wmacsz
, WMACSZ
)
11646 static const struct builtin_description bdesc_1arg
[] =
11648 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_tmovmskb
, "tmovmskb", TMOVMSKB
)
11649 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_tmovmskh
, "tmovmskh", TMOVMSKH
)
11650 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_tmovmskw
, "tmovmskw", TMOVMSKW
)
11651 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_waccb
, "waccb", WACCB
)
11652 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wacch
, "wacch", WACCH
)
11653 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_waccw
, "waccw", WACCW
)
11654 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehub
, "wunpckehub", WUNPCKEHUB
)
11655 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehuh
, "wunpckehuh", WUNPCKEHUH
)
11656 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehuw
, "wunpckehuw", WUNPCKEHUW
)
11657 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehsb
, "wunpckehsb", WUNPCKEHSB
)
11658 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehsh
, "wunpckehsh", WUNPCKEHSH
)
11659 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehsw
, "wunpckehsw", WUNPCKEHSW
)
11660 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelub
, "wunpckelub", WUNPCKELUB
)
11661 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckeluh
, "wunpckeluh", WUNPCKELUH
)
11662 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckeluw
, "wunpckeluw", WUNPCKELUW
)
11663 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelsb
, "wunpckelsb", WUNPCKELSB
)
11664 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelsh
, "wunpckelsh", WUNPCKELSH
)
11665 IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelsw
, "wunpckelsw", WUNPCKELSW
)
11668 /* Set up all the iWMMXt builtins. This is
11669 not called if TARGET_IWMMXT is zero. */
11672 arm_init_iwmmxt_builtins (void)
11674 const struct builtin_description
* d
;
11676 tree endlink
= void_list_node
;
11678 tree V2SI_type_node
= build_vector_type_for_mode (intSI_type_node
, V2SImode
);
11679 tree V4HI_type_node
= build_vector_type_for_mode (intHI_type_node
, V4HImode
);
11680 tree V8QI_type_node
= build_vector_type_for_mode (intQI_type_node
, V8QImode
);
11683 = build_function_type (integer_type_node
,
11684 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
, endlink
));
11685 tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi_int
11686 = build_function_type (V8QI_type_node
,
11687 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11688 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11689 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
,
11692 tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int
11693 = build_function_type (V4HI_type_node
,
11694 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11695 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11697 tree v2si_ftype_v2si_int
11698 = build_function_type (V2SI_type_node
,
11699 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V2SI_type_node
,
11700 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11702 tree v2si_ftype_di_di
11703 = build_function_type (V2SI_type_node
,
11704 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, long_long_integer_type_node
,
11705 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, long_long_integer_type_node
,
11707 tree di_ftype_di_int
11708 = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node
,
11709 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, long_long_integer_type_node
,
11710 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11712 tree di_ftype_di_int_int
11713 = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node
,
11714 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, long_long_integer_type_node
,
11715 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11716 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
,
11719 tree int_ftype_v8qi
11720 = build_function_type (integer_type_node
,
11721 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11723 tree int_ftype_v4hi
11724 = build_function_type (integer_type_node
,
11725 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11727 tree int_ftype_v2si
11728 = build_function_type (integer_type_node
,
11729 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V2SI_type_node
,
11731 tree int_ftype_v8qi_int
11732 = build_function_type (integer_type_node
,
11733 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11734 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11736 tree int_ftype_v4hi_int
11737 = build_function_type (integer_type_node
,
11738 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11739 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11741 tree int_ftype_v2si_int
11742 = build_function_type (integer_type_node
,
11743 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V2SI_type_node
,
11744 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11746 tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_int_int
11747 = build_function_type (V8QI_type_node
,
11748 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11749 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11750 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
,
11753 tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int_int
11754 = build_function_type (V4HI_type_node
,
11755 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11756 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11757 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
,
11760 tree v2si_ftype_v2si_int_int
11761 = build_function_type (V2SI_type_node
,
11762 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V2SI_type_node
,
11763 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11764 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
,
11767 /* Miscellaneous. */
11768 tree v8qi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
11769 = build_function_type (V8QI_type_node
,
11770 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11771 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11773 tree v4hi_ftype_v2si_v2si
11774 = build_function_type (V4HI_type_node
,
11775 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V2SI_type_node
,
11776 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V2SI_type_node
,
11778 tree v2si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
11779 = build_function_type (V2SI_type_node
,
11780 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11781 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11783 tree v2si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi
11784 = build_function_type (V2SI_type_node
,
11785 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11786 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11788 tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di
11789 = build_function_type (V4HI_type_node
,
11790 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11791 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
,
11792 long_long_integer_type_node
,
11794 tree v2si_ftype_v2si_di
11795 = build_function_type (V2SI_type_node
,
11796 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V2SI_type_node
,
11797 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
,
11798 long_long_integer_type_node
,
11800 tree void_ftype_int_int
11801 = build_function_type (void_type_node
,
11802 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11803 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
,
11806 = build_function_type (long_long_unsigned_type_node
, endlink
);
11808 = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node
,
11809 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11812 = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node
,
11813 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11816 = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node
,
11817 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V2SI_type_node
,
11819 tree v2si_ftype_v4hi
11820 = build_function_type (V2SI_type_node
,
11821 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11823 tree v4hi_ftype_v8qi
11824 = build_function_type (V4HI_type_node
,
11825 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11828 tree di_ftype_di_v4hi_v4hi
11829 = build_function_type (long_long_unsigned_type_node
,
11830 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
,
11831 long_long_unsigned_type_node
,
11832 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11833 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
,
11837 tree di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
11838 = build_function_type (long_long_unsigned_type_node
,
11839 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11840 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11843 /* Normal vector binops. */
11844 tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi
11845 = build_function_type (V8QI_type_node
,
11846 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11847 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V8QI_type_node
,
11849 tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
11850 = build_function_type (V4HI_type_node
,
11851 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11852 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V4HI_type_node
,
11854 tree v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si
11855 = build_function_type (V2SI_type_node
,
11856 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V2SI_type_node
,
11857 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, V2SI_type_node
,
11859 tree di_ftype_di_di
11860 = build_function_type (long_long_unsigned_type_node
,
11861 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
, long_long_unsigned_type_node
,
11862 tree_cons (NULL_TREE
,
11863 long_long_unsigned_type_node
,
11866 /* Add all builtins that are more or less simple operations on two
11868 for (i
= 0, d
= bdesc_2arg
; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_2arg
); i
++, d
++)
11870 /* Use one of the operands; the target can have a different mode for
11871 mask-generating compares. */
11872 enum machine_mode mode
;
11878 mode
= insn_data
[d
->icode
].operand
[1].mode
;
11883 type
= v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi
;
11886 type
= v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
;
11889 type
= v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si
;
11892 type
= di_ftype_di_di
;
11899 def_mbuiltin (d
->mask
, d
->name
, type
, d
->code
);
11902 /* Add the remaining MMX insns with somewhat more complicated types. */
11903 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wzero", di_ftype_void
, ARM_BUILTIN_WZERO
);
11904 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_setwcx", void_ftype_int_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_SETWCX
);
11905 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_getwcx", int_ftype_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_GETWCX
);
11907 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsllh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLH
);
11908 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsllw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLW
);
11909 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wslld", di_ftype_di_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLD
);
11910 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsllhi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLHI
);
11911 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsllwi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLWI
);
11912 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wslldi", di_ftype_di_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLDI
);
11914 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsrlh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLH
);
11915 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsrlw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLW
);
11916 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsrld", di_ftype_di_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLD
);
11917 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsrlhi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLHI
);
11918 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsrlwi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLWI
);
11919 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsrldi", di_ftype_di_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLDI
);
11921 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsrah", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAH
);
11922 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsraw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAW
);
11923 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsrad", di_ftype_di_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAD
);
11924 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsrahi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAHI
);
11925 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsrawi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAWI
);
11926 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsradi", di_ftype_di_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSRADI
);
11928 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wrorh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WRORH
);
11929 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wrorw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WRORW
);
11930 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wrord", di_ftype_di_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WRORD
);
11931 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wrorhi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WRORHI
);
11932 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wrorwi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WRORWI
);
11933 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wrordi", di_ftype_di_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WRORDI
);
11935 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wshufh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSHUFH
);
11937 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsadb", v2si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSADB
);
11938 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsadh", v2si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSADH
);
11939 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsadbz", v2si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSADBZ
);
11940 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wsadhz", v2si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WSADHZ
);
11942 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_textrmsb", int_ftype_v8qi_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSB
);
11943 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_textrmsh", int_ftype_v4hi_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSH
);
11944 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_textrmsw", int_ftype_v2si_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSW
);
11945 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_textrmub", int_ftype_v8qi_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUB
);
11946 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_textrmuh", int_ftype_v4hi_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUH
);
11947 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_textrmuw", int_ftype_v2si_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUW
);
11948 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tinsrb", v8qi_ftype_v8qi_int_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRB
);
11949 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tinsrh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRH
);
11950 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tinsrw", v2si_ftype_v2si_int_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRW
);
11952 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_waccb", di_ftype_v8qi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WACCB
);
11953 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wacch", di_ftype_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WACCH
);
11954 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_waccw", di_ftype_v2si
, ARM_BUILTIN_WACCW
);
11956 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tmovmskb", int_ftype_v8qi
, ARM_BUILTIN_TMOVMSKB
);
11957 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tmovmskh", int_ftype_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_TMOVMSKH
);
11958 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tmovmskw", int_ftype_v2si
, ARM_BUILTIN_TMOVMSKW
);
11960 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wpackhss", v8qi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKHSS
);
11961 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wpackhus", v8qi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKHUS
);
11962 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wpackwus", v4hi_ftype_v2si_v2si
, ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKWUS
);
11963 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wpackwss", v4hi_ftype_v2si_v2si
, ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKWSS
);
11964 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wpackdus", v2si_ftype_di_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKDUS
);
11965 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wpackdss", v2si_ftype_di_di
, ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKDSS
);
11967 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckehub", v4hi_ftype_v8qi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHUB
);
11968 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckehuh", v2si_ftype_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHUH
);
11969 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckehuw", di_ftype_v2si
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHUW
);
11970 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckehsb", v4hi_ftype_v8qi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHSB
);
11971 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckehsh", v2si_ftype_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHSH
);
11972 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckehsw", di_ftype_v2si
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHSW
);
11973 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckelub", v4hi_ftype_v8qi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELUB
);
11974 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckeluh", v2si_ftype_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELUH
);
11975 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckeluw", di_ftype_v2si
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELUW
);
11976 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckelsb", v4hi_ftype_v8qi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELSB
);
11977 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckelsh", v2si_ftype_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELSH
);
11978 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wunpckelsw", di_ftype_v2si
, ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELSW
);
11980 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wmacs", di_ftype_di_v4hi_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WMACS
);
11981 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wmacsz", di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WMACSZ
);
11982 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wmacu", di_ftype_di_v4hi_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WMACU
);
11983 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_wmacuz", di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
, ARM_BUILTIN_WMACUZ
);
11985 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_walign", v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_WALIGN
);
11986 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tmia", di_ftype_di_int_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TMIA
);
11987 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tmiaph", di_ftype_di_int_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TMIAPH
);
11988 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tmiabb", di_ftype_di_int_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABB
);
11989 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tmiabt", di_ftype_di_int_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABT
);
11990 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tmiatb", di_ftype_di_int_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATB
);
11991 def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT
, "__builtin_arm_tmiatt", di_ftype_di_int_int
, ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATT
);
11995 arm_init_builtins (void)
11997 if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
)
11998 arm_init_iwmmxt_builtins ();
12001 /* Errors in the source file can cause expand_expr to return const0_rtx
12002 where we expect a vector. To avoid crashing, use one of the vector
12003 clear instructions. */
12006 safe_vector_operand (rtx x
, enum machine_mode mode
)
12008 if (x
!= const0_rtx
)
12010 x
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
12012 emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_clrdi (mode
== DImode
? x
12013 : gen_rtx_SUBREG (DImode
, x
, 0)));
12017 /* Subroutine of arm_expand_builtin to take care of binop insns. */
12020 arm_expand_binop_builtin (enum insn_code icode
,
12021 tree arglist
, rtx target
)
12024 tree arg0
= TREE_VALUE (arglist
);
12025 tree arg1
= TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist
));
12026 rtx op0
= expand_expr (arg0
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12027 rtx op1
= expand_expr (arg1
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12028 enum machine_mode tmode
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].mode
;
12029 enum machine_mode mode0
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].mode
;
12030 enum machine_mode mode1
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].mode
;
12032 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode0
))
12033 op0
= safe_vector_operand (op0
, mode0
);
12034 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode1
))
12035 op1
= safe_vector_operand (op1
, mode1
);
12038 || GET_MODE (target
) != tmode
12039 || ! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].predicate
) (target
, tmode
))
12040 target
= gen_reg_rtx (tmode
);
12042 /* In case the insn wants input operands in modes different from
12043 the result, abort. */
12044 if (GET_MODE (op0
) != mode0
|| GET_MODE (op1
) != mode1
)
12047 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].predicate
) (op0
, mode0
))
12048 op0
= copy_to_mode_reg (mode0
, op0
);
12049 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].predicate
) (op1
, mode1
))
12050 op1
= copy_to_mode_reg (mode1
, op1
);
12052 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, op0
, op1
);
12059 /* Subroutine of arm_expand_builtin to take care of unop insns. */
12062 arm_expand_unop_builtin (enum insn_code icode
,
12063 tree arglist
, rtx target
, int do_load
)
12066 tree arg0
= TREE_VALUE (arglist
);
12067 rtx op0
= expand_expr (arg0
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12068 enum machine_mode tmode
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].mode
;
12069 enum machine_mode mode0
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].mode
;
12072 || GET_MODE (target
) != tmode
12073 || ! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].predicate
) (target
, tmode
))
12074 target
= gen_reg_rtx (tmode
);
12076 op0
= gen_rtx_MEM (mode0
, copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode
, op0
));
12079 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode0
))
12080 op0
= safe_vector_operand (op0
, mode0
);
12082 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].predicate
) (op0
, mode0
))
12083 op0
= copy_to_mode_reg (mode0
, op0
);
12086 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, op0
);
12093 /* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function,
12094 with result going to TARGET if that's convenient
12095 (and in mode MODE if that's convenient).
12096 SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands.
12097 IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */
12100 arm_expand_builtin (tree exp
,
12102 rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12103 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12104 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12106 const struct builtin_description
* d
;
12107 enum insn_code icode
;
12108 tree fndecl
= TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp
, 0), 0);
12109 tree arglist
= TREE_OPERAND (exp
, 1);
12117 int fcode
= DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl
);
12119 enum machine_mode tmode
;
12120 enum machine_mode mode0
;
12121 enum machine_mode mode1
;
12122 enum machine_mode mode2
;
12126 case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSB
:
12127 case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUB
:
12128 case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSH
:
12129 case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUH
:
12130 case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSW
:
12131 case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUW
:
12132 icode
= (fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSB
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmsb
12133 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUB
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmub
12134 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSH
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmsh
12135 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUH
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmuh
12136 : CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmw
);
12138 arg0
= TREE_VALUE (arglist
);
12139 arg1
= TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist
));
12140 op0
= expand_expr (arg0
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12141 op1
= expand_expr (arg1
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12142 tmode
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].mode
;
12143 mode0
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].mode
;
12144 mode1
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].mode
;
12146 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].predicate
) (op0
, mode0
))
12147 op0
= copy_to_mode_reg (mode0
, op0
);
12148 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].predicate
) (op1
, mode1
))
12150 /* @@@ better error message */
12151 error ("selector must be an immediate");
12152 return gen_reg_rtx (tmode
);
12155 || GET_MODE (target
) != tmode
12156 || ! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].predicate
) (target
, tmode
))
12157 target
= gen_reg_rtx (tmode
);
12158 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, op0
, op1
);
12164 case ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRB
:
12165 case ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRH
:
12166 case ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRW
:
12167 icode
= (fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRB
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tinsrb
12168 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRH
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tinsrh
12169 : CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tinsrw
);
12170 arg0
= TREE_VALUE (arglist
);
12171 arg1
= TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist
));
12172 arg2
= TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist
)));
12173 op0
= expand_expr (arg0
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12174 op1
= expand_expr (arg1
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12175 op2
= expand_expr (arg2
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12176 tmode
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].mode
;
12177 mode0
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].mode
;
12178 mode1
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].mode
;
12179 mode2
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[3].mode
;
12181 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].predicate
) (op0
, mode0
))
12182 op0
= copy_to_mode_reg (mode0
, op0
);
12183 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].predicate
) (op1
, mode1
))
12184 op1
= copy_to_mode_reg (mode1
, op1
);
12185 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[3].predicate
) (op2
, mode2
))
12187 /* @@@ better error message */
12188 error ("selector must be an immediate");
12192 || GET_MODE (target
) != tmode
12193 || ! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].predicate
) (target
, tmode
))
12194 target
= gen_reg_rtx (tmode
);
12195 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, op0
, op1
, op2
);
12201 case ARM_BUILTIN_SETWCX
:
12202 arg0
= TREE_VALUE (arglist
);
12203 arg1
= TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist
));
12204 op0
= force_reg (SImode
, expand_expr (arg0
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0));
12205 op1
= expand_expr (arg1
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12206 emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_tmcr (op1
, op0
));
12209 case ARM_BUILTIN_GETWCX
:
12210 arg0
= TREE_VALUE (arglist
);
12211 op0
= expand_expr (arg0
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12212 target
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
12213 emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_tmrc (target
, op0
));
12216 case ARM_BUILTIN_WSHUFH
:
12217 icode
= CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wshufh
;
12218 arg0
= TREE_VALUE (arglist
);
12219 arg1
= TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist
));
12220 op0
= expand_expr (arg0
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12221 op1
= expand_expr (arg1
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12222 tmode
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].mode
;
12223 mode1
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].mode
;
12224 mode2
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].mode
;
12226 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].predicate
) (op0
, mode1
))
12227 op0
= copy_to_mode_reg (mode1
, op0
);
12228 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].predicate
) (op1
, mode2
))
12230 /* @@@ better error message */
12231 error ("mask must be an immediate");
12235 || GET_MODE (target
) != tmode
12236 || ! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].predicate
) (target
, tmode
))
12237 target
= gen_reg_rtx (tmode
);
12238 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, op0
, op1
);
12244 case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADB
:
12245 return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadb
, arglist
, target
);
12246 case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADH
:
12247 return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadh
, arglist
, target
);
12248 case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADBZ
:
12249 return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadbz
, arglist
, target
);
12250 case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADHZ
:
12251 return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadhz
, arglist
, target
);
12253 /* Several three-argument builtins. */
12254 case ARM_BUILTIN_WMACS
:
12255 case ARM_BUILTIN_WMACU
:
12256 case ARM_BUILTIN_WALIGN
:
12257 case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIA
:
12258 case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIAPH
:
12259 case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATT
:
12260 case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATB
:
12261 case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABT
:
12262 case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABB
:
12263 icode
= (fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_WMACS
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wmacs
12264 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_WMACU
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wmacu
12265 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TMIA
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmia
12266 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TMIAPH
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiaph
12267 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABB
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiabb
12268 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABT
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiabt
12269 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATB
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiatb
12270 : fcode
== ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATT
? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiatt
12271 : CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_walign
);
12272 arg0
= TREE_VALUE (arglist
);
12273 arg1
= TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist
));
12274 arg2
= TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist
)));
12275 op0
= expand_expr (arg0
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12276 op1
= expand_expr (arg1
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12277 op2
= expand_expr (arg2
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
12278 tmode
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].mode
;
12279 mode0
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].mode
;
12280 mode1
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].mode
;
12281 mode2
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[3].mode
;
12283 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].predicate
) (op0
, mode0
))
12284 op0
= copy_to_mode_reg (mode0
, op0
);
12285 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].predicate
) (op1
, mode1
))
12286 op1
= copy_to_mode_reg (mode1
, op1
);
12287 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[3].predicate
) (op2
, mode2
))
12288 op2
= copy_to_mode_reg (mode2
, op2
);
12290 || GET_MODE (target
) != tmode
12291 || ! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].predicate
) (target
, tmode
))
12292 target
= gen_reg_rtx (tmode
);
12293 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, op0
, op1
, op2
);
12299 case ARM_BUILTIN_WZERO
:
12300 target
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
12301 emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_clrdi (target
));
12308 for (i
= 0, d
= bdesc_2arg
; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_2arg
); i
++, d
++)
12309 if (d
->code
== (const enum arm_builtins
) fcode
)
12310 return arm_expand_binop_builtin (d
->icode
, arglist
, target
);
12312 for (i
= 0, d
= bdesc_1arg
; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_1arg
); i
++, d
++)
12313 if (d
->code
== (const enum arm_builtins
) fcode
)
12314 return arm_expand_unop_builtin (d
->icode
, arglist
, target
, 0);
12316 /* @@@ Should really do something sensible here. */
12320 /* Recursively search through all of the blocks in a function
12321 checking to see if any of the variables created in that
12322 function match the RTX called 'orig'. If they do then
12323 replace them with the RTX called 'new'. */
12325 replace_symbols_in_block (tree block
, rtx orig
, rtx
new)
12327 for (; block
; block
= BLOCK_CHAIN (block
))
12331 if (!TREE_USED (block
))
12334 for (sym
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); sym
; sym
= TREE_CHAIN (sym
))
12336 if ( (DECL_NAME (sym
) == 0 && TREE_CODE (sym
) != TYPE_DECL
)
12337 || DECL_IGNORED_P (sym
)
12338 || TREE_CODE (sym
) != VAR_DECL
12339 || DECL_EXTERNAL (sym
)
12340 || !rtx_equal_p (DECL_RTL (sym
), orig
)
12344 SET_DECL_RTL (sym
, new);
12347 replace_symbols_in_block (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block
), orig
, new);
12351 /* Return the number (counting from 0) of
12352 the least significant set bit in MASK. */
12355 number_of_first_bit_set (int mask
)
12360 (mask
& (1 << bit
)) == 0;
12367 /* Generate code to return from a thumb function.
12368 If 'reg_containing_return_addr' is -1, then the return address is
12369 actually on the stack, at the stack pointer. */
12371 thumb_exit (FILE *f
, int reg_containing_return_addr
)
12373 unsigned regs_available_for_popping
;
12374 unsigned regs_to_pop
;
12376 unsigned available
;
12380 int restore_a4
= FALSE
;
12382 /* Compute the registers we need to pop. */
12386 if (reg_containing_return_addr
== -1)
12388 regs_to_pop
|= 1 << LR_REGNUM
;
12392 if (TARGET_BACKTRACE
)
12394 /* Restore the (ARM) frame pointer and stack pointer. */
12395 regs_to_pop
|= (1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
) | (1 << SP_REGNUM
);
12399 /* If there is nothing to pop then just emit the BX instruction and
12401 if (pops_needed
== 0)
12403 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
)
12404 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tadd\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM
, ARM_EH_STACKADJ_REGNUM
);
12406 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tbx\t%r\n", reg_containing_return_addr
);
12409 /* Otherwise if we are not supporting interworking and we have not created
12410 a backtrace structure and the function was not entered in ARM mode then
12411 just pop the return address straight into the PC. */
12412 else if (!TARGET_INTERWORK
12413 && !TARGET_BACKTRACE
12414 && !is_called_in_ARM_mode (current_function_decl
)
12415 && !current_function_calls_eh_return
)
12417 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tpop\t{%r}\n", PC_REGNUM
);
12421 /* Find out how many of the (return) argument registers we can corrupt. */
12422 regs_available_for_popping
= 0;
12424 /* If returning via __builtin_eh_return, the bottom three registers
12425 all contain information needed for the return. */
12426 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
)
12430 /* If we can deduce the registers used from the function's
12431 return value. This is more reliable that examining
12432 regs_ever_live[] because that will be set if the register is
12433 ever used in the function, not just if the register is used
12434 to hold a return value. */
12436 if (current_function_return_rtx
!= 0)
12437 mode
= GET_MODE (current_function_return_rtx
);
12439 mode
= DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl
));
12441 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
12445 /* In a void function we can use any argument register.
12446 In a function that returns a structure on the stack
12447 we can use the second and third argument registers. */
12448 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
12449 regs_available_for_popping
=
12450 (1 << ARG_REGISTER (1))
12451 | (1 << ARG_REGISTER (2))
12452 | (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
12454 regs_available_for_popping
=
12455 (1 << ARG_REGISTER (2))
12456 | (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
12458 else if (size
<= 4)
12459 regs_available_for_popping
=
12460 (1 << ARG_REGISTER (2))
12461 | (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
12462 else if (size
<= 8)
12463 regs_available_for_popping
=
12464 (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
12467 /* Match registers to be popped with registers into which we pop them. */
12468 for (available
= regs_available_for_popping
,
12469 required
= regs_to_pop
;
12470 required
!= 0 && available
!= 0;
12471 available
&= ~(available
& - available
),
12472 required
&= ~(required
& - required
))
12475 /* If we have any popping registers left over, remove them. */
12477 regs_available_for_popping
&= ~available
;
12479 /* Otherwise if we need another popping register we can use
12480 the fourth argument register. */
12481 else if (pops_needed
)
12483 /* If we have not found any free argument registers and
12484 reg a4 contains the return address, we must move it. */
12485 if (regs_available_for_popping
== 0
12486 && reg_containing_return_addr
== LAST_ARG_REGNUM
)
12488 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM
, LAST_ARG_REGNUM
);
12489 reg_containing_return_addr
= LR_REGNUM
;
12491 else if (size
> 12)
12493 /* Register a4 is being used to hold part of the return value,
12494 but we have dire need of a free, low register. */
12497 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n",IP_REGNUM
, LAST_ARG_REGNUM
);
12500 if (reg_containing_return_addr
!= LAST_ARG_REGNUM
)
12502 /* The fourth argument register is available. */
12503 regs_available_for_popping
|= 1 << LAST_ARG_REGNUM
;
12509 /* Pop as many registers as we can. */
12510 thumb_pushpop (f
, regs_available_for_popping
, FALSE
, NULL
,
12511 regs_available_for_popping
);
12513 /* Process the registers we popped. */
12514 if (reg_containing_return_addr
== -1)
12516 /* The return address was popped into the lowest numbered register. */
12517 regs_to_pop
&= ~(1 << LR_REGNUM
);
12519 reg_containing_return_addr
=
12520 number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping
);
12522 /* Remove this register for the mask of available registers, so that
12523 the return address will not be corrupted by further pops. */
12524 regs_available_for_popping
&= ~(1 << reg_containing_return_addr
);
12527 /* If we popped other registers then handle them here. */
12528 if (regs_available_for_popping
)
12532 /* Work out which register currently contains the frame pointer. */
12533 frame_pointer
= number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping
);
12535 /* Move it into the correct place. */
12536 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n",
12537 ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
, frame_pointer
);
12539 /* (Temporarily) remove it from the mask of popped registers. */
12540 regs_available_for_popping
&= ~(1 << frame_pointer
);
12541 regs_to_pop
&= ~(1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
12543 if (regs_available_for_popping
)
12547 /* We popped the stack pointer as well,
12548 find the register that contains it. */
12549 stack_pointer
= number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping
);
12551 /* Move it into the stack register. */
12552 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM
, stack_pointer
);
12554 /* At this point we have popped all necessary registers, so
12555 do not worry about restoring regs_available_for_popping
12556 to its correct value:
12558 assert (pops_needed == 0)
12559 assert (regs_available_for_popping == (1 << frame_pointer))
12560 assert (regs_to_pop == (1 << STACK_POINTER)) */
12564 /* Since we have just move the popped value into the frame
12565 pointer, the popping register is available for reuse, and
12566 we know that we still have the stack pointer left to pop. */
12567 regs_available_for_popping
|= (1 << frame_pointer
);
12571 /* If we still have registers left on the stack, but we no longer have
12572 any registers into which we can pop them, then we must move the return
12573 address into the link register and make available the register that
12575 if (regs_available_for_popping
== 0 && pops_needed
> 0)
12577 regs_available_for_popping
|= 1 << reg_containing_return_addr
;
12579 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM
,
12580 reg_containing_return_addr
);
12582 reg_containing_return_addr
= LR_REGNUM
;
12585 /* If we have registers left on the stack then pop some more.
12586 We know that at most we will want to pop FP and SP. */
12587 if (pops_needed
> 0)
12592 thumb_pushpop (f
, regs_available_for_popping
, FALSE
, NULL
,
12593 regs_available_for_popping
);
12595 /* We have popped either FP or SP.
12596 Move whichever one it is into the correct register. */
12597 popped_into
= number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping
);
12598 move_to
= number_of_first_bit_set (regs_to_pop
);
12600 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", move_to
, popped_into
);
12602 regs_to_pop
&= ~(1 << move_to
);
12607 /* If we still have not popped everything then we must have only
12608 had one register available to us and we are now popping the SP. */
12609 if (pops_needed
> 0)
12613 thumb_pushpop (f
, regs_available_for_popping
, FALSE
, NULL
,
12614 regs_available_for_popping
);
12616 popped_into
= number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping
);
12618 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM
, popped_into
);
12620 assert (regs_to_pop == (1 << STACK_POINTER))
12621 assert (pops_needed == 1)
12625 /* If necessary restore the a4 register. */
12628 if (reg_containing_return_addr
!= LR_REGNUM
)
12630 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM
, LAST_ARG_REGNUM
);
12631 reg_containing_return_addr
= LR_REGNUM
;
12634 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LAST_ARG_REGNUM
, IP_REGNUM
);
12637 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
)
12638 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tadd\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM
, ARM_EH_STACKADJ_REGNUM
);
12640 /* Return to caller. */
12641 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tbx\t%r\n", reg_containing_return_addr
);
12644 /* Emit code to push or pop registers to or from the stack. F is the
12645 assembly file. MASK is the registers to push or pop. PUSH is
12646 nonzero if we should push, and zero if we should pop. For debugging
12647 output, if pushing, adjust CFA_OFFSET by the amount of space added
12648 to the stack. REAL_REGS should have the same number of bits set as
12649 MASK, and will be used instead (in the same order) to describe which
12650 registers were saved - this is used to mark the save slots when we
12651 push high registers after moving them to low registers. */
12653 thumb_pushpop (FILE *f
, int mask
, int push
, int *cfa_offset
, int real_regs
)
12656 int lo_mask
= mask
& 0xFF;
12657 int pushed_words
= 0;
12659 if (lo_mask
== 0 && !push
&& (mask
& (1 << PC_REGNUM
)))
12661 /* Special case. Do not generate a POP PC statement here, do it in
12663 thumb_exit (f
, -1);
12667 fprintf (f
, "\t%s\t{", push
? "push" : "pop");
12669 /* Look at the low registers first. */
12670 for (regno
= 0; regno
<= LAST_LO_REGNUM
; regno
++, lo_mask
>>= 1)
12674 asm_fprintf (f
, "%r", regno
);
12676 if ((lo_mask
& ~1) != 0)
12683 if (push
&& (mask
& (1 << LR_REGNUM
)))
12685 /* Catch pushing the LR. */
12689 asm_fprintf (f
, "%r", LR_REGNUM
);
12693 else if (!push
&& (mask
& (1 << PC_REGNUM
)))
12695 /* Catch popping the PC. */
12696 if (TARGET_INTERWORK
|| TARGET_BACKTRACE
12697 || current_function_calls_eh_return
)
12699 /* The PC is never poped directly, instead
12700 it is popped into r3 and then BX is used. */
12701 fprintf (f
, "}\n");
12703 thumb_exit (f
, -1);
12712 asm_fprintf (f
, "%r", PC_REGNUM
);
12716 fprintf (f
, "}\n");
12718 if (push
&& pushed_words
&& dwarf2out_do_frame ())
12720 char *l
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
12721 int pushed_mask
= real_regs
;
12723 *cfa_offset
+= pushed_words
* 4;
12724 dwarf2out_def_cfa (l
, SP_REGNUM
, *cfa_offset
);
12727 pushed_mask
= real_regs
;
12728 for (regno
= 0; regno
<= 14; regno
++, pushed_mask
>>= 1)
12730 if (pushed_mask
& 1)
12731 dwarf2out_reg_save (l
, regno
, 4 * pushed_words
++ - *cfa_offset
);
12737 thumb_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn
)
12739 if (flag_print_asm_name
)
12740 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%@ 0x%04x\n",
12741 INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn
)));
12745 thumb_shiftable_const (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val
)
12747 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= 0xff;
12750 if (val
== 0) /* XXX */
12753 for (i
= 0; i
< 25; i
++)
12754 if ((val
& (mask
<< i
)) == val
)
12760 /* Returns nonzero if the current function contains,
12761 or might contain a far jump. */
12763 thumb_far_jump_used_p (void)
12767 /* This test is only important for leaf functions. */
12768 /* assert (!leaf_function_p ()); */
12770 /* If we have already decided that far jumps may be used,
12771 do not bother checking again, and always return true even if
12772 it turns out that they are not being used. Once we have made
12773 the decision that far jumps are present (and that hence the link
12774 register will be pushed onto the stack) we cannot go back on it. */
12775 if (cfun
->machine
->far_jump_used
)
12778 /* If this function is not being called from the prologue/epilogue
12779 generation code then it must be being called from the
12780 INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET macro. */
12781 if (!(ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
|| reload_completed
))
12783 /* In this case we know that we are being asked about the elimination
12784 of the arg pointer register. If that register is not being used,
12785 then there are no arguments on the stack, and we do not have to
12786 worry that a far jump might force the prologue to push the link
12787 register, changing the stack offsets. In this case we can just
12788 return false, since the presence of far jumps in the function will
12789 not affect stack offsets.
12791 If the arg pointer is live (or if it was live, but has now been
12792 eliminated and so set to dead) then we do have to test to see if
12793 the function might contain a far jump. This test can lead to some
12794 false negatives, since before reload is completed, then length of
12795 branch instructions is not known, so gcc defaults to returning their
12796 longest length, which in turn sets the far jump attribute to true.
12798 A false negative will not result in bad code being generated, but it
12799 will result in a needless push and pop of the link register. We
12800 hope that this does not occur too often.
12802 If we need doubleword stack alignment this could affect the other
12803 elimination offsets so we can't risk getting it wrong. */
12804 if (regs_ever_live
[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
])
12805 cfun
->machine
->arg_pointer_live
= 1;
12806 else if (!cfun
->machine
->arg_pointer_live
)
12810 /* Check to see if the function contains a branch
12811 insn with the far jump attribute set. */
12812 for (insn
= get_insns (); insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
12814 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
12815 /* Ignore tablejump patterns. */
12816 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) != ADDR_VEC
12817 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) != ADDR_DIFF_VEC
12818 && get_attr_far_jump (insn
) == FAR_JUMP_YES
12821 /* Record the fact that we have decided that
12822 the function does use far jumps. */
12823 cfun
->machine
->far_jump_used
= 1;
12831 /* Return nonzero if FUNC must be entered in ARM mode. */
12833 is_called_in_ARM_mode (tree func
)
12835 if (TREE_CODE (func
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
12838 /* Ignore the problem about functions whoes address is taken. */
12839 if (TARGET_CALLEE_INTERWORKING
&& TREE_PUBLIC (func
))
12843 return lookup_attribute ("interfacearm", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (func
)) != NULL_TREE
;
12849 /* The bits which aren't usefully expanded as rtl. */
12851 thumb_unexpanded_epilogue (void)
12854 int live_regs_mask
= 0;
12855 int high_regs_pushed
= 0;
12856 int had_to_push_lr
;
12860 if (return_used_this_function
)
12863 if (IS_NAKED (arm_current_func_type ()))
12866 live_regs_mask
= thumb_compute_save_reg_mask ();
12867 high_regs_pushed
= bit_count (live_regs_mask
& 0x0f00);
12869 /* If we can deduce the registers used from the function's return value.
12870 This is more reliable that examining regs_ever_live[] because that
12871 will be set if the register is ever used in the function, not just if
12872 the register is used to hold a return value. */
12874 if (current_function_return_rtx
!= 0)
12875 mode
= GET_MODE (current_function_return_rtx
);
12877 mode
= DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl
));
12879 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
12881 /* The prolog may have pushed some high registers to use as
12882 work registers. e.g. the testsuite file:
12883 gcc/testsuite/gcc/gcc.c-torture/execute/complex-2.c
12884 compiles to produce:
12885 push {r4, r5, r6, r7, lr}
12889 as part of the prolog. We have to undo that pushing here. */
12891 if (high_regs_pushed
)
12893 int mask
= live_regs_mask
& 0xff;
12896 /* The available low registers depend on the size of the value we are
12904 /* Oh dear! We have no low registers into which we can pop
12907 ("no low registers available for popping high registers");
12909 for (next_hi_reg
= 8; next_hi_reg
< 13; next_hi_reg
++)
12910 if (live_regs_mask
& (1 << next_hi_reg
))
12913 while (high_regs_pushed
)
12915 /* Find lo register(s) into which the high register(s) can
12917 for (regno
= 0; regno
<= LAST_LO_REGNUM
; regno
++)
12919 if (mask
& (1 << regno
))
12920 high_regs_pushed
--;
12921 if (high_regs_pushed
== 0)
12925 mask
&= (2 << regno
) - 1; /* A noop if regno == 8 */
12927 /* Pop the values into the low register(s). */
12928 thumb_pushpop (asm_out_file
, mask
, 0, NULL
, mask
);
12930 /* Move the value(s) into the high registers. */
12931 for (regno
= 0; regno
<= LAST_LO_REGNUM
; regno
++)
12933 if (mask
& (1 << regno
))
12935 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", next_hi_reg
,
12938 for (next_hi_reg
++; next_hi_reg
< 13; next_hi_reg
++)
12939 if (live_regs_mask
& (1 << next_hi_reg
))
12944 live_regs_mask
&= ~0x0f00;
12947 had_to_push_lr
= (live_regs_mask
& (1 << LR_REGNUM
)) != 0;
12948 live_regs_mask
&= 0xff;
12950 if (current_function_pretend_args_size
== 0 || TARGET_BACKTRACE
)
12952 /* Pop the return address into the PC. */
12953 if (had_to_push_lr
)
12954 live_regs_mask
|= 1 << PC_REGNUM
;
12956 /* Either no argument registers were pushed or a backtrace
12957 structure was created which includes an adjusted stack
12958 pointer, so just pop everything. */
12959 if (live_regs_mask
)
12960 thumb_pushpop (asm_out_file
, live_regs_mask
, FALSE
, NULL
,
12963 /* We have either just popped the return address into the
12964 PC or it is was kept in LR for the entire function. */
12965 if (!had_to_push_lr
)
12966 thumb_exit (asm_out_file
, LR_REGNUM
);
12970 /* Pop everything but the return address. */
12971 if (live_regs_mask
)
12972 thumb_pushpop (asm_out_file
, live_regs_mask
, FALSE
, NULL
,
12975 if (had_to_push_lr
)
12979 /* We have no free low regs, so save one. */
12980 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", IP_REGNUM
,
12984 /* Get the return address into a temporary register. */
12985 thumb_pushpop (asm_out_file
, 1 << LAST_ARG_REGNUM
, 0, NULL
,
12986 1 << LAST_ARG_REGNUM
);
12990 /* Move the return address to lr. */
12991 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM
,
12993 /* Restore the low register. */
12994 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LAST_ARG_REGNUM
,
12999 regno
= LAST_ARG_REGNUM
;
13004 /* Remove the argument registers that were pushed onto the stack. */
13005 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tadd\t%r, %r, #%d\n",
13006 SP_REGNUM
, SP_REGNUM
,
13007 current_function_pretend_args_size
);
13009 thumb_exit (asm_out_file
, regno
);
13015 /* Functions to save and restore machine-specific function data. */
13016 static struct machine_function
*
13017 arm_init_machine_status (void)
13019 struct machine_function
*machine
;
13020 machine
= (machine_function
*) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (machine_function
));
13022 #if ARM_FT_UNKNOWN != 0
13023 machine
->func_type
= ARM_FT_UNKNOWN
;
13028 /* Return an RTX indicating where the return address to the
13029 calling function can be found. */
13031 arm_return_addr (int count
, rtx frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13036 return get_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode
, LR_REGNUM
);
13039 /* Do anything needed before RTL is emitted for each function. */
13041 arm_init_expanders (void)
13043 /* Arrange to initialize and mark the machine per-function status. */
13044 init_machine_status
= arm_init_machine_status
;
13046 /* This is to stop the combine pass optimizing away the alignment
13047 adjustment of va_arg. */
13048 /* ??? It is claimed that this should not be necessary. */
13050 mark_reg_pointer (arg_pointer_rtx
, PARM_BOUNDARY
);
13054 /* Like arm_compute_initial_elimination offset. Simpler because
13055 THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER isn't actually the ABI specified frame pointer. */
13058 thumb_compute_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned int from
, unsigned int to
)
13060 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
13062 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
13066 case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
:
13069 case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
:
13070 return offsets
->outgoing_args
- offsets
->saved_args
;
13072 case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
13073 return offsets
->soft_frame
- offsets
->saved_args
;
13075 case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
13076 case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
13077 return offsets
->saved_regs
- offsets
->saved_args
;
13084 case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
13087 case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
:
13088 return offsets
->outgoing_args
- offsets
->soft_frame
;
13090 case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
13091 case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
13092 return offsets
->saved_regs
- offsets
->soft_frame
;
13105 /* Generate the rest of a function's prologue. */
13107 thumb_expand_prologue (void)
13111 HOST_WIDE_INT amount
;
13112 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
13113 unsigned long func_type
;
13115 unsigned long live_regs_mask
;
13117 func_type
= arm_current_func_type ();
13119 /* Naked functions don't have prologues. */
13120 if (IS_NAKED (func_type
))
13123 if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type
))
13125 error ("interrupt Service Routines cannot be coded in Thumb mode");
13129 live_regs_mask
= thumb_compute_save_reg_mask ();
13130 /* Load the pic register before setting the frame pointer, so we can use r7
13131 as a temporary work register. */
13133 arm_load_pic_register (thumb_find_work_register (live_regs_mask
));
13135 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
13137 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
13139 insn
= emit_insn (gen_movsi (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
13140 stack_pointer_rtx
));
13141 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
13143 else if (CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE
> 0)
13144 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
),
13145 stack_pointer_rtx
);
13147 amount
= offsets
->outgoing_args
- offsets
->saved_regs
;
13152 insn
= emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
13153 GEN_INT (- amount
)));
13154 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
13160 /* The stack decrement is too big for an immediate value in a single
13161 insn. In theory we could issue multiple subtracts, but after
13162 three of them it becomes more space efficient to place the full
13163 value in the constant pool and load into a register. (Also the
13164 ARM debugger really likes to see only one stack decrement per
13165 function). So instead we look for a scratch register into which
13166 we can load the decrement, and then we subtract this from the
13167 stack pointer. Unfortunately on the thumb the only available
13168 scratch registers are the argument registers, and we cannot use
13169 these as they may hold arguments to the function. Instead we
13170 attempt to locate a call preserved register which is used by this
13171 function. If we can find one, then we know that it will have
13172 been pushed at the start of the prologue and so we can corrupt
13174 for (regno
= LAST_ARG_REGNUM
+ 1; regno
<= LAST_LO_REGNUM
; regno
++)
13175 if (live_regs_mask
& (1 << regno
)
13176 && !(frame_pointer_needed
13177 && (regno
== THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)))
13180 if (regno
> LAST_LO_REGNUM
) /* Very unlikely. */
13182 rtx spare
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, IP_REGNUM
);
13184 /* Choose an arbitrary, non-argument low register. */
13185 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, LAST_LO_REGNUM
);
13187 /* Save it by copying it into a high, scratch register. */
13188 emit_insn (gen_movsi (spare
, reg
));
13189 /* Add a USE to stop propagate_one_insn() from barfing. */
13190 emit_insn (gen_prologue_use (spare
));
13192 /* Decrement the stack. */
13193 emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg
, GEN_INT (- amount
)));
13194 insn
= emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
,
13195 stack_pointer_rtx
, reg
));
13196 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
13197 dwarf
= gen_rtx_SET (SImode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
13198 plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
,
13200 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (dwarf
) = 1;
13202 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, dwarf
,
13205 /* Restore the low register's original value. */
13206 emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg
, spare
));
13208 /* Emit a USE of the restored scratch register, so that flow
13209 analysis will not consider the restore redundant. The
13210 register won't be used again in this function and isn't
13211 restored by the epilogue. */
13212 emit_insn (gen_prologue_use (reg
));
13216 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, regno
);
13218 emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg
, GEN_INT (- amount
)));
13220 insn
= emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
,
13221 stack_pointer_rtx
, reg
));
13222 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
13223 dwarf
= gen_rtx_SET (SImode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
13224 plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
,
13226 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (dwarf
) = 1;
13228 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, dwarf
,
13232 /* If the frame pointer is needed, emit a special barrier that
13233 will prevent the scheduler from moving stores to the frame
13234 before the stack adjustment. */
13235 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
13236 emit_insn (gen_stack_tie (stack_pointer_rtx
,
13237 hard_frame_pointer_rtx
));
13240 if (current_function_profile
|| TARGET_NO_SCHED_PRO
)
13241 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
13243 cfun
->machine
->lr_save_eliminated
= !thumb_force_lr_save ();
13244 if (live_regs_mask
& 0xff)
13245 cfun
->machine
->lr_save_eliminated
= 0;
13247 /* If the link register is being kept alive, with the return address in it,
13248 then make sure that it does not get reused by the ce2 pass. */
13249 if (cfun
->machine
->lr_save_eliminated
)
13250 emit_insn (gen_prologue_use (gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, LR_REGNUM
)));
13255 thumb_expand_epilogue (void)
13257 HOST_WIDE_INT amount
;
13258 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
13261 /* Naked functions don't have prologues. */
13262 if (IS_NAKED (arm_current_func_type ()))
13265 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
13266 amount
= offsets
->outgoing_args
- offsets
->saved_regs
;
13268 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
13269 emit_insn (gen_movsi (stack_pointer_rtx
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
));
13273 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
13274 GEN_INT (amount
)));
13277 /* r3 is always free in the epilogue. */
13278 rtx reg
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, LAST_ARG_REGNUM
);
13280 emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg
, GEN_INT (amount
)));
13281 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
, reg
));
13285 /* Emit a USE (stack_pointer_rtx), so that
13286 the stack adjustment will not be deleted. */
13287 emit_insn (gen_prologue_use (stack_pointer_rtx
));
13289 if (current_function_profile
|| TARGET_NO_SCHED_PRO
)
13290 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
13292 /* Emit a clobber for each insn that will be restored in the epilogue,
13293 so that flow2 will get register lifetimes correct. */
13294 for (regno
= 0; regno
< 13; regno
++)
13295 if (regs_ever_live
[regno
] && !call_used_regs
[regno
])
13296 emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode
, gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, regno
)));
13298 if (! regs_ever_live
[LR_REGNUM
])
13299 emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode
, gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, LR_REGNUM
)));
13303 thumb_output_function_prologue (FILE *f
, HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13305 int live_regs_mask
= 0;
13307 int high_regs_pushed
= 0;
13308 int cfa_offset
= 0;
13311 if (IS_NAKED (arm_current_func_type ()))
13314 if (is_called_in_ARM_mode (current_function_decl
))
13318 if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl
)) != MEM
)
13320 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl
), 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
)
13322 name
= XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl
), 0), 0);
13324 /* Generate code sequence to switch us into Thumb mode. */
13325 /* The .code 32 directive has already been emitted by
13326 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME. */
13327 asm_fprintf (f
, "\torr\t%r, %r, #1\n", IP_REGNUM
, PC_REGNUM
);
13328 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tbx\t%r\n", IP_REGNUM
);
13330 /* Generate a label, so that the debugger will notice the
13331 change in instruction sets. This label is also used by
13332 the assembler to bypass the ARM code when this function
13333 is called from a Thumb encoded function elsewhere in the
13334 same file. Hence the definition of STUB_NAME here must
13335 agree with the definition in gas/config/tc-arm.c. */
13337 #define STUB_NAME ".real_start_of"
13339 fprintf (f
, "\t.code\t16\n");
13341 if (arm_dllexport_name_p (name
))
13342 name
= arm_strip_name_encoding (name
);
13344 asm_fprintf (f
, "\t.globl %s%U%s\n", STUB_NAME
, name
);
13345 fprintf (f
, "\t.thumb_func\n");
13346 asm_fprintf (f
, "%s%U%s:\n", STUB_NAME
, name
);
13349 if (current_function_pretend_args_size
)
13351 if (cfun
->machine
->uses_anonymous_args
)
13355 fprintf (f
, "\tpush\t{");
13357 num_pushes
= ARM_NUM_INTS (current_function_pretend_args_size
);
13359 for (regno
= LAST_ARG_REGNUM
+ 1 - num_pushes
;
13360 regno
<= LAST_ARG_REGNUM
;
13362 asm_fprintf (f
, "%r%s", regno
,
13363 regno
== LAST_ARG_REGNUM
? "" : ", ");
13365 fprintf (f
, "}\n");
13368 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tsub\t%r, %r, #%d\n",
13369 SP_REGNUM
, SP_REGNUM
,
13370 current_function_pretend_args_size
);
13372 /* We don't need to record the stores for unwinding (would it
13373 help the debugger any if we did?), but record the change in
13374 the stack pointer. */
13375 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
13377 char *l
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
13378 cfa_offset
= cfa_offset
+ current_function_pretend_args_size
;
13379 dwarf2out_def_cfa (l
, SP_REGNUM
, cfa_offset
);
13383 live_regs_mask
= thumb_compute_save_reg_mask ();
13384 /* Just low regs and lr. */
13385 l_mask
= live_regs_mask
& 0x40ff;
13387 if (TARGET_BACKTRACE
)
13392 /* We have been asked to create a stack backtrace structure.
13393 The code looks like this:
13397 0 sub SP, #16 Reserve space for 4 registers.
13398 2 push {R7} Push low registers.
13399 4 add R7, SP, #20 Get the stack pointer before the push.
13400 6 str R7, [SP, #8] Store the stack pointer (before reserving the space).
13401 8 mov R7, PC Get hold of the start of this code plus 12.
13402 10 str R7, [SP, #16] Store it.
13403 12 mov R7, FP Get hold of the current frame pointer.
13404 14 str R7, [SP, #4] Store it.
13405 16 mov R7, LR Get hold of the current return address.
13406 18 str R7, [SP, #12] Store it.
13407 20 add R7, SP, #16 Point at the start of the backtrace structure.
13408 22 mov FP, R7 Put this value into the frame pointer. */
13410 work_register
= thumb_find_work_register (live_regs_mask
);
13413 (f
, "\tsub\t%r, %r, #16\t%@ Create stack backtrace structure\n",
13414 SP_REGNUM
, SP_REGNUM
);
13416 if (dwarf2out_do_frame ())
13418 char *l
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
13419 cfa_offset
= cfa_offset
+ 16;
13420 dwarf2out_def_cfa (l
, SP_REGNUM
, cfa_offset
);
13425 thumb_pushpop (f
, l_mask
, 1, &cfa_offset
, l_mask
);
13426 offset
= bit_count (l_mask
);
13431 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tadd\t%r, %r, #%d\n", work_register
, SP_REGNUM
,
13432 offset
+ 16 + current_function_pretend_args_size
);
13434 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register
, SP_REGNUM
,
13437 /* Make sure that the instruction fetching the PC is in the right place
13438 to calculate "start of backtrace creation code + 12". */
13441 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", work_register
, PC_REGNUM
);
13442 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register
, SP_REGNUM
,
13444 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", work_register
,
13445 ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
13446 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register
, SP_REGNUM
,
13451 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", work_register
,
13452 ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
13453 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register
, SP_REGNUM
,
13455 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", work_register
, PC_REGNUM
);
13456 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register
, SP_REGNUM
,
13460 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", work_register
, LR_REGNUM
);
13461 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tstr\t%r, [%r, #%d]\n", work_register
, SP_REGNUM
,
13463 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tadd\t%r, %r, #%d\n", work_register
, SP_REGNUM
,
13465 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\t\t%@ Backtrace structure created\n",
13466 ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
, work_register
);
13469 thumb_pushpop (f
, l_mask
, 1, &cfa_offset
, l_mask
);
13471 high_regs_pushed
= bit_count (live_regs_mask
& 0x0f00);
13473 if (high_regs_pushed
)
13475 int pushable_regs
= 0;
13478 for (next_hi_reg
= 12; next_hi_reg
> LAST_LO_REGNUM
; next_hi_reg
--)
13479 if (live_regs_mask
& (1 << next_hi_reg
))
13482 pushable_regs
= l_mask
& 0xff;
13484 if (pushable_regs
== 0)
13485 pushable_regs
= 1 << thumb_find_work_register (live_regs_mask
);
13487 while (high_regs_pushed
> 0)
13489 int real_regs_mask
= 0;
13491 for (regno
= LAST_LO_REGNUM
; regno
>= 0; regno
--)
13493 if (pushable_regs
& (1 << regno
))
13495 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", regno
, next_hi_reg
);
13497 high_regs_pushed
--;
13498 real_regs_mask
|= (1 << next_hi_reg
);
13500 if (high_regs_pushed
)
13502 for (next_hi_reg
--; next_hi_reg
> LAST_LO_REGNUM
;
13504 if (live_regs_mask
& (1 << next_hi_reg
))
13509 pushable_regs
&= ~((1 << regno
) - 1);
13515 thumb_pushpop (f
, pushable_regs
, 1, &cfa_offset
, real_regs_mask
);
13520 /* Handle the case of a double word load into a low register from
13521 a computed memory address. The computed address may involve a
13522 register which is overwritten by the load. */
13524 thumb_load_double_from_address (rtx
*operands
)
13532 if (GET_CODE (operands
[0]) != REG
)
13535 if (GET_CODE (operands
[1]) != MEM
)
13538 /* Get the memory address. */
13539 addr
= XEXP (operands
[1], 0);
13541 /* Work out how the memory address is computed. */
13542 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
13545 operands
[2] = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
,
13546 plus_constant (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 4));
13548 if (REGNO (operands
[0]) == REGNO (addr
))
13550 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands
);
13551 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands
);
13555 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands
);
13556 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands
);
13561 /* Compute <address> + 4 for the high order load. */
13562 operands
[2] = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
,
13563 plus_constant (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 4));
13565 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands
);
13566 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands
);
13570 arg1
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
13571 arg2
= XEXP (addr
, 1);
13573 if (CONSTANT_P (arg1
))
13574 base
= arg2
, offset
= arg1
;
13576 base
= arg1
, offset
= arg2
;
13578 if (GET_CODE (base
) != REG
)
13581 /* Catch the case of <address> = <reg> + <reg> */
13582 if (GET_CODE (offset
) == REG
)
13584 int reg_offset
= REGNO (offset
);
13585 int reg_base
= REGNO (base
);
13586 int reg_dest
= REGNO (operands
[0]);
13588 /* Add the base and offset registers together into the
13589 higher destination register. */
13590 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tadd\t%r, %r, %r",
13591 reg_dest
+ 1, reg_base
, reg_offset
);
13593 /* Load the lower destination register from the address in
13594 the higher destination register. */
13595 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tldr\t%r, [%r, #0]",
13596 reg_dest
, reg_dest
+ 1);
13598 /* Load the higher destination register from its own address
13600 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tldr\t%r, [%r, #4]",
13601 reg_dest
+ 1, reg_dest
+ 1);
13605 /* Compute <address> + 4 for the high order load. */
13606 operands
[2] = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
,
13607 plus_constant (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 4));
13609 /* If the computed address is held in the low order register
13610 then load the high order register first, otherwise always
13611 load the low order register first. */
13612 if (REGNO (operands
[0]) == REGNO (base
))
13614 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands
);
13615 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands
);
13619 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands
);
13620 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands
);
13626 /* With no registers to worry about we can just load the value
13628 operands
[2] = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
,
13629 plus_constant (XEXP (operands
[1], 0), 4));
13631 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands
);
13632 output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands
);
13644 thumb_output_move_mem_multiple (int n
, rtx
*operands
)
13651 if (REGNO (operands
[4]) > REGNO (operands
[5]))
13654 operands
[4] = operands
[5];
13657 output_asm_insn ("ldmia\t%1!, {%4, %5}", operands
);
13658 output_asm_insn ("stmia\t%0!, {%4, %5}", operands
);
13662 if (REGNO (operands
[4]) > REGNO (operands
[5]))
13665 operands
[4] = operands
[5];
13668 if (REGNO (operands
[5]) > REGNO (operands
[6]))
13671 operands
[5] = operands
[6];
13674 if (REGNO (operands
[4]) > REGNO (operands
[5]))
13677 operands
[4] = operands
[5];
13681 output_asm_insn ("ldmia\t%1!, {%4, %5, %6}", operands
);
13682 output_asm_insn ("stmia\t%0!, {%4, %5, %6}", operands
);
13692 /* Output a call-via instruction for thumb state. */
13694 thumb_call_via_reg (rtx reg
)
13696 int regno
= REGNO (reg
);
13699 gcc_assert (regno
< SP_REGNUM
);
13701 /* If we are in the normal text section we can use a single instance
13702 per compilation unit. If we are doing function sections, then we need
13703 an entry per section, since we can't rely on reachability. */
13704 if (in_text_section ())
13706 thumb_call_reg_needed
= 1;
13708 if (thumb_call_via_label
[regno
] == NULL
)
13709 thumb_call_via_label
[regno
] = gen_label_rtx ();
13710 labelp
= thumb_call_via_label
+ regno
;
13714 if (cfun
->machine
->call_via
[regno
] == NULL
)
13715 cfun
->machine
->call_via
[regno
] = gen_label_rtx ();
13716 labelp
= cfun
->machine
->call_via
+ regno
;
13719 output_asm_insn ("bl\t%a0", labelp
);
13723 /* Routines for generating rtl. */
13725 thumb_expand_movmemqi (rtx
*operands
)
13727 rtx out
= copy_to_mode_reg (SImode
, XEXP (operands
[0], 0));
13728 rtx in
= copy_to_mode_reg (SImode
, XEXP (operands
[1], 0));
13729 HOST_WIDE_INT len
= INTVAL (operands
[2]);
13730 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
13734 emit_insn (gen_movmem12b (out
, in
, out
, in
));
13740 emit_insn (gen_movmem8b (out
, in
, out
, in
));
13746 rtx reg
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
13747 emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg
, gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
, in
)));
13748 emit_insn (gen_movsi (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
, out
), reg
));
13755 rtx reg
= gen_reg_rtx (HImode
);
13756 emit_insn (gen_movhi (reg
, gen_rtx_MEM (HImode
,
13757 plus_constant (in
, offset
))));
13758 emit_insn (gen_movhi (gen_rtx_MEM (HImode
, plus_constant (out
, offset
)),
13766 rtx reg
= gen_reg_rtx (QImode
);
13767 emit_insn (gen_movqi (reg
, gen_rtx_MEM (QImode
,
13768 plus_constant (in
, offset
))));
13769 emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode
, plus_constant (out
, offset
)),
13775 thumb_reload_out_hi (rtx
*operands
)
13777 emit_insn (gen_thumb_movhi_clobber (operands
[0], operands
[1], operands
[2]));
13780 /* Handle reading a half-word from memory during reload. */
13782 thumb_reload_in_hi (rtx
*operands ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13787 /* Return the length of a function name prefix
13788 that starts with the character 'c'. */
13790 arm_get_strip_length (int c
)
13794 ARM_NAME_ENCODING_LENGTHS
13799 /* Return a pointer to a function's name with any
13800 and all prefix encodings stripped from it. */
13802 arm_strip_name_encoding (const char *name
)
13806 while ((skip
= arm_get_strip_length (* name
)))
13812 /* If there is a '*' anywhere in the name's prefix, then
13813 emit the stripped name verbatim, otherwise prepend an
13814 underscore if leading underscores are being used. */
13816 arm_asm_output_labelref (FILE *stream
, const char *name
)
13821 while ((skip
= arm_get_strip_length (* name
)))
13823 verbatim
|= (*name
== '*');
13828 fputs (name
, stream
);
13830 asm_fprintf (stream
, "%U%s", name
);
13834 arm_file_end (void)
13838 if (! thumb_call_reg_needed
)
13842 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.code 16\n");
13843 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 1);
13845 for (regno
= 0; regno
< SP_REGNUM
; regno
++)
13847 rtx label
= thumb_call_via_label
[regno
];
13851 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, "L",
13852 CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label
));
13853 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tbx\t%r\n", regno
);
13860 #ifdef AOF_ASSEMBLER
13861 /* Special functions only needed when producing AOF syntax assembler. */
13865 struct pic_chain
* next
;
13866 const char * symname
;
13869 static struct pic_chain
* aof_pic_chain
= NULL
;
13872 aof_pic_entry (rtx x
)
13874 struct pic_chain
** chainp
;
13877 if (aof_pic_label
== NULL_RTX
)
13879 aof_pic_label
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, "x$adcons");
13882 for (offset
= 0, chainp
= &aof_pic_chain
; *chainp
;
13883 offset
+= 4, chainp
= &(*chainp
)->next
)
13884 if ((*chainp
)->symname
== XSTR (x
, 0))
13885 return plus_constant (aof_pic_label
, offset
);
13887 *chainp
= (struct pic_chain
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct pic_chain
));
13888 (*chainp
)->next
= NULL
;
13889 (*chainp
)->symname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
13890 return plus_constant (aof_pic_label
, offset
);
13894 aof_dump_pic_table (FILE *f
)
13896 struct pic_chain
* chain
;
13898 if (aof_pic_chain
== NULL
)
13901 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tAREA |%r$$adcons|, BASED %r\n",
13902 PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
,
13903 PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
);
13904 fputs ("|x$adcons|\n", f
);
13906 for (chain
= aof_pic_chain
; chain
; chain
= chain
->next
)
13908 fputs ("\tDCD\t", f
);
13909 assemble_name (f
, chain
->symname
);
13914 int arm_text_section_count
= 1;
13917 aof_text_section (void )
13919 static char buf
[100];
13920 sprintf (buf
, "\tAREA |C$$code%d|, CODE, READONLY",
13921 arm_text_section_count
++);
13923 strcat (buf
, ", PIC, REENTRANT");
13927 static int arm_data_section_count
= 1;
13930 aof_data_section (void)
13932 static char buf
[100];
13933 sprintf (buf
, "\tAREA |C$$data%d|, DATA", arm_data_section_count
++);
13937 /* The AOF assembler is religiously strict about declarations of
13938 imported and exported symbols, so that it is impossible to declare
13939 a function as imported near the beginning of the file, and then to
13940 export it later on. It is, however, possible to delay the decision
13941 until all the functions in the file have been compiled. To get
13942 around this, we maintain a list of the imports and exports, and
13943 delete from it any that are subsequently defined. At the end of
13944 compilation we spit the remainder of the list out before the END
13949 struct import
* next
;
13953 static struct import
* imports_list
= NULL
;
13956 aof_add_import (const char *name
)
13958 struct import
* new;
13960 for (new = imports_list
; new; new = new->next
)
13961 if (new->name
== name
)
13964 new = (struct import
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct import
));
13965 new->next
= imports_list
;
13966 imports_list
= new;
13971 aof_delete_import (const char *name
)
13973 struct import
** old
;
13975 for (old
= &imports_list
; *old
; old
= & (*old
)->next
)
13977 if ((*old
)->name
== name
)
13979 *old
= (*old
)->next
;
13985 int arm_main_function
= 0;
13988 aof_dump_imports (FILE *f
)
13990 /* The AOF assembler needs this to cause the startup code to be extracted
13991 from the library. Brining in __main causes the whole thing to work
13993 if (arm_main_function
)
13996 fputs ("\tIMPORT __main\n", f
);
13997 fputs ("\tDCD __main\n", f
);
14000 /* Now dump the remaining imports. */
14001 while (imports_list
)
14003 fprintf (f
, "\tIMPORT\t");
14004 assemble_name (f
, imports_list
->name
);
14006 imports_list
= imports_list
->next
;
14011 aof_globalize_label (FILE *stream
, const char *name
)
14013 default_globalize_label (stream
, name
);
14014 if (! strcmp (name
, "main"))
14015 arm_main_function
= 1;
14019 aof_file_start (void)
14021 fputs ("__r0\tRN\t0\n", asm_out_file
);
14022 fputs ("__a1\tRN\t0\n", asm_out_file
);
14023 fputs ("__a2\tRN\t1\n", asm_out_file
);
14024 fputs ("__a3\tRN\t2\n", asm_out_file
);
14025 fputs ("__a4\tRN\t3\n", asm_out_file
);
14026 fputs ("__v1\tRN\t4\n", asm_out_file
);
14027 fputs ("__v2\tRN\t5\n", asm_out_file
);
14028 fputs ("__v3\tRN\t6\n", asm_out_file
);
14029 fputs ("__v4\tRN\t7\n", asm_out_file
);
14030 fputs ("__v5\tRN\t8\n", asm_out_file
);
14031 fputs ("__v6\tRN\t9\n", asm_out_file
);
14032 fputs ("__sl\tRN\t10\n", asm_out_file
);
14033 fputs ("__fp\tRN\t11\n", asm_out_file
);
14034 fputs ("__ip\tRN\t12\n", asm_out_file
);
14035 fputs ("__sp\tRN\t13\n", asm_out_file
);
14036 fputs ("__lr\tRN\t14\n", asm_out_file
);
14037 fputs ("__pc\tRN\t15\n", asm_out_file
);
14038 fputs ("__f0\tFN\t0\n", asm_out_file
);
14039 fputs ("__f1\tFN\t1\n", asm_out_file
);
14040 fputs ("__f2\tFN\t2\n", asm_out_file
);
14041 fputs ("__f3\tFN\t3\n", asm_out_file
);
14042 fputs ("__f4\tFN\t4\n", asm_out_file
);
14043 fputs ("__f5\tFN\t5\n", asm_out_file
);
14044 fputs ("__f6\tFN\t6\n", asm_out_file
);
14045 fputs ("__f7\tFN\t7\n", asm_out_file
);
14050 aof_file_end (void)
14053 aof_dump_pic_table (asm_out_file
);
14055 aof_dump_imports (asm_out_file
);
14056 fputs ("\tEND\n", asm_out_file
);
14058 #endif /* AOF_ASSEMBLER */
14061 /* Symbols in the text segment can be accessed without indirecting via the
14062 constant pool; it may take an extra binary operation, but this is still
14063 faster than indirecting via memory. Don't do this when not optimizing,
14064 since we won't be calculating al of the offsets necessary to do this
14068 arm_encode_section_info (tree decl
, rtx rtl
, int first
)
14070 /* This doesn't work with AOF syntax, since the string table may be in
14071 a different AREA. */
14072 #ifndef AOF_ASSEMBLER
14073 if (optimize
> 0 && TREE_CONSTANT (decl
))
14074 SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) = 1;
14077 /* If we are referencing a function that is weak then encode a long call
14078 flag in the function name, otherwise if the function is static or
14079 or known to be defined in this file then encode a short call flag. */
14080 if (first
&& DECL_P (decl
))
14082 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& DECL_WEAK (decl
))
14083 arm_encode_call_attribute (decl
, LONG_CALL_FLAG_CHAR
);
14084 else if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
14085 arm_encode_call_attribute (decl
, SHORT_CALL_FLAG_CHAR
);
14088 #endif /* !ARM_PE */
14091 arm_internal_label (FILE *stream
, const char *prefix
, unsigned long labelno
)
14093 if (arm_ccfsm_state
== 3 && (unsigned) arm_target_label
== labelno
14094 && !strcmp (prefix
, "L"))
14096 arm_ccfsm_state
= 0;
14097 arm_target_insn
= NULL
;
14099 default_internal_label (stream
, prefix
, labelno
);
14102 /* Output code to add DELTA to the first argument, and then jump
14103 to FUNCTION. Used for C++ multiple inheritance. */
14105 arm_output_mi_thunk (FILE *file
, tree thunk ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14106 HOST_WIDE_INT delta
,
14107 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14110 static int thunk_label
= 0;
14112 int mi_delta
= delta
;
14113 const char *const mi_op
= mi_delta
< 0 ? "sub" : "add";
14115 int this_regno
= (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function
)), function
)
14118 mi_delta
= - mi_delta
;
14121 int labelno
= thunk_label
++;
14122 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LTHUMBFUNC", labelno
);
14123 fputs ("\tldr\tr12, ", file
);
14124 assemble_name (file
, label
);
14125 fputc ('\n', file
);
14127 while (mi_delta
!= 0)
14129 if ((mi_delta
& (3 << shift
)) == 0)
14133 asm_fprintf (file
, "\t%s\t%r, %r, #%d\n",
14134 mi_op
, this_regno
, this_regno
,
14135 mi_delta
& (0xff << shift
));
14136 mi_delta
&= ~(0xff << shift
);
14142 fprintf (file
, "\tbx\tr12\n");
14143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file
, 2);
14144 assemble_name (file
, label
);
14145 fputs (":\n", file
);
14146 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function
), 0), 4, BITS_PER_WORD
, 1);
14150 fputs ("\tb\t", file
);
14151 assemble_name (file
, XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function
), 0), 0));
14152 if (NEED_PLT_RELOC
)
14153 fputs ("(PLT)", file
);
14154 fputc ('\n', file
);
14159 arm_emit_vector_const (FILE *file
, rtx x
)
14162 const char * pattern
;
14164 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_VECTOR
)
14167 switch (GET_MODE (x
))
14169 case V2SImode
: pattern
= "%08x"; break;
14170 case V4HImode
: pattern
= "%04x"; break;
14171 case V8QImode
: pattern
= "%02x"; break;
14175 fprintf (file
, "0x");
14176 for (i
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x
); i
--;)
14180 element
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x
, i
);
14181 fprintf (file
, pattern
, INTVAL (element
));
14188 arm_output_load_gr (rtx
*operands
)
14195 if (GET_CODE (operands
[1]) != MEM
14196 || GET_CODE (sum
= XEXP (operands
[1], 0)) != PLUS
14197 || GET_CODE (reg
= XEXP (sum
, 0)) != REG
14198 || GET_CODE (offset
= XEXP (sum
, 1)) != CONST_INT
14199 || ((INTVAL (offset
) < 1024) && (INTVAL (offset
) > -1024)))
14200 return "wldrw%?\t%0, %1";
14202 /* Fix up an out-of-range load of a GR register. */
14203 output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%0, [sp, #-4]!\t@ Start of GR load expansion", & reg
);
14204 wcgr
= operands
[0];
14206 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", operands
);
14208 operands
[0] = wcgr
;
14210 output_asm_insn ("tmcr%?\t%0, %1", operands
);
14211 output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, [sp], #4\t@ End of GR load expansion", & reg
);
14217 arm_struct_value_rtx (tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14218 int incoming ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14221 /* FIXME: The ARM backend has special code to handle structure
14222 returns, and will reserve its own hidden first argument. So
14223 if this macro is enabled a *second* hidden argument will be
14224 reserved, which will break binary compatibility with old
14225 toolchains and also thunk handling. One day this should be
14229 /* Register in which address to store a structure value
14230 is passed to a function. */
14231 return gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, ARG_REGISTER (1));
14235 /* Worker function for TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS.
14237 On the ARM, PRETEND_SIZE is set in order to have the prologue push the last
14238 named arg and all anonymous args onto the stack.
14239 XXX I know the prologue shouldn't be pushing registers, but it is faster
14243 arm_setup_incoming_varargs (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*cum
,
14244 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14245 tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14247 int second_time ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14249 cfun
->machine
->uses_anonymous_args
= 1;
14250 if (cum
->nregs
< NUM_ARG_REGS
)
14251 *pretend_size
= (NUM_ARG_REGS
- cum
->nregs
) * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
14254 /* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (a store) does not need
14255 PRODUCER's value to calculate the address. */
14258 arm_no_early_store_addr_dep (rtx producer
, rtx consumer
)
14260 rtx value
= PATTERN (producer
);
14261 rtx addr
= PATTERN (consumer
);
14263 if (GET_CODE (value
) == COND_EXEC
)
14264 value
= COND_EXEC_CODE (value
);
14265 if (GET_CODE (value
) == PARALLEL
)
14266 value
= XVECEXP (value
, 0, 0);
14267 value
= XEXP (value
, 0);
14268 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == COND_EXEC
)
14269 addr
= COND_EXEC_CODE (addr
);
14270 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == PARALLEL
)
14271 addr
= XVECEXP (addr
, 0, 0);
14272 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
14274 return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value
, addr
);
14277 /* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (an ALU op) does not
14278 have an early register shift value or amount dependency on the
14279 result of PRODUCER. */
14282 arm_no_early_alu_shift_dep (rtx producer
, rtx consumer
)
14284 rtx value
= PATTERN (producer
);
14285 rtx op
= PATTERN (consumer
);
14288 if (GET_CODE (value
) == COND_EXEC
)
14289 value
= COND_EXEC_CODE (value
);
14290 if (GET_CODE (value
) == PARALLEL
)
14291 value
= XVECEXP (value
, 0, 0);
14292 value
= XEXP (value
, 0);
14293 if (GET_CODE (op
) == COND_EXEC
)
14294 op
= COND_EXEC_CODE (op
);
14295 if (GET_CODE (op
) == PARALLEL
)
14296 op
= XVECEXP (op
, 0, 0);
14299 early_op
= XEXP (op
, 0);
14300 /* This is either an actual independent shift, or a shift applied to
14301 the first operand of another operation. We want the whole shift
14303 if (GET_CODE (early_op
) == REG
)
14306 return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value
, early_op
);
14309 /* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (an ALU op) does not
14310 have an early register shift value dependency on the result of
14314 arm_no_early_alu_shift_value_dep (rtx producer
, rtx consumer
)
14316 rtx value
= PATTERN (producer
);
14317 rtx op
= PATTERN (consumer
);
14320 if (GET_CODE (value
) == COND_EXEC
)
14321 value
= COND_EXEC_CODE (value
);
14322 if (GET_CODE (value
) == PARALLEL
)
14323 value
= XVECEXP (value
, 0, 0);
14324 value
= XEXP (value
, 0);
14325 if (GET_CODE (op
) == COND_EXEC
)
14326 op
= COND_EXEC_CODE (op
);
14327 if (GET_CODE (op
) == PARALLEL
)
14328 op
= XVECEXP (op
, 0, 0);
14331 early_op
= XEXP (op
, 0);
14333 /* This is either an actual independent shift, or a shift applied to
14334 the first operand of another operation. We want the value being
14335 shifted, in either case. */
14336 if (GET_CODE (early_op
) != REG
)
14337 early_op
= XEXP (early_op
, 0);
14339 return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value
, early_op
);
14342 /* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER (a mul or mac op) does not
14343 have an early register mult dependency on the result of
14347 arm_no_early_mul_dep (rtx producer
, rtx consumer
)
14349 rtx value
= PATTERN (producer
);
14350 rtx op
= PATTERN (consumer
);
14352 if (GET_CODE (value
) == COND_EXEC
)
14353 value
= COND_EXEC_CODE (value
);
14354 if (GET_CODE (value
) == PARALLEL
)
14355 value
= XVECEXP (value
, 0, 0);
14356 value
= XEXP (value
, 0);
14357 if (GET_CODE (op
) == COND_EXEC
)
14358 op
= COND_EXEC_CODE (op
);
14359 if (GET_CODE (op
) == PARALLEL
)
14360 op
= XVECEXP (op
, 0, 0);
14363 return (GET_CODE (op
) == PLUS
14364 && !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value
, XEXP (op
, 0)));
14368 /* We can't rely on the caller doing the proper promotion when
14369 using APCS or ATPCS. */
14372 arm_promote_prototypes (tree t ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14374 return !TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
;
14378 /* AAPCS based ABIs use short enums by default. */
14381 arm_default_short_enums (void)
14383 return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
;
14387 /* AAPCS requires that anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
14390 arm_align_anon_bitfield (void)
14392 return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
;
14396 /* The generic C++ ABI says 64-bit (long long). The EABI says 32-bit. */
14399 arm_cxx_guard_type (void)
14401 return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
? integer_type_node
: long_long_integer_type_node
;
14405 /* The EABI says test the least significan bit of a guard variable. */
14408 arm_cxx_guard_mask_bit (void)
14410 return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
;
14414 /* The EABI specifies that all array cookies are 8 bytes long. */
14417 arm_get_cookie_size (tree type
)
14421 if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
)
14422 return default_cxx_get_cookie_size (type
);
14424 size
= build_int_cst (sizetype
, 8);
14429 /* The EABI says that array cookies should also contain the element size. */
14432 arm_cookie_has_size (void)
14434 return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
;
14438 /* The EABI says constructors and destructors should return a pointer to
14439 the object constructed/destroyed. */
14442 arm_cxx_cdtor_returns_this (void)
14444 return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
;
14447 /* The EABI says that an inline function may never be the key
14451 arm_cxx_key_method_may_be_inline (void)
14453 return !TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
;
14456 /* The EABI says that the virtual table, etc., for a class must be
14457 exported if it has a key method. The EABI does not specific the
14458 behavior if there is no key method, but there is no harm in
14459 exporting the class data in that case too. */
14462 arm_cxx_export_class_data (void)
14464 return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
;
14468 arm_set_return_address (rtx source
, rtx scratch
)
14470 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
14471 HOST_WIDE_INT delta
;
14473 unsigned long saved_regs
;
14475 saved_regs
= arm_compute_save_reg_mask ();
14477 if ((saved_regs
& (1 << LR_REGNUM
)) == 0)
14478 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, LR_REGNUM
), source
);
14481 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
14482 addr
= plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, -4);
14485 /* LR will be the first saved register. */
14486 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
14487 delta
= offsets
->outgoing_args
- (offsets
->frame
+ 4);
14492 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (scratch
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
14493 GEN_INT (delta
& ~4095)));
14498 addr
= stack_pointer_rtx
;
14500 addr
= plus_constant (addr
, delta
);
14502 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, addr
), source
);
14508 thumb_set_return_address (rtx source
, rtx scratch
)
14510 arm_stack_offsets
*offsets
;
14511 HOST_WIDE_INT delta
;
14514 unsigned long mask
;
14516 emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode
, source
));
14518 mask
= thumb_compute_save_reg_mask ();
14519 if (mask
& (1 << LR_REGNUM
))
14521 offsets
= arm_get_frame_offsets ();
14523 /* Find the saved regs. */
14524 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
14526 delta
= offsets
->soft_frame
- offsets
->saved_args
;
14527 reg
= THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
14531 delta
= offsets
->outgoing_args
- offsets
->saved_args
;
14534 /* Allow for the stack frame. */
14535 if (TARGET_BACKTRACE
)
14537 /* The link register is always the first saved register. */
14540 /* Construct the address. */
14541 addr
= gen_rtx_REG (SImode
, reg
);
14542 if ((reg
!= SP_REGNUM
&& delta
>= 128)
14545 emit_insn (gen_movsi (scratch
, GEN_INT (delta
)));
14546 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (scratch
, scratch
, stack_pointer_rtx
));
14550 addr
= plus_constant (addr
, delta
);
14552 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, addr
), source
);
14555 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, LR_REGNUM
), source
);
14558 /* Implements target hook vector_mode_supported_p. */
14560 arm_vector_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode
)
14562 if ((mode
== V2SImode
)
14563 || (mode
== V4HImode
)
14564 || (mode
== V8QImode
))
14570 /* Implement TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK. SImode shifts use normal
14571 ARM insns and therefore guarantee that the shift count is modulo 256.
14572 DImode shifts (those implemented by lib1funcs.asm or by optabs.c)
14573 guarantee no particular behavior for out-of-range counts. */
14575 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
14576 arm_shift_truncation_mask (enum machine_mode mode
)
14578 return mode
== SImode
? 255 : 0;